Rhodora

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

Publicati s ^
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | ublication Committee

VOLUME 11.

1909.

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1.

1052 Exchange Building, Preston and Rounds Co,

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by

| BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER |

WILLIAM PENN RICH

| Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. 11. January, 1909. Мо. 121.
CONTENTS:
Representatives of Potentilla Anserina in Eastern America.

M. L. Fernald. . : Р : А . А { E
Salix subsericea, a distinct Species. F. F. Forbes . : . UD
Some interesting Maine Plants. J. А. Cushman . . 1 mere
A new hybrid Violet. F. Р. Forbes : А : : I4
The Bryophytes of Connecticut (Review). J. F. Collins . MEI

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1,

1052 Exchange Building. | Preston and Rounds Co.

FHODORA.-—^A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 3oo Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles т and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacea) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I.

NOTICE

On and after April 1, 1907, the price of Volume t, (1899) of RHODORA will
be $2.00, and Volume 2, $1.50.
Complete sets of these two volumes are in very limited supply and will soon

be exhausted. Volumes 3 to 8 can still be supplied at $1.00 each, unbound,

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for
collectors memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 ets. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in ese pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

——.

January, 1909. No. 121.

Vol. 11.

THE REPRESENTATIVES OF POTENTILLA ANSERINA IN
EASTERN AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

Boranists who have collected both.in northern New England and
on our seacoast have long realized that the Silverweeds of these two
regions are far from identical; but, owing to the confusion which has
prevailed in regard to the identity of the many described variations of
the species, the question has been left until the plants could be treated
by a monographer. In November, 1908, two extensive monographs
of Potentilla appeared, but when one turns to these two treatments with
the hope of settling his long-standing problems the results are certainly
disheartening. "Wolf, following the conservative practice of many
generations, maintains Potentilla Anserina as a Potentilla of world-
wide distribution, of which he recognizes eight leading varieties and
numerous forms. Rydberg,’ on the other hand, treats the Silverweeds
as a genus, Argentina, with eight North American species. It is, then,
not surprising that the novice in this group finds himself perplexed to
label with an approximation to truth the material in his herbarium.

After spending some days in the study of the material in the Gray
Herbarium and the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club,
the writer finds that, as the plants appear to him, they fall into two
definite and recognizable groups. ‘These two pronounced tendencies,
happily, are the same as those indicated by Wolf for the primary
grouping of the varieties, and by Rydberg for the chief groups of his
species; but, working independently, each author seems to have

1 Theodor Wolf, Monographie der Gattung Potentilla, in Bibliotheca Botanica, xvi.
pp. 1-714, Stuttgart (1908).

2 Rydberg, Rosaceae (pars), in North American Flora, xxii. pt. 4, pp. 293-376, New
York Botanical Garden (1908).

2 Rhodora [JANUARY

overlooked an important character which is emphasized by the other.
Wolf's key to the varieties of Potentilla Anserina is as follows.

“I. Folia subtus plus minusve dense (raro parcissime) pilis longis adpressis
tomentum verum obtegentibus argenteo-sericea, nitentia; sepala ex-
terna plerumque 3-plurifida, raro integra.

A. Caules, petioli, rhaches foliorum pedunculique pilis a e c u m b e n-
tibus vel saltem valde arrectis vestiti, quandoque glabres-
centes.

l. Folia subtus dense argenteo-sericea vel saltem albicantia aut cin-
erascentia.

a. Planta tota (praeter paginam inferiorem foliorum dense pilosam)

modice vel parce pilosa, virescens vel subcanescenti-viridis.

v. vulgaris.
b. Planta tota (etiam super paginam cating iver foliorum) dense
argenteo-sericea, nitens j , . 0. sericea.

2. Folia subtus viridia, sicut planta tota parce i pilit vel subglabra.
v. nuda.

B. Caules, petioli, rhaches foliorum pedunculique pilis s u bh oriz o n-
taliter patentibus vestiti, hirsuti; foliola subtus adpresse
sericeo-pilosi.

1. Foliola sessilia 1 neari-oblonga vel obovato-oblonga, basi longius-

cule cuneata . i ‘ . v. hirsuta,

2. Foliola conspicue (шол longe) ‘petvlulata suborbiculata vel

rotundato-obovata, basi contracta vel brevissime cuneata.
` v. maoria.
II. Folia subtus aut glaberrima, aut tomento vero niveo obtecta, non
nitentia vel super nervos pilis brevibus sericeis micantia (praevalente
semper tomento opaco); sepala externa fere semper integerrima,
rarissime 2-3 fida.

A. Folia et sepala subtus tomentosa, reliquae plantae partes aut modice

pilosae, aut subglabrae.

1. Planta robusta foliis maximis usque 30 em. et ultra longis multi-
jugis, foliolis superioribus 3-6 em. longis; tomentum foliorum
intermixtis pilis sericeis brevibus micans . я v. grandis.

2. Planta mediocris vel parva foliis 3-6 (-10) em. longis 3—5 (—7) jugis,
foliolis superioribus 1-2 em. longis, tomentum foliorum omnino
opacum, ad summum quandoque secus nervos pus sericeis paucis

submicans . v. groenlandica.
B. Folia et sepala йы glaberrima; sicut pidas ый quoque
plantae partes. (Cfr. etiam v. nudam.) . à А . v. Egedii."!

Rydberg’s division of Argentina is

1 Wolf, 1. c. 672.

VENE S UP HE ЬЕ оа. Ы

1909] Fernald,— Representatives of Potentilla Anserina 3

* Achenes corky with a deep groove; stems, petioles, and rachis of the
leaves densely pubescent, with at first ascending and later spreading

hairs.
Leaves silvery on both sides. l. A. argentea.
Leaves green and glabrate above. 2. A. Anserina.

Achenes not corky, without a groove; stem, petioles, and the rachis of
the leaves glabrous or slightly appressed-hairy and glabrate.
Petals usually over 1 em. long, rounded-obovate.
Bractlets lanceolate, longer than the sepals; leaves usually 3—4 dm.

long. 3. A. pacifica.
Bractlets elliptic or oblong, shorter than the sepals; leaves 1-2 dm.
long. 4. A. occidentalis.

Petals 6-8 mm., rarely 1 em. long, usually elliptic-obovate.

Leaflets elliptic-obovate to oblanceolate, many-toothed, silky as well
as tomentose beneath; bractlets nearly equaling the sepals or
even exceeding them.

Upper leaflets rounded at the apex, with more than 20 linear-

lanceolate teeth; petals elliptie, about 6 mm. long; pistils few.

5. A. Babcockiana.

Upper leaflets acute or obtuse at the apex, with less than 20 tri-
angular-lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate teeth.

Hypanthium acute at the base; bractlets linear-lanceolate;

rachis of the leaves appressed-pubescent. (Western species.)

6. A. subarctica.

Hypanthium obtuse at the base; bractlets broadly lanceolate;

rachis of the leaves glabrate or nearly so. (Eastern species.)

7: А. litoralis.

Leaflets broadly obovate, 0.5-1 em. long, few-toothed, usually to-

mentulose beneath but silky only on the veins; bractlets linear

or lanceolate, much shorter than the sepals. 8. A. Egedii."!

As stated, the writer finds in studying the American material that
the characters of the two leading groups in these two treatments are
very constant. The achene-characters described by Rydberg are
beautifully clear in all the fruiting material examined, and, associated
as they are with the peculiarity of pubescence brought out more defi-
nitely in Wolf's descriptions of his primary groups, indicate that the
plants of the two groups are scarcely to be considered varieties of one
species. This view is further strengthened by the fact that the varieties
of Wolf's first group are all Old World or cireumpolar plants, while
those of the second group are essentially confined to North America
and adjacent eastern Asia.

Potentilla Anserina (including var. vulgaris), the circumpolar

1 Rydb. 1. с. 352, 353.

4 Rhodora [JANUARY
species, has the achenes corky and plump, with a groove in the back
so that the achene appears slightly 2-ridged; its peduncles, stolons,
and rhachises are usually very pubescent; the young foliage is lustrous
beneath; and the bractlets of the calyx, though sometimes entire, are
commonly toothed or lobed. ‘This plant is abundant on gravelly
shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, of the St. John River and its
tributaries in Maine and New Brunswick, of Lake Champlain, and of
many rivers and lakes of the interior; and it follows at low levels along
the mountains from Alaska to New Mexico and southern California.
It is also occasionally introduced southward on ballast and transported
gravel.

The writer has sought in vain for constant characters to separate
Rydberg's Argentina argentea from his A. Anserina. The key-
character given by Dr. Rydberg is that the former has the “leaves
silvery on both sides,” the latter the “leaves green and glabrate above.”
Careful scrutiny of the diagnoses which describe the characters in one
plant but fail to bring out their contrasts with parallel characters of the
other,' shows no difference (except the pubescence) which might not

1 А, argentea

“Stolons 1-5 dm. long, white-silky
with ascending or spreading hairs.”

"Basal leaves 1-2 dm. long, pinnate,
with 11-25 larger leaflets and smaller
ones interposed; rachis with long white,
at first ascending, soon spreading hairs."

“ Larger leaflets 1-3 cm. long, obovate,
rounded at the apex, serrate with 7—20
ovate or ovate-lanceolate teeth, white-silky
on both sides or a little greener above, the
smaller ones less than 1 cm. long and
few-toothed."

*'Pedicels 2-7 cm. long, white-silky.”’

"Hypanthium and calyx white-silky,
the former 5-8 mm. wide."

“Bractlets oblong or elliptic, 4-6 mm.
Iong, usually entire, about equaling the
ovate or ovate-lanceolate sepals.”

“Petals obovate or broadly oval, 6-9
mm. long."

“ Achenes 2 mm, long, brown, obliquely
obovate, corky, with a deep groove,”

A. Anserina,

“ Main stem almost none, from a cluster
of fascicled roots and producing numerous
runners 3-6 dm. long."

"Leaves 1-2 dm. long, interruptedly
pinnate, with 9-31 larger leaflets and
smaller interposed, in the typical form
spreading or flat on the ground, slightly
silky and green above, white-silky and
tomentose beneath."

* Larger leaflets 1—4 cm. long, oblong or
oblanceolate, usually acute, deeply and
sharply serrate with linear-lanceolate
teeth in the European and eastern Ameri-
can form, more obovate, rounded at the
apex and with broader ovate or triangular
teeth in the Rocky Mountain form."

“Flowers 1-2 cm. in diameter, on pedi-
cels 3-10 cm, long."

“Bractlets simple and lanceolate, or
often broader, ovate-lanceolate, toothed
or divided, generally a little longer than
the broadly ovate sepals.”

"Petals oval, 7-10 mm. long."

“ Achenes numerous, corky, very thick,
grooved at the upper end."

1909] Fernald,— Representatives of Potentilla Anserina 5

be expected from a single package of seed planted in different corners
of a garden. ‘The leaflets of А. argentea are said to be obovate, while
those of А. Anserina are described as oblong, oblanceolate, or obovate.
A sheet of the St. John Valley plant with the leaflets conspicuously
silvery-silky above and labeled by its collector Potentilla Anserina, var.
concolor is in the Gray Herbarium, but in spite of its leaves being
“silvery on both sides" it was relabeled by Dr. Rydberg in 1908 “ Ar-
gentina Anserina (L.) Rydb." Other specimens in the Gray Herba-
rium marked by Dr. Rydberg as his A. argentea have the leaflets of
the most typical oblong outline. As to the persistence of the silvery-
sericeous pubescence on the upper surfaces of the leaflets, this ecologi-
cal character is very marked in extreme plants, but in other less
pronounced colonies some of the leaves are sericeous above, while
others are quite green and glabrous. Such a specimen in the Gray
Herbarium collected by Engelmann on the Laramie River shows this
inconstancy of the pubescence; nevertheless it was marked without
question by Dr. Rydberg as “уаг. concolor" (prior to his raising that
variety to specific rank as A. argentea). At best, then, A. argentea is
to be treated as an ecological variant of Potentilla Anserina, character-
ized by the silvery-sericeous pubescence which normally covers both
sides of the leaves. This rather pronounced extreme of P. Anserina
has long been called var. concolor Seringe, although the name was
earlier assigned to it by Wallroth;? but Wolf draws attention to the
fact that, prior to the publication of var. concolor by Wallroth, the
plant had been described by Hayne as P. Anserina, “8. sericea foliis
utrinque sericeis." ? The plant, then, which is abundant in the
Northwest and extends in less pronounced form eastward to the St.
John River, Maine, and the Gulf of St. Lawrence, should be called
Potentilla Anserina, var. sericea Hayne.
Of the other plants designated by Wolf under his first division none
(except var. vulgaris which is typical P. Anserina) is known in America.
` Var. nuda seems to be strictly European; var. hirsuta is known only
from Asia; and var. maoria (P. anserinoides Raoul; P. Anserina,
var. anserinoides Hook. f.), which has stronger claims to specific rank
than are recognized by Wolf,* is a unique plant of the New Zealand
region.
1 Ser. in DC. Prodr. іі, 582 (1825).
2 Wallr. Sched, Crit. i. 236 (1822).
3 Hayne, Arzneigew, iv. 31 (1816) according to Wolf, 1. c. 672, 673.

4 P. anserinoides Raoul, besides having petiolulate leaflets, differs from Р. Anserina
in its comparatively thin laterally compressed achenes which are not dorsally grooved,

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

Of the plants enumerated by Wolf and by Rydberg under their
second main groups, Potentilla Egedii Wormsk. (P. Anserina, var.
Egedii T. & G., Argentina Egedii Rydb.) seems to stand off from the
others by the pinnate (scarcely interruptedly pinnate) leaves, and the
few comparatively broad leaflets which are glabrous or glabrate be-
neath. The writer has been unable to see good achenes of this plant,
but they are said by Rydberg to be “2.5 mm. long, plump, not grooved.”
P. Egedii is an arctic plant seemingly distinct from P. Anserina and
extending down our coast to northern Labrador.

The other species maintained by Rydberg are open to greater
doubt. In the first place, the chief distinction of his species nos. 3 and
4 as contrasted with the remainder is, that in the first two species the
petals are “usually over 1 em. long, rounded-obovate"; while in the
others the petals are said to be “6-8 mm., rarely 1 cm. long, usually
elliptic-obovate.”” Under the group with petals "over 1 cm. long"
are Argentina pacifica and A. occidentalis, which in the seventeen
sheets at hand show petals varying from 1-1.3 em. long, with outlines
from elliptic-oblong to broadly obovate. In the eastern plant called
A. litoralis the fifteen sheets before the writer show elliptic to obo-
vate petals 1-1.3 em. long; not one of them ess than 1. cm. in length.
This is the common salt marsh plant of New England and eastern
Canada, and one cannot refrain from expressing regret that Dr.
Rydberg has never known the full beauty of its large flowers. ‘This
fundamental distinction of size of petals is, then, a character which is
not shown by abundant specimens. Whether A. occidentalis is
separable from A. pacifica is not one of the chief questions of this
paper, but it is worth recording that the specimen of Baker's no. 3217
(the type number of А. occidentalis) in the Gray Herbarium is unlike
the description given by Rydberg in having lanceolate bractlets which
are quite as long as the sepals, thus answering more nearly the key
character of А. pacifica.

Of Argentina Babcockiana, described from Westminster Park and.
from the shores of Oneida Lake, New York, the writer has no knowl-
edge; but with A. litoralis, the common species "along the coast and
in salt marshes, from Labrador, Newfoundland, and Quebec to Long
Island,” he has long been familiar. This salt marsh plant is clearly
distinct from Potentilla Anserina of the gravel beaches of the St. Law-
rence, the St. John, and Lake Champlain, in the dull white tomentum
of its leaves; the glabrous or early glabrate peduncles, stolons, and

1909] Fernald,— Representatives of Potentilla Anserina 7

rhachises; and the laterally compressed round-backed, not furrowed,
achenes. That it merits specific recognition there can be no question,
but prolonged study has failed to show that it differs in constant or
even apparent characters from Potentilla pacifica Howell ' (P. Anserina,
var. grandis T. & G., Argentina pacifica Rydberg). In all essential
characters — pubescence, bractlets, petals, achenes, etc., — the plant
of the Atlantic salt marshes is like that of the Pacific coast, though
Rydberg's descriptions make it differ in its smaller flowers (see above)
and its more obovate or oval leaflets. In the outline of the leaflets
P. pacifica shows considerable variation, and many of the northwestern
specimens cannot be distinguished by this character from the plant of
the Atlantic coast. ‘There seems to be no reason, then, why the two
plants should be kept apart by the artificial character set up for them.
It is interesting to find, as our knowledge of temperate floras should
lead us to expect, that P. pacifica extends by way of the Aleutian
Islands to the coast of eastern Asia and south to Japan, a fact
already brought out by Wolf, who, although overlooking the impor-
tant achene-character of the plant and therefore treating it as P.
Anserina, var. grandis, states its range as the Pacific and Atlantic
coasts of America and the east coast of Asia.?

As Potentilla pacifica approaches the northern limit of its range it
becomes dwarfed and its leaflets are rapidly reduced in number until,
in northern Labrador, Greenland, arctic Alaska, and northeastern
Siberia, it often has only 7-15 small leaflets. This dwarfed arctic and
subarctic extreme is P. Anserina, var. groenlandica Tratt., but, so far
as the material at hand shows, it is to be considered a dwarfed phase
of P. pacifica rather than a true variety. On the coast of New
England and eastern Canada, Dr. Rydberg's P. litoralis, which is said
to have the “leaves 1-3 dm. long," with the “upper leaflet 2-3 cm.
long," becomes dwarfed under adverse conditions and has leaves
barely 3 сш. long, with as few as 13 leaflets, the terminal 7 mm. long,

1 Howell, Fl. N. W. Am. i. 179 (1898).

2 These plants which occur in Eastern North America and in northeastern Asia but
not in Europe make a considerable portion of our flora — one hundred or more spe-
cies; Onoclea sensibilis, Cypripedium arietinum, Habenaria bracteata, Polygonum arifo-
lium, P. sagittatum and P. scandens, Geum strictum, Phryma Leptostachya, &c.
Several such plants are associated in salt marshes or brackish soil on both the Atlantic
and Pacific coasts with Potentilla pacifica; for example, Poa eminens, Glaux maritima,
var. obtusifolia, and Gentiana Amarella, var. acuta.

3 See Wolf, 1. c. 676.

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

while luxuriant plants have leaves 4.3 dm. long, the terminal leaflet
5.5 сш. in length. Argentina subarctica Rydberg, judging from speci-
mens in the Gray Herbarium named by Dr. Rydberg, is transitional
between well developed Potentilla pacifica and its most dwarfed state.

As interpreted by the writer the members of this group in eastern
America should be classified as follows.

* Achene thiek-ovoid to subglobose, more or less corky, dorsally suleate:
stolons, peduncles, petioles, and rhachises more or less pubescent with ascend-
ing or loosely spreading hairs: leaflets silvery-silky beneath, at least the
younger lustrous.

P. ANSERINA L. Leaflets green and glabrous or glabrate above:
bractlets often cleft.— Sp. 495 (1753). P. Argentina Huds. Fl. Ang.
195 (1762). Argentina vulgaris Lam. Fl. Fr. iii. 119 (1778). P.
Anserina a vulgaris Hayne, Arzneigew. iv. 31 (1816) according to
Wolf, Mon. Pot. 672 (1908). P. Anserina a discolor Wallr. Sched.
Crit. i. 236 (1822). Argentina Anserina Rydb. Mem. Dept. Bot.
Columbia Univ. ii. 159 (1898).— Widely distributed in northern regions.
In America extending south, chiefly in gravelly or sandy soil, to Prince
Edward Island, the St. John Valley of New Brunswick and Maine,
Lake Champlain, western New York, northern Indiana, central
Illinois, lowa, New Mexico, and southern California.

Var. SERICEA Hayne. Leaflets silvery-sericeous on both surfaces.
— Arzneigew. iv. 31 (1816) according to Wolf, Mon. Pot. 672, 673
(1908). P. Anserina B. concolor Wallr. Sched. Crit. 1. 236 (1822).
P. Anserina B. holosericea Gaudin, Fl. Helvet. iii. 406 (1828). P.
Anserina, a argentea Neilr. Fl. N. Österr. 908 (1859). Р. Anserina
a. unicolor Schur, En. pl. Transs. 189 (1866). P. sericea Zimmeter,
Eur. Art Pot. 6 (1884), acc. to Wolf. P. concolor Zimmeter, Bot. Kal.
66 (1887) ace. to Wolf. Argentina Anserina concolor Rydb. Mem.
Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. ii. 160 (1898). A. argentea Rydb. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Cl. xx. iii. 143 (1906).— Of similar distribution; in the
eastern states and Canada often growing with or near the typical form
of the species; in the more arid regions of North America generally
with thickish leaves.

* * Achene laterally compressed, firm, rounded on the back, not suleate:
stolons, peduncles, petioles, and rhachises glabrous or glabrate: leaflets white-
tomentose beneath with opaque hairs (slightly if at all sericeous) or glabrate.

+ Calyx and lower surfaces of the interruptedly pinnate leaves white-
tomentose.

P. РАС1Ё1СА Howell. Leaves 0.3-5 dm. long, with 7-31 oblong,
oblanceolate, or obovate leaflets: bractlets usually simple.— Fl. N.
W. Am. i. 179 (1898). Р. Anserina groenlandica Tratt. Ros. Monog.

1909] Forbes,— Salix subsericea a distinct Species 9

iv. 13 (1824). P. Anserina, B. grandis 'T. & G. Fl. i. 444 (1840).
Argentina Egedii Rydb. Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. ii. 158
(1898) in part. A. Anserina grandis Rydb. 1. с. 161 (1898). А.
pacifica Rydb. in N. A. Fl. xxii pt. 4, 353 (1908). A. litoralis Rydb.
1. с. 354 (1908). A. subarctica Rydb. 1. c. 354 (1908).— From Green-
land to northeastern Siberia, extending southward, in damp brackish
or saline soils, chiefly near the coast to Long Island, New York,
California, and Japan; in arctic and subarctie situations and in un-
favorable conditions southward becoming very small.

+ 2— Calyx and lower surfaces of the simply pinnate leaves glabrous or
glabrate.

P. Есерп Wormsk. Fl. Dan. ix. fase. 27, 5. t. 1578 (18 8). Р.
Anserina, 8 Egedii T. & G. Fl. i. 444 (1840). P. Anserina, var.
concolor Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 234 (1887) not Wallr. Argentina
Egedii Rydb. Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. ii. 158 (1898) in part.

— Arctic regions, extending south on our coast to northern Labrador.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

SALIX SUBSERICEA A DISTINCT SPECIES.

F. F. FORBES.

For the past two seasons the writer has been much puzzled by a
willow the characters of which do not agree with any description given
in the current manuals. This willow is rather common in the vicinity
of Boston, growing in wet places where willows usually thrive. ‘The
writer has collected it in different locations in Dedham, West Roxbury,
and Arlington. Leaf-specimens collected in western Massachusetts
and in southern New York indicate that it has quite a wide range.

It was at first suspected that the willow in question might be a
hybrid between Salix cordata Muhl. and S. sericea Marsh., but study
of numerous specimens from many different shrubs shows that it
cannot be a hybrid. As far as the writer's observations go, willows
which are hybrids between two definite species do not present constant
characters. One shrub may have the fruit more like that of one
parent and the leaves more like those of the other; or the shrubs may
be quite intermediate in most respects; but no two of them are alike.

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

The willow under consideration, however, is fully as constant in its
characters as Salix cordata Muhl., while it is clearly separated from its
near relatives, S. petiolaris Sm. and S. sericea Marsh. ‘lhe leaves,
which resemble those of S. cordata much more than those of S. petio-
laris or S. sericea and remain green or blacken but slightly in drying,
have beneath and usually on the midvein above а permanent pubes-
cence, which is not so dense or silky as that of S. sericea. ‘The small
glandular-toothed stipules are a little less deciduous than those of 5S.
‘sericea and 5. petiolaris, some of them usually being present at the end
of the season. ‘The leaves and branches make a greater angle with
the twigs and main trunks respectively than do those of the two latter
species and give the shrub a somewhat zigzag appearance in the field.
The aments and capsules are best described by saying that they are
quite intermediate between those of S. petiolaris and S. sericea. In
the former species the aments (at least when young) are leafy-bracted
at base and in maturity appear loose from the lengthening of the
pedicels; the oblong-spatulate scales are brown to yellowish; and the
long-beaked capsules (6.5-8 mm. long) are on pedicels which usually
much exceed the scales. In S. sericea the dense aments are slightly
if at all bracted at base, the short oblong scales are blackish, and the
round-tipped capsule (2.5-4.5 mm. long) is on a pedicel which about
equals or only slightly exceeds the scale. In the plant under special
consideration the ament is leafy-bracted at base as in S. petiolaris and
it is nearly as loosely flowered as in that species, the scales are blackish
and oblong as in S. sericea, and the lance-conic blunt capsule (5-7 mm.
long) is elevated on a pedicel which is once and a half or twice as long
as the scale.

From Salix cordata, which it somewhat resembles in foliage, the
problematic willow is quickly distinguished by the pubescent capsule,
the smaller usually deciduous stipules, and the strongly whitened
lower surface of the leaves, as well as by numerous other characters.
А hybrid of this willow and S. cordata has been found and is now
growing near the ice-house on Cow Island, West Roxbury.

A search in the Gray Herbarium and the Herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club has revealed some doubtful foliage-speci-
mens; but only one sheet of specimens which is positively identified
with the writer's material has been found. ‘This, however, is a very
important specimen, for it is the type of Andersson’s Salix petiolaris,

1909] Forbes,— Salix subsericea a distinct Species 11

a, subsericea,' which was collected in May, 1847, at Fresh Pond by the
late George B. Emerson. Andersson treated S. petiolaris as an ag-
gregate species with five chief components, among them S. petiolaris,
e, sericea (S. sericea Marsh.). The young branch of the Fresh Pond
shrub was described as follows:

“a, subsericea, foliis initio sat dense sericeo-pubescentibus demum
subglabratis pilis raris subtus derelictis anguste lanceolatis margine
crenulatis, amentis subdensifloris, capsulis brevius pedicellatis ob-
tusiusculis. (S. sericea Hb. Asa Gray e Massachusetts). Haec
quum habitu tum notis S. sericeae maxime affinis, a qua vix differt
nisi amentis magis laxifloris, capsulis longioribus et folis demum
subtus subglabratis." ?

Further search of literature shows that in 1901, Dr. Rydberg,
without any apparent knowledge either of Andersson's description or
the very accessible type from Massachusetts, made the combination
“Salix sericea subsericea (Anders.) Rydb.,"? citing definitely as a
synonym “$. petiolaris subsericea Anders.," for a plant with “capsule
smaller"! and said to grow from New York to Michigan; although a
mere reference to Andersson's original description would have shown
that S. petiolaris, a, subsericea was clearly stated by Andersson to have
the capsules longer (**capsulis longioribus") than in S. sericea and to
come from Massachusetts.

The latest mention of the plant found is by Schneider in 1904, when
he treated it as a hybrid of Salix sericea and S. petiolaris:

“S. sericea X petiolaris: S. subsericea (petiolaris var. subsericea
Anderss., in DC., l. c. 234; sericea var. subsericea Rydbg., in Britt.
Manual 318. 1901). Scheint unter den beiden Elternnamen in
Kultur und halt nach meinen Beobachtungen zieml. genau die Mitte
zwischen diesen." *

The writer ventures to say that if Andersson had had the material
now available he would have considered this willow a good species.
It certainly resembles S. petiolaris more than it does S. sericea; but,
as its characters are essentially constant wherever the shrub has been
found and as it is quite fertile and without the tendencies we have
learned to expect in hybrid willows, there seems to be no reason why

1 Anders. in ОС, Prodr. xvi. pt. 2, 234 (1864).

2 Anders, l. c.

3 Rydberg in Britton, Man. 318 (1901).

4 Schneider, Handbuch der Laubholzkunde, pt. 1, 65 (1904).

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

it should not have specific recognition. ‘The foregoing observations
may be briefly summarized as follows.

SALIX SUBSERICEA (Anders.) Schneider. Large shrub (2 to 2.5 m.
high), with more or less zigzag habit, the reddish- or olive-brown
branches making a considerable angle with the trunks; branchlets
puberulent when young, soon glabrate: leaves lanceolate, when young
loosely sericeous, in maturity glaucous and sparingly sericeous or
glabrate beneath, dark green and somewhat lustrous except for the
finely puberulent dull pale midrib above, 6-10 cm. long, 1.2-2.2 сш.
broad, rather coarsely appressed serrate, the teeth about 5 to a centi-
meter; petioles slender, 1-1.5 em. long: stipules small, lanceolate,
acuminate, serrulate. Winter-buds puberulent: aments leafy-bracted
at base, loosely to subdensely flowered, in maturity 2-3 em. long: scales
oblong, with rounded blackish pilose tips: capsule lance-conic, blunt,
loosely sericeous, 5-7 mm. long, its slender pedicel once and a half or
twice as long as the scale and many times exceeding the minute gland
(about 0.3 mm. long).— Handbuch der Laubholzk. pt. 1, 65 (1904).
S. petiolaris, a, subsericea Anders. in DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 2, 234 (1864).
S. sericea subsericea Rydb. in Britton, Man. 318 (1901) as to name-
bringing synonym but not as to plant described. S. sericea X petio-
laris Schneider, l. c. (1904).— Originally described from Fresh Pond,
Cambridge, Massachusetts, coll. May, 1847 (Geo. B. Emerson): now
known to be generally distributed in the neighborhood of Boston; and
apparently westward to southern New York.

'The writer is indebted to Prof. M. L. Fernald for his kind assistance
in the bibliographical part of this article.

BROOKLINE, MASSACHUSETTS.

SOME INTERESTING MAINE PLANTS.
JOSEPH А. CUSHMAN.

Durina August and September of 1907 I spent the larger part of
the time in collecting in various parts of Maine. During August
about two weeks were spent about Machias Bay with headquarters
at Roque Bluffs. Mr. C. Н. Knowlton has already noted the char-
acter of the region and some of the interesting plants of the mainland
(Rnropona, ix. 218).

1909] Cushman,— Some interesting Maine Plants I3

With the aid of a boat, Mr. S. N. F. Sanford and I were enabled to
visit nearly thirty of the islands in the bay and outside. ‘These islands
are almost entirely rocky, with bold cliffs and almost constantly bathed
with fog. On them a number of noteworthy plants were found.
Among these Sedum rosewm (L.) Scop. was of interest as it had been
found by the Josselyn Botanical Society in one locality, The Point of
Main, on the mainland. On the outermost islands it seems to be
very common. We collected it on Old Man Island and Double Shot
Island off Cutler; Libby Islands off Machiasport; 'l'he Brothers
Island; and Knight's, Head Harbor, and Mistake Island off Jonesport.
At all of these stations the plant was plentiful in the crevices of the
cliffs. Euphrasia Randi Robinson and E. americana Wettst. were
common everywhere. On the outer end of Great Wass Island several
trees of Pinus Banksiana Lambert were seen and in the bog Erio-
phorum opacum (Вјӧтпѕіг.) Fernald was collected, and in the woods
Lycopodium annotinum L., var. pungens Desv. On the flats in Chand-
ler River, Polygonum Fowlert Robinson was not uncommon. On
the cliffs, especially the outer ones was plenty of Sagina nodosa (L.)
Fenzl., as well as var. glandulosa (Bess.) Asch. On Cross Island,
off Cutler, along the border of a salt pond were great mats of Stellaria
humifusa Rottb. In a small pond just back of the beach on Head
Harbor Island was a quantity of Sparganium simplex Huds. Rumex
pallidus Bigel. was common on the beach. Altogether the region
is a very interesting one and many other notable plants were collected.

Late August was taken up by a trip to Spencer Lake and Spencer
Mountain to the East of Moosehead Lake. ‘These were both inter-
esting, the mountain especially so. Both of the Spencer Mountains
rise directly out of low ground and seem to be true monadnocks.
They are rather abrupt, wooded to the summit, but with many. bare
cliffs and slides. About the lake many interesting plants were found.
Carex retrorsa Schwein., var. Robinsoni Fernald on the shore, and
beside our camp a fine tree of the true Betula alba L. may be noted.
Along trails in the woods the delicate Botrychium ternatum (Thunb.)
Sw., var. rutaefoliwm (A. Br.) D. C. Eaton was not uncommon. In the
woods of the north slope at about 2800-3000 ft. were found Pyrola
minor L., and Galium kamtschaticum Steller, two plants of Mt.
Katahdin. On the cliffs were many ferns, among them the most
interesting being Aspidium fragrans (L.) Sw. The height of the moun-
tain as determined by aneroid was 3268 feet.

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

A few days were spent early in September at Mt. Kineo. On the
dry summit was Juncus tenuis Willd., var. Williamsii Fernald. On
the cliffs, Aspidiwm fragrans (L.) Sw., Draba arabisans Michx., and
Mentha arvensis L., var. glabrata (Benth.) Fernald. Arabis Drum-
mondi Gray was abundant on both Mt. Kineo and Spencer Mt.
The later part of September was given to a collecting trip on the Alla-
gash and Upper St. John Rivers. Potamogeton perfoliatus L. was
common in Churchill Lake, P. heterophyllus Schreb., forma longi-
pedunculatus (Mérat.) Morong in Eagle Lake, and forma maaimus
Morong in Long Lake. Viola labradorica Schrank was collected on
an island in Eagle Lake, and on the shore of Umsaskis Lake Carex
Crawfordii Fernald, var. vigens Fernald.

On the St. John the commoner plants were collected: Halenia
deflexa (Smith) Griseb., Hedysarum boreale Nutt., Salix pellita Anders.,
Viola novae-angliae House, &c. On one of the bluffs Rosa acicularis
Lindl., var. Bourgeauiana Crepin was still in blossom.

In one place where a brook came down the bank and spread out,
a moist area with some grass had been developed among the rocks.
Here were a few specimens of the rather rare Drosera linearis Goldie.
The part of this brook back on the flat country above the river would
be well worth investigating, as the bogs there are probably the source
of the plants found on the river bank. Аз these plants were not
discovered until late on our last day there, no further tracing of their
source was possible.

Boston SOCIETY or NATURAL HISTORY.

A NEW HYBRID VIOLET.
F. F. FORBES.

WnirE studying Viola Brittoniana Pollard on Charles River Mead-
ows, Dedham, Massachusetts in the fall of 1906, the writer observed
a violet of rather unusual appearance. In the color and outline of the
leaves it was much like V. /anceolata L., which grew plentifully at
this station, but the habit was that of V. Brittoniana.

The plant was transferred with care to the writer's violet bed in
Brookline for further study. It survived the next winter and blos-

1909] Collins, — The Bryophytes of Connecticut 15

somed freely in the spring. The blossoms were somewhat larger
than those of Viola Brittoniana but of the same blue color and general
appearance.

During the summer and fall numerous cleistogamous flowers ap-
peared but all were completely sterile, although no trouble had been
experienced in raising an abundance of seed from true Viola Brit-
toniana in this same bed. Several small plants were made from the
original one by division in the spring of 1908. All of these plants
lived and blossomed profusely; and in July began to throw out leafy
stolons, which reached a length of more than three inches, bearing
apetalous flowers like those of V. lanceolata. ‘These stolons proved
conclusively that the plant must be a hybrid between Viola Brittoniana
and V. lanceolata. Аз far as known, this is the first time а hybrid
between these two species or between a blue stemless violet and a
white stoloniferous one has been noticed. ‘The hybrid may be de-
scribed as follows.

Viola Brittoniana X lanceolata, n. hybr. Leaves with the color of
those of V. lanceolata, much more lanceolate in outline, less deeply
parted, and more rounded at base than those of V. Brittoniana; the
leaves of the stolons entire, similar to but somewhat broader than
those of V. lanceolata; petaliferous flowers differing from those of
V. Brittoniana chiefly in their larger size: apetalous flowers numerous,
on peduncles about the length of the petioles, withering early, always
infertile: stolons three or more inches long, vigorous, bearing leaves
and apetalous flowers: pubescence and time of flowering like that of
V. Brittoniana.

BROOKLINE, MASSACHUSETTS.

THe BryopHyTes or Connecticut.! — This is a recently issued
bulletin of 203 pages. The preface and table of contents are followed
by fifteen pages on the general characteristics of the bryophytes,
nearly five on the history of bryology in Connecticut, nearly six оп.
distribution according to environment, and two on economic value of
bryophytes. The catalogue proper occupies 139 pages. ‘The last 27
pages of the bulletin contain a brief summary of the distribution by
orders, a bibliography, and an index to species and synonyms.

1 The Bryophytes of Connecticut, by Alexander William Evans, Ph.D., and George

Elwood Nichols, B. A. State of Connecticut, Public Document No. 47. State Geological
and Natural History Survey, Bulletin No. 11. Hartford, 1908.

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

As might have been expected of these well known bryologists the
authors have given us a valuable contribution to the list of local floras.
It is considerably more than a catalogue. With its succinct account
of the general characteristics of the bryophytes and its more detailed
descriptions of the six orders recognized (Marchantiales, Junger-
manniales, Anthocerotales, Sphagnales, Andreaeales, Bryales), as well
as the numerous and excellent keys to the genera and species, it might
almost be classed as a manual were it not for the fact that specific de-
scriptions are omitted. ‘The distribution of each species in the counties
and towns of Connecticut is clearly indicated, also the known general
range over the surface of the earth.

It is a pleasure to note so few things requiring adverse criticism, and
these of little real importance. On page 91 the key indicates Pogona-
tum and Polytrichum as having mitrate calyptrae, an error which has
appeared in certain other bryological publications during the last
generation. After being favorably impressed with the abundance of
keys to genera and species one is rather surprised suddenly to realize
that there is no key to the orders and families. However, this is of less
importance when one remembers that 28 of the 35 families belong to
the Bryales, and that this order has a general key to all genera, irre-
spective of their groupings under the families.

Aside from Hypnaceae and Dendroidaceae the arrangement of fami-
lies and genera follows the Engler and Prantl system rather closely
except that Weberaceae, Buxbaumiaceae, Georgiaceae, and Polytricha-
ceae are placed at the end of the volume, as in Warnstorf's Laubmoose.
Several of the Engler and Prantl generic names, е. g. Apolozia, Sac-
cogyna, Nowellia, Kantia, Stephanina, Bellincinia, are respectively
replaced in the Connecticut flora by the generally better known names
of Jungermannia, Geocalyx, Cephalozia, Calypogeia, Radula, and
Porella. In this connection we are glad to note that Racomitrium and
Elodium have their original spelling, and that Octodiceras, Ricciella,
and Sphenolobus are raised to generic rank.

This valuable bulletin should be in the hands of all bryologists as
well as others who are interested in a model flora of this type, and
there is little excuse for its not being there when the State Librarian
at Hartford advertises it for the absurdly small sum of thirty cents. —
J. FRANKLIN Coins, Brown University.

Vol. 10, no. 120, ineluding pages 209 to 234 and title page of vol. 10, was
issued 4 January, 1909.

Gray’s New Manual of Botany— 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian, By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
versity. Thoroughly revised and largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
son, Ph.D., Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, N.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist’s Edition. Limp leather, 5 х7; inches. Price, $3.00.
MERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the
revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— а feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada. .

AMERICAN BOOH COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
eral home life of 327 species of ‘birds. As a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. gr.

STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT.
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \

WILLIAM PENN RICH

l Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND

Vol. 11. February, 1909. Мо.

CONTENTS:

New Species of Cladophora. F. S. Collins

Notes for Shelburne, New Hampshire. Wa/ter Deane

Notes on Monostroma. F. $. Collins

Winter meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club. N. F Pss
Tubers on Roots of Eleocharis. K. M. Wiegand ; i
Certain Weeds of Northern New Hampshire. 4. S. Pease
Plants of Centerville, Maine. L. 0. Eaton А .

A pubescent Variety of Aster dumosus. M. L. Fernald .

A Juncus new to New England. A. S. Pease

Weight of Ice-covered Twigs. J. F. Collins

122.

Boston, Mass. | Providence, TR.

T.

1052 Exchange Building. || | Preston and Rounds Co.

FRHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume т, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, зоо Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. GRAY and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.--
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounps Co., Providence, К. I.

NOTICE

On and after April 1, 1907, the price of Volume т, (1899) of Кнорока will
be $2.00, and Volume 2, $1.50.
Complete sets of these two volumes are in very limited supply and will soon

be exhausted. Volumes 3 to 8 can still be supplied at $1.00 each, unbound.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. ^ Pocket size. Invaluable for
collectors! memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 ets. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. February, 1909. No. 122.

NEW SPECIES OF CLADOPHORA.
F. S. CoLLINS.
(Plate 78.)

Cladophora microcladioides n. sp. Frondibus plus minusve caes-
pitosis, 10-20 cm. altis; filamentis basi circa 200 и diam., rigidis,
rectis vel flexuosis, distanter di- trichotomis, ramis similibus, erectis
aut plerumque recurvatis, ramulos breviores secundatos latere su-
periore et interiore gerentibus; ramificatione ejusmodi iterata in
ramellos ultimos paucicellulares subacutos, 80-100 y» diam., desinente;
cellulis diametro 2-6-plo longioribus; membrana cellulari crassa, in
cellulis adultioribus lamellosa. Ramis fere e cellulis omnibus ortis,
singulis, vel ad quatuor e cellula singula.

Fronds more or less tufted, 10-20 cm. high; filaments about 200 u
diam. at the base, stiff, erect or flexuous, distantly di- trichotomous;
branches similar, erect or more generally recurved, bearing shorter
ramuli, secund on the upper or interior side; repeated ramification
of this kind ending in few-celled subacute ultimate ramelli, 80-100 u
diam.; cells 2-6 diam. long; cell wall thick, in older cells lamellose.
Branches arising from almost every cell, singly, or up to four from one
cell.— Coast of California, from Monterey to San Pedro.

А stout but graceful species, with a characteristic ramification, like
that of the red alga, Microcladia borealis Ruprecht. There is con-
siderable variation according as the main divisions are straight or
flexuous, the branches close or more distant, erect or recurved; but
the peculiar symmetrical ramification will distinguish it from any other
of the American species. In the most typical form, every branch is
regularly recurved, and bears on its convex side a series of similar but
smaller branches, which curve uniformly in the opposite direction;
and in turn bear another similar series. In some plants the branching
| is very dense, two, three or even four branches issuing from the top

18 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
of a single cell, which may be twice as broad at the top as below; usu-
ally all but one of these branches are short and simple or nearly so;
one being longer, and developing in the typical way. However
many branches may issue from one cell, they are never whorled, but
expand flabellately in one plane. In the writer's herbarium are
specimens from Monterey, collected by Prof. G. J. Pierce, and from
San Pedro, collected by Miss S. P. Monks and by Dr. N. L. Gardner;
the specimens from the last are in the best condition, and should be
considered the type.

C. Howei n. sp. Filamentis repentibus vel decumbentibus, caes-

ites densos formantibus; cellulis irregularibus, circa 150 5 diam.,
in cellula. terminali ad 75 у attenuatis; longitudine diametron
aequante vel triplo superante; filamentis erectis, basi circa 50 x
diam., ad 20-25 н diam. in apice rotundato vel subacuto attenuatis, e
filamentis basilaribus exeuntibus, cellulis basi diametro 5-6-plo
prope apicem ad 15-20-plo longioribus; filamentis erectis parce ramo-
sis, ramis erectis vel adpressis, filamentis erectis similibus.

Filaments creeping or decumbent, forming dense tufts; cells irregu-
lar, about 150 » diam., diminishing to 75 x in the terminal cell, one to
three diam. long; vertical filaments, about 50 и diam. at the base,
diminishing to 20-25 и at the rounded or slightly acute apex, issuing
from the basal filaments; cells 5-6 diam. long at the base, 15-20 at
the tip; vertical filaments sparingly branched, branches erect or
appressed, similar to the vertical filaments.—Gibbet Island, Bermuda,
June, 1900, collected by Dr. M. A. Howe, No. 33. Type material
in the herbarium of the writer and that of the New York Botanical
Garden.

Forming a dense coating in tide pools, about 1 em. high; the base
a dense mass of dark green, much branched, irregular filaments, from
which arise the slender, slightly branched, long-jointed filaments,
pale green under the microscope, yellow in the mass. ‘This yellow
may not be a permanent character, as the same shade appears to be
produced by local conditions in some algae normally green. 'Тһе
contorted, densely matted basal filaments suggest the subgenus Aeg-
agropila, but there is no indication of a definite form to the whole mass.
The sharp distinction between the delicate, erect filaments and the
stout, thick-walled basal growth, reminds one of certain fresh water
species of Cladophora, in which cells, often remaining connected in
filaments, pass the winter in a thick-walled, akinete state, emitting new
and quite different appearing filaments in the spring. But in C. Hower
the stouter cells do not seem like akinetes, and appear to continue to

1909] Collins,— New Species of Cladophora 19

grow and divide, the terminal cells being considerably more slender
than the others, but much larger than those of the erect filaments.

C. graminea n. sp. Frondibus caespites laxos formantibus, 10-15

cm. longis, cartilagineis, prasinis; filamentis primariis 300 и diam.,
distanter di- trichotomis; ramis omnibus erectis, ramulis ultimis
100-150 x diam., apicibus obtusis vel subacutis; cellulis inferioribus
praelongis, ad 30- -plo longioribus quam crassis; superioribus breviori-
bus, eis ramorum ultimorum diametro 4-6-plo solum longioribus;
cellula singula normaliter spatium inter dichotomias proximas occu-
panti; membrana cellulari plerumque valde striata.
г Fronds. forming loose tufts, 10-15 em. long, cartilaginous, dark
green; main filaments 300 ø» diam., distantly di- trichotomous; all
divisions erect, ultimate divisions 100—150 y diam., tips blunt or slightly
acute; cells very long, up to 30 diam. below, shorter above, in the ulti-
mate branches 4-6 diam., each cell normally occupying the space be-
tween two successive forkings; cell wall usually strongly striate.—
Monterey to San Pedro, California. E

Distinguished from all our other species by the long cells, each
normally extending from one forking to the next; in this it agrees
with C. pellucida (Huds.) Kütz. of Europe, but in the latter there is
more reduction of size in the successive orders of branches, the main
filament being sometimes as large as 500 у diam., while the ultimate
ramuli are seldom over 50 џ, and are dense and more or less fasciculate.
In C. graminea there is comparatively little diminution in size, and
the tips are loose and open. In C. pellucida the divisions of the di-
or trichotomy are usually equal and develop equally; in C. graminea
one is often much reduced, sometimes being only a single cell. ‘The
original specimen was sent the writer by Mrs. A. E. Bush, under
the name of С. cartilaginea (Rupr.) Harvey, and there is a certain
similarity of habit; but Ruprecht's Conferva cartilaginea is not a
true Cladophora, and probably should be placed in Spongomorpha.
Mrs. Bush's specimen, in herb. F. S. C., is the type of C. graminea.

C. constricta n. sp. Fronde dense caespitosa, ad 10 cm. alta, sub-
fastigiata; filamentis primariis ad 65 и diam., ramis minoribus, ramu-
lis ultimis circa 25 и diam.; cellulis diametro 5-20-plo longioribus,
plerumque leviter clavatis, frequenter constrictionem annularem dis-
tinctam paulo super basin exhibentibus. Ramificatione plerumque
opposita inferne et saepe superne, saepe etiam laterali, ramulis brevi-
bus subsecundatis; ramis et ramulis primo subpatentibus, mox sursum
curvatis; apice cellulae terminalis breviter conicali- rotundata.

Frond densely tufted, up to 10 em. high, somewhat fastigiate;
main filaments to 65 n dan branches smaller, ultimate ramuli about

20 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

25 и; cells 5-20 diam. long, mostly somewhat clavate; often with a
distinet annular constriction shortly above the lower end; branching
mostly opposite below and.often above, but also often lateral, the short
ramuli somewhat secund; branches and ramuli at first rather patent,
soon curving upward; apex of terminal cell shortly conical with rounded
tip.— Montego Bay, Jamaica, June 12, 1907. Collected by Dr. M.
А. Howe, in connection with the expedition of the New York Botani-
cal Garden to Jamaica. No. 4978. ‘Type material in herb. F. S. C.
and herb. N. Y. B. G.

In general appearance this species reminds one of a small and dense
form of C. gracilis such as is often found in shallow pools on the north
Atlantic coast, but the resemblance is merely external, the branching
being more like that of C. rupestris, from which, however, it differs
much in dimensions and texture. The cells vary in length, but aver-
age quite long, and usually increase slightly in diameter from the base
to the summit. In the older parts the branching is quite regularly
opposite, and as the basal cells of each branch are of the same size
as the cell of the main filament arising between them, the effect is
that of trichotomy. In a few cases four practically similar cells have
been seen arising from the same point. As a branch or a pair of
branches arises from about every second cell of a filament, the frond
becomes very derise, and as the development seems to go on quite uni-
formly throughout the frond, the outline is usually regular. ‘The con-
striction does not occur on all the cells, and may be more or less promi-
nent; often it is very distinct, the diameter of the cell being reduced
at this point to less than half the normal, the interior thickening of the
cell wall contributing to the reduction. This constriction is interesting
as showing a possible relation to the Valoniaceae, in which the char-
acter is sometimes strongly developed.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 78.

Fig. 1, Cladophora Howei, portion of basal filament with erect branches.

Fig. 2, microcladioides, portion of densely branching frond.
Fig. 3, » “ general scheme of branching.

Fig. 4, “ constricta, trichotomy in a main branch.

Fig. 5, й Чч main branch, outline only.

Fig. 6, “ graminea, end of branch, outline only.

1909] Deane,— Notes for Shelburne, N. H. 21

NO'TES FROM SHELBURNE, NEW HAMPSHIRE.

WALTER DEANE.

I have spent portions of many seasons in Shelburne, New Hampshire,
a town of some three hundred inhabitants, lying on both sides of the
Androscoggin River. ‘The valley is about 210 meters above sea level
and the flora is characteristic of northern New Hampshire, but a record
of a few plants found there may prove of interest. Тһе two pines of the
region are Pinus Strobus L. and Pinus resinosa Ait., the former of
wider distribution. In the summer of 1881 I discovered a fine speci-
men of Pinus rigida Mill. on a wooded slope about 35 or 40 meters
above the intervale on the farm of Mr. A. E. Philbrook. Under date
of February 8, 1909, Mr. Philbrook writes: “The Pitch Pine you
found in 1881 is sixty feet tall and thirteen inches in diameter, is in
good condition and has cones. Two small ones have come up near
by that are about twenty feet high and three or four inches in diameter."
Dr. A. S. Pease and Mr. А. Н. Moore, who have been working very
systematically for a number of years on the flora of Coos County, which
includes the town of Shelburne, have been unable thus far to detect
any more Pitch Pine in their limits. It was, therefore, with added
interest that I was shown in October, 1908, two additional trees in
Shelburne. On October 18, Professor Ephraim Emerton, who has a
summer home adjoining the Philbrook Farm, showed me on the plateau
near his house a vigorous Pitch Pine about 5 meters high and fully
1.5 decimeters through 12 decimeters above the ground. It was grow-
ing naturally in a grove of White and Red Pines and it may have been
a seedling from the one previously mentioned from which it is about
4 hectometers distant, or perhaps from the third specimen which is on a
wooded slope about midway between the two.

This last tree was shown me on October 25 by Mr. Philbrook on
whose farm it grows, but a few minutes’ walk from the tree of 1881.
This pine is about 18 meters high, 5 decimeters through at the butt,
and 4 decimeters through some 12 or 15 decimeters above the ground.
It is a fine straight specimen full of cones, but leafy only near the top
owing to its close proximity to the surrounding trees. No seedlings
were discovered.

Another interesting find for Coos County is Juniperus communis

22 ' Rhodora " [FEBRUARY

L., var. depressa Pursh. On April 23, 1908, Mr. Philbrook discovered
a specimen of this shrub in a patch of open woods adjoining his farm
about 20 meters above the intervale. ‘The plant was about 3 meters
in diameter and was full of fruit. Mr. Philbrook sent me a specimen
at the time, and later I visited the place and secured additional material.
On October 13, but a few minutes’ walk from this Juniper and in the
same open wood, a second specimen was discovered by a party of us
who were out for a tramp. It was a little smaller than the first one but
bore fruit. These two Junipers and three Pitch Pines constitute at
present the only known records for Coos County though, considering
the known range of the two species and the fact that there are plenty
of situations congenial to them, it seems hardly possible that addi-
tional ones should not be found.

On May 29, 1903, I discovered Camelina microcarpa Andrz. in a
grassy field in Shelburne, and on July 14, 1908, I found by the railroad
station the same species, together with Erysimum cheiranthoides L.
and Sisymbrium altissimum L., all in close proximity and in flourishing
condition. ‘These introductions are now quite widely spread over
New England.

Pentsetmon laevigatus Ait. appeared in Shelburne in June, 1908.
It was discovered by Miss Louise Davenport in the intervale of the
Philbrook Farm, growing among the short grass, some 300 meters
from the house. ‘There were at least eight plants covering an extent
of about one fifth of a hectare, each specimen about 30 meters from its
nearest neighbors. ‘The plants were all in good flower though the
soil, owing to the extreme drought, was very dry. I visited the place
on July 3 and examined the location. I have in my herbarium speci-
mens of all these herbaceous species.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

1909] Collins,— Notes on Monostroma 23

NO'TES ON MONOSTROMA.
Е. S. QOLLINS.

THE genus Monostroma, as proposed by Thuret,' included only
those species of the older genus Ulva that had a single layer of cells,
quasi-independently located in a gelatinous membrane. ‘Those
forms with a single layer of cells, arranged parenchymatously, the
same as the double layer in Ulva, in the restricted sense, were included
in Enteromorpha. Under the name of Enteromorpha Grevillei
Thuret included Ulva Lactuca Agardh,? and the species of the same
name of Greville? neither of these being the U. Lactuca Linnaeus.*
Le Jolis,’ extends the genus Ulva to include Enteromorpha, and the
species in question appears as U. Стео: ет (Thur.) LeJolis. Wittrock,®
gave the genus Monostroma the extension that it has since held; to
include all the Ulvaceae with a single layer of cells, arranged as a
membrane, whatever the texture of the latter. ‘The species in question
here appears as Monostroma Greville? (Thur.) Wittrock. Both Le
Jolis and Wittrock gave the references to Agardh and Greville in the
synonymy. J. G. Agardh” appears to have been the first to point
out that it was by no means certain that the plants mentioned by the
elder Agardh and by Greville were identical, and though he gave the
distinctions with considerable detail, his views do not appear to have
been accepted by later writers. That there are two forms, quite dis-
tinct in their typical appearance, though possibly intermediate forms
may be found, seems to the present writer to be the fact. Both occur
on the New England coast, and both have been distributed in the
Phycotheca Boreali-Americana; M. Grevillei as No. 15, M. Lactuca
as No. 1271. Both are at first saccate, but the sac in M. Grevillei
is nearly globular, in M. Lactuca more elongate; in the former species
it soon splits into broad segments of irregular shape; in the latter into
long, sublinear laciniae, often with a stipe-like base; these laciniae

1 Note sur la synonymie des Ulva Lactuca et latissima L., etc. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat.
de Cherbourg, Vol. II, p. 29, 1854.

? Sp. Alg., Vol. I, p. 409, 1822.

3 Algae Britannicae, p. 172, 1830.

4 Sp. Plantarum, Vol. II, p. 1163, 1753.

5 Liste des algues marines de Cherbourg, p. 37, 1863.

6 Forsók till en monographi ofver algsligtet Monostroma, 1866.
7 Till Algernes Systematik, VI, Ulvaceae, Lunds Univ. Arsskrift, Vol. XIX, p. 101, 1882.

|

24 Rhodora ` [FEBRUARY

may be simple or forked, and usually have the edges crisped; when
they are simple, there is quite a resemblance to a clump of individuals
of Enteromorpha Linza (L.) J. Ag.; when forked, the resemblance is
equally marked to Ulva fasciata Delile; the laciniae are sometimes
quite palmately arranged. The frond of M. Lactuca is somewhat
thicker; 20-25 p, as against 15-20 и in M. Grevillei; the structure of
the former is more distinctly parenchymatous, and the texture less
soft and lubricous. In a cross section of a vegetative frond the cells
show much alike, horizontally elongate, occupying about two thirds
of the thickness of the frond.

In Wittrock's monograph, Plate IV, fig. 14, c, represents a fruiting
frond, with the characters of M. Lactuca; in M. Grevillei, as observed
by the writer, the fertile portion of the frond puts on quite a different
appearance; the membrane becomes thicker and more gelatinous, the
cells elongate vertically to the surface of the frond, finally assuming the
palisade form characteristic of M. fuscum, though on a smaller scale;
as the spores are discharged, the membrane melts away, and there is
nothing of the persistent empty tissue, shown in M. Lactuca, which
was the principal character for the exclusion of the species from
Monostroma by Thuret and Le Jolis. The writer does not claim
the original discovery of this form of spore production; it has been
noted by Rosenvinge ! but he thinks that this is the first suggestion
that it may be a distinguishing character between the two species.
Specimens in this fruiting condition have been distributed as P. B.-
A., No. 1467.

The question of how far related forms, evidently closely connected,
are to be distinguished as species, will probably always be a matter of
discussion; so much depends on the way of looking at the matter.
Jónsson,” refers to the writer’s arrangement of M. Grevillei and allied
forms,’ as follows:— “I cannot admit Collins to be right in dividing
M. Grevillei K. Rosenv. into two species: M. Grevillei Collins includ-
ing var. Vahlii К. Rosenv., and M. arcticum Collins including var.
intestiniformis К. Roseny. ‘The limit between the two species as
understood by Collins, is as indistinct as the limit between the main
form of the species and the included varieties. If closely related forms,
which run into each other, are not to be regarded as belonging to one

! Gronlands Havalger, Meddelelser om Gronland, Vol, III, p. 948.
2 The marine algae of East Greenland, Meddelelser om Grønland, Vol. XXX, p. 65,
з The Ulvaceae of North America, Ruopora, Vol. V, p. 13.

1909] Collins,— Notes on Monostroma 25

and the same species, we had better take as a species every form that
can be described plainly enough to be recognizable, than form species
of artificially grouped forms." While this last suggestion goes too
far, something near it may be temporarily admissible until we have a
life history of each species, from the spore on. In the meantime it
is almost as hard to draw sharp lines between M. undulatum Wittr.,
M. pulchrum Farlow and M. Grevillei, as they occur on the American
coast, as it is between M. Grevillei апа M. arcticum, as we under-
stand them; for the sake of clearness it has seemed better to the
writer to make more specific distinctions than Rosenvinge found
expedient; in the matter of M. Greville? and M. Lactuca, it is hoped
that the new character, in the fertile frond, will render this distinction
more acceptable. As this very distinct form of the fertile cell really
amounts to the formation of a specialized sporangium, it would seem
to place this species at the head of the genus.

At page 63 of Jónsson's work, he refers again to the writer's paper on
the Ulvaceae, calling attention to Rosenvinge's note! that the cells of
M. fuscum (Post. & Rupr.) Wittr. contain two chromatophores, one
at each end; adding as a footnote, “F. S. Collins (The Ulvaceae etc.).
does not at all mention this important character neither in the descrip-
tion of the species nor in the description of the genus Monostroma.”
The writer has since made a careful examination of fresh material,
collected at Revere Beach, Massachusetts, the locality at which were
collected the specimens distributed as Phyk. Univ., No. 64, and P. B.-
A., No. 715. In every instance a single chromatophore was found in a
cell. It is, of course, possible that the Greenland plant is different
from the plant of the New England coast, but this is hardly likely, as
the figure in Wittrock, l. c., Pl. III, fig. 11, shows a perfectly uniform
chromatophore, quite like the Revere Beach plant; and this was
drawn from a specimen collected in Norway. A more probable ex-
planation is suggested by the fact that in dried specimens of green.
algae the contents of the cells shrink, and the remains of the chroma-
tophores tend towards the ends, leaving the middle apparently empty;
this is very conspicuous in plants with large cells, like Chaetomorpha
Melagonium (Web. & Mohr) Kützing.

M. orbiculatum Thuret,? was not mentioned in the writer's paper on
Ulvaceae, previously referred to, but what appears to be this species

1 Gronlands Havalger, Meddelelser om Gronland, Vol. III, p. 940.
2 Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. de Cherbourg, Vol. II, p. 388, 1854.

26 Rhodora. [FEBRUARY

occurs at Bermuda,' and on the Pacific coast near San Francisco, W.
A. Setchell. It has fronds of a general orbicular outline, but more or
less cleft and usually considerably plicate; the frond 30—40 y thick,
parenchymatous in structure, the cells angular, of irregular form, the
chromatophore similar in shape but considerably smaller; cells in
cross section rounded, generally vertically elongate, 25-30 и high, the
chromatophore occupying the middle part of the cell. ‘The frond is
at first attached by fibrillar prolongations from the lower cells, but soon
becomes free, and floats in quiet salt and brackish waters, the same as
М. latissimum.: The texture appears to be firmer and the substance
less gelatinous than in M. latissimum, and the dried specimen does
not adhere very well to paper.

In July, 1907, the writer found at Eastham, Massachusetts, along
the shore of the “Salt Pond,” the expanded upper end of a long creek
among the salt marshes, a plant which at first he supposed to be a new
species, but which on the whole may better be included under M. orbi-
culatum. It formed rounded rosette-like masses on the mud just
above low water mark; attached by the center, a single individual
being as much as 25 or 30 ст. in diameter of expansion. The folds
in the frond were so abundantly developed that the appearance was
that of a clump of many individuals, but in each case it proved to be
one plant. In appearance, the cells were like those of typical M.
orbiculatum, but in cross section the thickness of the frond ranged
from 60 їп the lower part, to 16 «near the margin, and the cells
throughout showed either a circular or a horizontally elongate section.
Quite an area of the under side in the center of the frond was furnished
with the fibrillar growths from the cells, which were here larger and of
more irregular shape than in the rest of the frond. It may be character-
ized as follows: —

M. ORBICULATUM forma varians n. f. Fronde eximie plicata, sub-
strato diu affixa; in sectione transversali 50-60 и crassa basin versus,
prope marginem tenui, 16-20 x; cellulis in sectione plus minusve hori-
zontaliter elongatis.

Frond extremely plicate, remaining long attached to the substratum;
in cross section 50—60 thick near the base, thin near the margin, 16-
20 и; cells more or less horizontally elongate in cross section. — East-
ham, Massachusetts, near low water on muddy shore of marsh creek.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

1 Farlow in Farl, And, & Eaton, Alg. Am.-Bor, Exsicc., No. 173.

1909] Flynn,— Vermont Botanical Club 27

THE WINTER MEETING OF THE VERMONT
BOTANICAL CLUB.

NELLIE F. FLYNN.

Tue fourteenth annual meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club was
held at Middlebury, January 21-23, 1909, in conjunction with the
Vermont Bird Club and the New England Federation of Natural
History Societies. The joint programme was diverse and full of
highly interesting features. Only the botanical papers can be men-
tioned here and these briefly.

Dr. Brainerd of Middlebury spoke of fifteen hybrids possible in a
group of six related Aspidiums. Most of these hybrids have already
been found, many of them in Vermont.

Mr. W. H. Blanchard of Westminster discussed many new species
and forms of Rubus. The fact was pointed out that no less than six-
teen of these are included in the new edition of Gray's Manual.

Prof. L. R. Jones of the University of Vermont spoke of the grasses,
especially of the genera Agropyron, Agrostis, and Panicum, and showed
the changes of classification and nomenclature of these groups as treated
in the new Gray's Manual and in the revised Flora of Vermont now
in preparation.

Mr. W. W. Eggleston of Washington, D. C., discussed from the
same point of view some difficult genera of the Rose Family, especially
Amelanchier, the Shad Bushes. |

Misses A. L. Carpenter and Mary Robinson, of the University of
Vermont, presented a revised list of Vermont ferns, classified according
to the new Manual, with the result that no less than six species, varie-
ties, and forms are added to the old list.

Mr. Rufus Crane of Middlebury College read an interesting paper
on “Hybrid Baneberries" and exhibited specimens of the red and
white baneberries and of some anomalous intermediate forms. ‘These
were mentioned by Dr. Gray forty years ago, but only one is described
in the new edition of Gray's Manual. Mr. Crane and Dr. Brainerd
have recently found evidence that these forms are probable hybrids,
which follow Mendel’s law. In the hybrids the red color dominates
over the white, and the seeds are reduced in number, indicating a

loss of fertility.

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Mr. J. E. Crane of Middlebury spoke interestingly of the different
plants from which bees gather honey. The number was larger than
is generally supposed. Samples of the honey made from the flowers
of basswood, raspberry, alfalfa, and buckwheat were shown, and it
was stated the raspberry honey took the highest prize at the James-
town Exposition.

Miss Carrie W. Ormsbee of Brandon read a carefully prepared
paper on “Forestry and Water Supply."

Mrs. D. C. Webster of Hartland gave a report of the orchids thus
far found in that town. ‘They number thirty-five.

Miss Nancy Darling described and exhibited in mounted specimens
a number of the rarer plants of the Eshqua Bogs in Hartland.

Prof. A. J. Grout presented a paper on “ Nature study in the Public
< Schools.”

Mrs. E. B. Davenport of Brattleboro read a paper showing that the
copious gathering of ferns for florists was becoming a serious menace
to our native fern flora.

Mr. George L. Kirk of Rutland told of a new station, near that
city, for the Chain Fern, Woodwardia virginica (L.) Sm. No less
than two or three hundred plants were found. ‘They were in groups
upon a typical sphagnum bog. With them grew large quantities of
Osmunda cinnamomea L., of which much was of the var. incisa J.
W. Huntington. It was stated that specimens of this variety had been
sent to the Gray Herbarium and were reported the first ever received
from Vermont.

Mrs. Carrie E. Straw of Stowe reported an addition to the flora of
Vermont in Eruca sativa L.

Miss Alice E. Bacon of Bradford gave some additional evidence
as to the poisonous qualities of the Showy Lady's Slipper.

Mr. N. J. Giddings of the University of Vermont described the
lifting power of a fungus growing under a tar-concrete walk, its
lifting strength being estimated at two tons.

Many shorter papers on many topics were presented, and an
account of the summer meeting on Mt. Mansfield was given by Mrs.
Nellie F. Flynn of Burlington.

Officers of the Club were elected as follows: Pres., Ezra Brainerd,
Middlebury. Vice-pres., C. С. Pringle, Burlington. Sec., Prof.
L. R. Jones, Burlington. ‘Treas., Mrs. Nellie F. Flynn, Burlington.
Librarian, Miss Phoebe M. Towle, Burlington. Executive Committee,

1909] Wiegand,— Tubers on Roots of Eleocharis 29

D. S. Carpenter of Middletown Springs, Mrs. E. B. Davenport,
Brattleboro, and Miss Nancy Darling, Woodstock. Committee to
determine the time and place of the summer meeting, Dr. H. H.
Swift, Pittsford, Mr. W. W. Eggleston, Washington, D. C., and Prof.
L. R. Jones, Burlington.

It is probable that the summer meeting will be held at some point
on Lake Champlain, during the week of the ter-centennial celebration
of the discovery of the Lake, probably July 6 and 7.

BuRLINGTON, VERMONT.

TUBERS ON THE Roots or ELEOCHARIS INTERSTINCTA AND E.
QUADRANGULATA.— One afternoon last October the writer, in company
with Prof. M. L. Fernald, dug some specimens of Eleocharis inter-
stincta and E. quadrangulata in Waban Lake, Wellesley, Massachusetts.
On the roots of E. quadrangulata elliptical or oblong, pale, tuber-like
growths were found varying in length from 2-8 mm. ‘They were situ-
ated on the finer branches of the root at some distance back of the tip,
but the portion of the root beyond the tuber had disappeared in all
but the younger examples. The frequency of the occurrence was
variable, some plants apparently bearing none, others several. Sec-
tions through all parts of the tuber showed the presence of the regular
root-structure,— a central vascular cylinder, and a cortex which in
this case was very much thickened and gorged with starch. Оп
the same plant with fresh tubers, older tubers were found on older
roots. These consisted of a shell-like outer covering, and the woody
central cylinder, but were otherwise hollow, thus suggesting that the
starchy material had been removed for use. The tubers of Е. inter-
stincta were similar in every respect.

It was first thought that the tubers were of the nature of galls, but no
evidence was found to support this view. It would be interesting to
know if similar tubers are found on these two species in other localities
farther southward, and if there is any evidence that they are not true
tuberous roots. ‘The writer has been unable to find reference to the
occurrence of such growths on the roots of any species of Eleocharis
though similar ones are known to occur in Cyperus.— K. M. WiEGAND,
Wellesley College.

30 Rhodora _ [FEBRUARY

` CERTAIN RAILROAD WEEDS or NORTHERN NEW HAMPSHIRE.—
On 24 August, 1908, while making a trip over:the Baldcap Range
from Shelburne into the township of Success, New. Hampshire, Mr.
A. H. Moore and the writer discovered, in the latter township, on the
gravelly bed of an abandoned lumber-railroad, a flourishing colony
of Gnaphalium sylvaticum L. The. railroad has not been used for
years, and this locality, itself on a branch line, is some miles from
any settlement, the nearest at present being Berlin, five or six miles
distant. unt

Various plants of interest have appeared along the Grand ‘Trunk
Railroad in northern New Hampshire. Most prominent is Euphor-
bia hirsuta Wiegand, which has formed large mats along the track
in Berlin and Gorham, and in September is very conspicuous from
the orange color of its stems and foliage. Ambrosia psilostachya DC.
grows along the Grand Trunk near Berlin, and there are two clumps
of Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt. along the Boston and Maine tracks
in the same town. Euphorbia Helioscopia L., Chenopodium glaucum
L., and Salsola Kali L., var. tenuifolia G. F. W. Mey. are also of local
occurrence in Berlin. Polygonella articulata (L.) Meisn. may be
traced along the Maine Central up through Crawford Notch to Craw-
ford's, where it appears sporadically, and still farther north, on the
Boston and Maine, near Appalachia Station in Randolph, it is thor-
oughly and abundantly established. Specimens of these plants are
preserved in the writers herbarium. — ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON PLANTS OF CHESTERVILLE, MaArNE.— The
most noteworthy plants found in this vicinity during the summer of
1908 were discovered in the month of June by Miss F. J. Keyes and
were as follows.

Habenaria bracteata (Willd.) R. Br., in a swamp on Zion’s Hill,
near North Chesterville.

Arethusa bulbosa L., in a bog bordering оп Lock's Pond, near
North Chesterville. According to the present knowledge of the
writer, this is the second station, both in Chesterville and Franklin
Co., for this interesting little citizen, Arethusa, while it also extends its
range a few miles farther north.

‘The first mentioned find, Habenaria bracteata R. Br. with Habenaria

1909] . Pease,— Juncus new to New England 31

Andrewsii White, for which the new. Manual gives South Chesterville
as: one of its two stations, the other being Pownal, Vt., swells the list
of Chesterville orchids to twenty-nine — not a bad showing for one
small town.— Litan О. Eaton, Mt. Vernon, Maine.

A PUBESCENT VARIETY OF ASTER DUMOSUS.— In a large collection
of Michigan plants collected the past year by Mr. C. K. Dodge there
is an Aster of unusual interest. ‘The plant, which is stated by Mr.
Dodge to be ‘‘very common on Hersen Island and all islands formed
by the mouths of the St. Clair River, in damp and marshy ground,"
is superficially like Aster dumosus L., var. strictior T. & G. In fact
it would at first sight pass as a good match for one of the original
sheets of var. strictior collected by Pitcher at Fort Gratiot, Michigan,
апа later material from: Sandwich, Ontario. ‘The var. sfrictior,
however, like the other described variations of A. dumosus, is an
essentially glabrous plant, while the characteristic plant from the
islands at the mouth of the St. Clair River has its stem and to some
extent its leaves cinereous with very dense short harsh pubescence.
In this character the plant is comparable with A. paniculatus Lam.,
var. cinerascens Fernald. ‘The plant from Michigan may be desig-
nated. i

ASTER DUMOSUS L., var. Dodgei, n. var., omnino ut var. strictior
sed caule dense scabro-puberulo, pilis cinereis; foliis scabris puberulis.
— МіснівАХ, in damp and marshy ground on Hersen Island and
other islands at the mouth of the St. Clair River, St. Clair County,
September 17, 1908 (C. K. Dodge, nos. 84, 85).— M. L. FERNALD,

Gray Herbarium.

A Juncus new то New ENxaraAND.— On 16 August, 1907, while
climbing Table Rock at Dixville Notch, New Hampshire, I collected
on the talus slopes a specimen of what I at the time supposed to be
Juncus trifidus L. Upon comparison, however, with specimens at
the Gray Herbarium, it appeared to be Juncus trifidus L., var. monan-
thos (Jacq.) Bluff & Fingerhuth, a variety not reported in the seventh
edition of Gray's Manual as occurring north of southern New York.
Its presence at Dixville indicates that it should be searched for at other
points in New England.— ARTHUR STANLEY Pease, Cambridge, Mass-
achusetts.

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

‘THE WEIGHT or IcE-cOVERED 'T'wias.— On the morning of the
18th of January, 1909, the trees about Providence were covered with a
thick coating of clear ice which resulted in the breaking of quite a
number of branches, though not to the extent that one might have
expected. The writer became interested in ascertaining the additional
weight placed upon the smaller twigs by this icy coating. The figures
obtained may be of interest to others who have never made accurate
weighings under similar conditions. Several ice-incrusted twigs from
each of three different plants were selected. Those from the Lilac
and Apple were cut from unbroken branches. ‘Those from the Elm
were picked up from beneath the tree, although there were hundreds
of unbroken twigs on the tree, just out of reach, having apparently
even more ice on them.

The ice-covered twigs were weighed and after the ice had melted
a second series of weighings were made of the surface-dried twigs.
The results may briefly be enumerated as follows:—

The weight added to the Lilac, when compared with the surface
dried twig, ranged from 244 to 757 per cent., except in one case where a
large portion of the twig was found to have been dead and dried before
the icy coating formed; in this case the percentage was 1330. "The
percentage of additional weight in the case of the Apple was from
633 to 983, and in the Elm from 1133 to 2470.— J. FRANKLIN COLLINS,
Providence, Rhode Island.

Vol. 11, no. 121, including pages 1 to 16, was issued 13 February, 1909.

Rhodora Plate 78

F. S. Collins ad nat. del.

Fig. 1. CLADOPHORA HOWEI Figs. 4, 5. CLADOPHORA CONSTRICTA
Figs. 2, 3. ш MICROCLADIOIDES Fig. 6. т GRAMINEA

Gray's New Manual of Botany— 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian, By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
— Thoroughly revised and largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
son, Ph.D., Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MEnnrrr LYNDON
FERNALD, B.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist's Edition. Limp leather, 5x7} inches. Price, $3.00.
AMERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the

revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.
AMERICAN BOOH COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. SUKSDORF - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. gr.

STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT.
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other
Scientific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates
per space of 4 in. by 3-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

родова

JOURNAL ОЕ THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS \
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER Y

WILLIAM PENN RICH l А А ү
Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. 11. March, 1909. Мо. 123.

CONTENTS:

Emendations of Gray's Manual,— I.
B. L. Robinson & M. L. Fernald] '33

Nature of Algal or Boghead Coals. Е. C. Jeffrey А І PST

The Skunk Cabbage іп an unusual Place. William Brewster . 63

Cryptogramma Stelleri in New Hampshire. А. 5. Pease . б Тод
Boston, Mass. Providence, TR. 1,

1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume т, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, зоо Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetalae (Ranunculacee to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.-—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I.

NOTICE

On and after April 1, 1907, the price of Volume т, (1899) of Ruopora will
be $2.00, and Volume 2, $1.50.
Complete sets of these two volumes are in very limited supply and will soon

be exhausted. Volumes 3 to 8 can still be supplied at $1.00 each, unbound.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. ^ Poeket size. Invaluable for
collectors’ memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 ets. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. March, 1909. No. 123.

EMENDATIONS OF THE SEVENTH EDITION OF GRAY’S
MANUAL,— I.!

B. L. Rosinson AND M. L. FERNALD.

Ir is more than six months since the new edition of Gray's Manual
was issued and a considerably longer time since the earlier portions
of the work were cast. During this interval many annotations have
been entered in the copies of the Manual used at the Gray Herbarium.
Part of these notes correct errors — most of them happily of minor
importance — which have been detected by members of the herbarium
staff or reported by friends and correspondents. Others are of the

nature of additions, extension of ranges, etc., being in most instances
the result of information received since the issue of the Manual. In
response to requests from several sources that such emendations as
are collected at the Gray Herbarium should be brought together and
from time to time published for general use, the present article has
been compiled as the first of a possible series.

Supplements and addenda to works on systematie botany are in
general inconvenient, both because they are likely to be overlooked
and because such species, varieties, and notes as they contain rarely
stand in any clear relation to the subject matter in the body of the work.
For this reason it seems best to make all additions and changes in the
well known form of errata from which those who desire can readily
annotate their copies of the Manual and thus do much toward bringing
them to date. If this course is followed the emendations will be
found at the place and time they are needed.

1 A limited number of reprints of this article, upon paper of the size of Gray's Manual
(larger form), can be supplied by the management of Кнорока (Room 1052, Exchange
Bldg., Boston, Mass.), postpaid, at 10 cents each.

34 Rhodora [ Marcu

Attention of correspondents is especially drawn to the fact that only
such additions and changes are here presented as can be made with
confidence and definiteness. Some valued notes have been received,
which involve nice questions of judgment and consequently require
further study before it is possible to express any confident opinion in
regard to them. It is hoped that these matters may receive satisfac-
tory solution and be duly recorded later. Such for instance are
extensions of range where a slight doubt of identity is involved.

Regarding the corrections here brought together, it may be stated
that the rather numerous cases in which generic names have lost their
accents in the final impression of the Manual are due to a technical
difficulty in the printing, these names having been in nearly all cases
properly accented on the proofs. The insertion of many pre-Linnaean
authorities not recorded in the Manual is here made in order to give a
fair degree of uniformity in this rather difficult matter. The use of
these bracketed authorities, though it has become customary in many
scholarly works such as the Index Kewensis, Dalla Torre & Harms's
Genera Siphonogamarum, etc., is a matter of sentiment rather than a
scientific necessity. It is furthermore very difficult to carry out this
practice with entire consistency. To attain some measure of uni-
formity in the matter, it has seemed best to employ these pre-Linnaean
authorities only in cases where the earlier use of the name was at
least partially in accord with the Linnaean and post-Linnaean appli-
cation and in the second place not to attempt to carry these authorities
back of the beginning of the 18th century. The publication of
Tournefort’s Institutiones in 1700, soon followed by the notable
generic works of Rivinius, Ruppius, Dillenius, Vaillant, and some
others, introduced a new epoch in plant-classification which for genera
is almost as noteworthy as 1753 has become for species through the
publication of Linnaeus's Species Plantarum.

The writers gratefully acknowledge aid from the collectors and
other correspondents, who have kindly furnished many of the facts
briefly recorded in the following emendations. Special assistance
has been received from Dr. G. G. Kennedy and Dr. A. S. Pease,
who have furnished lists of omitted accents and given scholarly aid in
determining doubtful cases in the accentuation of the scientific names.
Mr. B. F. Bush of Courtney, Missouri, has contributed an especially
long and helpful list of extended ranges of plants growing in his state.
Further notes and corrections of a similar kind may at any time be

1909] Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 35
addressed to the Gray Herbarium and will always be gratefully
received and carefully investigated. In general such corrections,
especially if they relate to extensions of range, should be accom panied
by specimens.

Since the additional plants here mentioned as occurring within the
range of the Manual were not actually included in the published
work, it seems unwise to make on account of them any changes in the
tabular summary on pages 23 to 27. Such statistical alterations of
these tables can easily be made by users of the Manual if they desire
to do so.

Where the following errata seem to need explanation this 1s added
in bracketed paragraphs. Lines are counted from the top of the
page, but the line of running page-heading is not included in the count.

Page 28, after line 7, insert: A. Juss.— Jussieu, Adrien de.
Page 29, line 24; for Gussoni read Gussone
after line 50, insert: Juss. <A. Juss. Jussieu, Adrien de.
Page 34, line 57; after common insert: , especially northw.
Page 35, line 11; for Underw. read Keyserling.
[Phegopteris Phegopteris (L.) Keyserling, Polyp. et
Cyath. Hb. Bung. 50 (1873); Underw. Mem. ‘Torr.
Bot. Club, v. 12 (1893).]
line 52; for vines read veins
Page 36, line 6; for Ky. read Mo. (Bush)
for line 37, substitute: Mo. (Bush), southw. and southwestw.
(Mex.)

Page 37, lines 17 to 19; for Smooth, except some bristly-chatty
hairs on the midribs and especially on the dark purple
and polished stalk and rhachis, 1-6 dm. high; fronds
READ Dark purple or reddish brown polished stipes and
rhachises decidedly hairy and harsh to the touch at least
on one side; fronds 1-6 dm. high,

line 24; add: Var. Вбѕни Mackenzie. Stipes and rhachises
essentially glabrous. | (P. glabella Mett.) — Range of the
typical form.

line 32; add as synonym: CryproGRAMME Hook.

Page 39, line 8; for Forma read Var.

Page 40, line 48; for Var. ScHwernitzir (Beck) Small (Aspidium
acrostichoides, var. incisum Gray) read Var. INClSUM Gray

36

Rhodora M [MARCH

(Aspidium acrostichoides, var. Gray; Polystichum acro-
stichoides, var. Schweinitzii Small)

[This change is required by Articles 48 and 49 of the
Vienna Rules, which necessitate the adoption in the
varietal category of the name incisum, this being the
earliest varietal designation of the plant in question.
The synonymy of this plant is as follows: Aspidiwm
Schweinitzii Beck, Bot. N. and Mid. St. 449 (1833).
A. acrostichoides, 8. incisum Gray, Ann. Lyc. N. Y.
iii. 238 (1835). Polystichum acrostichoides, var. incisum
Gray, Man. 632 (1848). P. acrostichoides, var. Schwein-
itzii (Beck) Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xx. 464 (1893);
Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 40 (1908),
by nomenclatorial error.]

Page 41, line 62; omit: ; reported from Mo.

[Mr. B. F. Bush writes that the specimens which
formed the basis of the report of Aspidium simulatum
from Missouri were incorrectly determined.]

Page 42, line 18; after Aug. insert: Forma DavkENrÓnmTI (Floyd)

Eastman has some of the pinnae cristate-forked at the
tip.— E. Mass. (Floyd) and probably elsewhere.

Page 43, line 23; for Hook. read Gray.

[The combination Aspidium spinulosum, var. dilatatum
(Hoffm.) was merely implied by Hooker, Brit. Fl. 444
(1830). It seems to have been first actually made by
Gray, Man. ed. 2, 597 (1856).]

line 30; after tripinnate insert: , less enduring
line 32; for Concord, Mass. (Purdie). read Concord (Pur-
die) and Lexington (W. Faxon), Mass.

Page 45, line 8; for westw. to Minn. read westw. to Mo. and Minn.

line 22; for 1-3 read 1-5

line 29; for Mett. read (Willd.) Mett.

Page 46, line 22; over the first A of OSMUNDACEAE insert a grave

accent.

Page 48, line 31; for Lasch read (Lasch) Milde
Page 49, line 4; for var. read forma
Page 50, line 35; after southw. insert: naturalized on Pecowsic

Brook and Connecticut River near Springfield, Mass.

(Mrs. Owen).

1909] Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 37

Page 54, line 34; for L. read [Rupp.] L.
Page 55, line 63; after Mts., insert: bluffs,
lines 63 and 64; jor s. to S. C. and Ala. read Mo., Ala.,
and S. C.
Page 64, line 50; over the A of LARIX insert a grave accent. For
Adans. read. Mill.
Page 66, line 53; add as synonym: THuya [Tourn.] B. Juss.
Page 69, lines 2 and 3; for N. S. and Me. read e. Que.
Page 70, line 10; for Dioecious read Monoecious or dioecious
Page 72, line 56; for P. Nuttallit read P. Nuttalir
[This was the original form of the name.]
Page 74, line 7; for Merat read Mérat
Page 79, line 13; over the first A of NAJAS insert a grave accent.
line 23; add as synonym: Naras B. Juss.
line 45; for Pa. read Nantucket, Mass. (Bicknell)
Page 80, line 17; for L. read [Rivinius] L.
Page 81, line 11; over the second A of SAGITTARIA [if, as in some
copies, lacking an accent] insert a grave accent.
Page 88, line 49; for Heleochloé read Heleochloa
Page 96, line 47; for AMPHICARPON read AMPHICARPUM,
© which should bear the acute accent over the second A.
Page 98, line 5; after Ш., insert: Mo. (Bush, E. J. Palmer),
line 51; for s. N. Y. read Nantucket (acc. to Bicknell)
Page 99, line 26; before Del. insert: Cape May Co., N. J. (according
to W. Stone) and |
line 38; for Md. and Ky. to N. С. and Tex. read Md., Ky.,
and s. w. Mo. (E. J. Palmer) to Tex. and N. С.
Page 103, line 9; before Del. insert: Cape May Co., N. J. (according
to W. Stone) and
Page 106, lines 32 and 57; for se. read s. e.
Page 107, line 9; for se. read s. e.
line 20; for Ct. read Nantucket (acc. to Bicknell)
line 45; for Ct. read e. Mass.
Page 110, line 13; for Ct. read e. Mass. (Wiegand)
Page 114, lines 19, 35, and 46; for se. read s. e.
Page 116, line 12; for N. J. to I. T. read Mass. (Mrs. C. I. Cheney)
to Okla.
Page 117, line 19; for se. read s. e.
line 31; for Va. to I. T. read Cape May, N. J. (according to
W. Stone) and Va. to Okla.

38 Rhodora ^ — [MancH

Page 118, line 39; for Ct. read s. e. Mass. (Rich)
line 56; after U. S. insert: , s. Ont. (Klugh), and reported
northeastw. to N. S.
Page 119, line 6; add: (Nat. from Eu.)
line 22; before Del. ?nsert: near Cape May, N. J. (accord-
ing to W. Stone),
Page 121, line 17; add: (Adv. from the Old World.)
Page 126, line 29; for Del. to Tex. and I. T. read s. N. J. (according
to W. Stone) and Del. to Fla. and Okla.
Page 128, line 46; for N. Y. read Mass. (Rich)
line 48; over the E of PHLEUM insert a grave accent.
Page 133, line 20; for N. J. read Nantucket, Mass. (according to
Bicknell)
Page 135, line 37; for cm. read din.
Page 138, line 44; before Vt. insert: e. Mass. and
Page 144, line 1; over the first A of BECKMANNIA insert an acute
accent.
line 17; after ground, insert: n. w. Wisc. (according to
Cheney),
Page 145, line 42; after southwestw. insert: ; occasionally adventive
eastw.
Page 147, line 20; after fields, insert: Mass.,
line 38; for n. Ill. read Wisc. (according to Cheney)
line 55; after southw. insert: occasionally adventive in
waste places northw.
Page 149, line 18; for Ct. read N. H. (Batchelder)
line 23; for southw. read Mo. (Bush), southw. and south-
eastw.
Page 150, line 18; for Vt. read Me.
line 27; for Fisch, read. Fisch.,
line 33; for Mass. read s. N. H. (Batchelder)
Page 152, line 46; before n. Mich. insert: Bruce Peninsula, Ont.
(according to Klugh),
Page 153, line 47; in DISTICHLIS transfer the accent to the first I.
Page 159, line 37; for Me. read Mass.
Page 164, line 37; for w. N. E. read N. E.
Page 166, line 6; add as synonym: AGropyruM R. & S.
line 43; for Me. read Cape Breton I. (Churchill) to Cape
Cod, Mass. (F. S. Collins).

1909]

Page

Page

Page
Page

Page

Page

Page

Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations — I 39

(There is increasing evidence that Agropyron pungens
is indigenous on our coast.]
169, line 17; before O. insert: Mass.;
line 25; for Ct. read Mass.

‚ 173, line 27; for Aristatus read aristatus

176, line 1; before Del. insert Cape May, N. J. (according to
W. Stone) and
line 41; after adv. insert: in Mo. (Bush) and

ge 177, line 13; for Rich. read Richard.

180, line 2; after TI., insert: Mo. (Bush),
181, line 48; for Mich. read Wisc. (according to Cheney)
lines 49 and 55; before Fia. insert: — Sometimes bearing

tubers.
line 54; for Ct. read e. Mass.
182, line 2; before Va. insert: Cape May, N. J. (according to
W. Stone) and

‚ 183, lines 23 and 24; for Var. viaENs Bailey read Var. MAJOR

Sonder.
line 25; before — insert: (Var. vigens Bailey.)

[Heleocharis palustris, 8. major Sonder, Fl. Hamb. 22
(1851). Eleocharis palustris, var. vigens Bailey in
Britton, Journ. N. Y. Micros. Soc. v. 104 (1889).]

184, line 31; before N. Y. insert: Muddy shores, Nantucket,
Mass. (Mrs. N. F. Flynn, Bicknell);

186, line 26; in FIMBRISTYLIS for the acute accent over the
I substitute a grave accent over the Y.

[Stylus, the New Latin botanical term for style is
derived from the Greek ст?Лоѕ (a column) or its dimin-
utive ørvàís, both of which have a long penultimate vowel.
The word is said not to be connected with the Latin
stilus (a pencil), which has a short penultimate vowel.]

190, line 40; after Que. insert: ; also Nfd. (Hames & Godfrey).

191, line 38; add: Var. contérrus Eames. More slender;
spikelets twisted or bent, linear-cylindric; involucral
leaf longer.— Brackish marsh, Milford, Ct.

194, line 7; after (Haberer) insert: ; also centr. Me.

196, line 54; before South Ashburnham insert: Washington Co.,
Me. (Cushman) ;

198, line 14; for Britton read Pax

40 Rhodora [Marcu

[Hemicarpha micrantha (Vahl) Pax in Engl. &
Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. ii. Abt. 2, 105 (1887); Britton,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xv. 104 (1888).]

Page 199, line 12; add as synonym: RnvNcnosrona R. Br.

Page 200, line 7; after (C. F. Parker); insert: Nantucket (Bicknell) ;
line 38; before Del. insert: Burlington Co., N. J. (according

to W. Stone) and

Page 210, line 55; for C. typhinoides read C. typhina

Page 212, line 37; for C. glauca read C. flacca

Page 216, line 17; for C. typhinoides read C. typhina

Page 219, line 37; for n. N. E. read n. and w. N. E.

Page 226, line 49; for mm. read ст.

Page 237, line 29; Jor ©. сгАбСА Scop. read б. rL&ccA Schreb.

[C. flacca Schreb. Spicil. 669 (1771). С. glauca Scop.
Fl. Carn. ed. 2, ii. 223 (1772).]
line 39; after scales. insert: (C. glauca Scop.)
under Fig. 457; for C. glauca read С. flacca

Page 248, line 19; for and Mich. read Mich., and Wisc. (according

to Cheney).

Page 250, line 48; for C. typhinoides Schwein. read С. typhina Michx.
line 52; after ascending. insert: (C. typhinoides Schwein.)
under Fig. 531; for C. typhinoides read C. typhina

[This change is rendered necessary by a recent exami-
nation of Michaux's type material, which shows it to
have the blunt scales characteristic of the species. Both
C. typhina Michx. (1803) and C. typhinoides Schwein.
(1824) have until recently been treated as identical with
C. squarrosa L., but the blunt-scaled plant has of late
been taken up as a distinct species.]

Page 260, line 40; over the second A of ERIOCAULACEAE insert a

grave accent.

Page 261, line 26; jor E. articulàtum (Huds.) Morong. read Е.

septangulàre With.
line 31; for E. septangulare With. read E. articulatum
Morong, in part.

[The well known name E. septangulare With. may be
reéstablished. Æ. articulatum (Huds.) Morong was
taken up under the impression that E. septangulare was

first published in Withering's Arr. Brit. Pl. ed. 3, ii. 184

1909]

Emendations,— I 41

Robinson & Fernald,

(1796), the earlier description of the species in Wither-
ing’s Bot. Arr. Veg. ii. 784 (1776), having been over-
looked owing to the circumstance that there are by a
typographical error two pages numbered 784 in the
work in question. The description of E. septangulare
in 1776 makes it clearly antedate Nasmythia articulata
Huds. Fl. Ang. ed. 2, 415 (1778). Even if E. septangu-
lare had not proved the earlier name, it is doubtful if
E. articulata (Huds.) Morong could be adopted for our
plant, since of Hudson's treatment only the citation of
locality (Isle of Skye) relates to E. septangulare and all
descriptive and synonymic matter is taken directly from
Linnaeus’s description of his E. decangulare.]

Page 264, line 55; for Pa. read Mo. (Bush, E. J. Palmer)

Page

Page

Page

Page

265, line 25; for 5 read. 12 .

line 28; after Mass. add: and Vt.
line 31; for I. T. read Mo. (Bush), Okla.

208, line 21; omit: 3. J. Gerardi.

after line 21, insert:

Anthers about thrice the length of the filaments; capsule ellip-
soid-ovoid, equaling or but slightly exceeding the perianth

3. J. Gerardi.

Anthers scarcely longer than the filaments; capsule globose-

obovoid, distinctly exserted . . . . За. J. compressus.

line 72; after 4 insert: — 5
b

269, before line 1, insert:

Capsules 2-3 mm. long.
after line 4, insert:

Capsules 4-5 mm. long . . . . . . 41а. J. longistylis.

270, line 53; before s. N. Y. insert: n. N. H. (Pease) and

line 55; before cyme insert: leaves deep green;
after line 60, insert:

3a. J. compréssus Jacq. Similar, but usually lower
and stouter, glaucous; auricles and margins of the sheaths
thinner and more delicate than in no. 3; cyme usually
overtopped by the elongate bract; perianth usually paler
and the globose-obovoid distinctly exserted capsule usually
darker than in no. 3; filaments nearly equaling the anthers.
—-Open soil from Murray Bay (Eggleston) to Quebec
(Pease), Que.; possibly naturalized from Eu. July, Aug.
(Eurasia.)

42 Rhodora [Marcu

Page 271, line 3; for 3-4 mm. read 0.3-0.4 mm.
line 22; for 3.5-5 mm. read 0.35-0.5 mm.
line 50; for 3.5-4.5 read 0.35-0.45
Page 272, line 8; for Mass. read s. Me. (Miss Furbish)
Page 273, line 3; after Great Lakes insert: Mo. (Bush),
Page 275, line 3; in subtilis for the acute accent over the u substitute
a grave accent over the first i.
Page 278, after line 11, insert:
41а. J. longistylis Torr. Stems (2-7 dm. high) from
slender creeping rootstocks; leaves linear, pale green;
cymes loose or dense, of 2-10 hemispherical heads; bracts
conspicuous, whitish and scarious; flowers about 5 mm.
long; sepals and petals greenish or castaneous with white
scarious margins; capsule abruptly slender-beaked; seeds
ellipsoid, 0.5 mm. long.—Damp sandy or gravelly shores
and prairies, w. Nfd. (Hames & Godfrey); Detroit R., Ont.
(Macoun); Man. to B. C., s. to Neb., N. Mex., Aris.,
and s. Cal. June-Aug.
Page 283, line 35; for Gaspé Co., Que. read Nfd.
Page 284, line 20; for ZYGADENUS read ZIGADENUS
[This name was originally published as Zigadenus in
Michaux's Fl. i. 213 (1803), and was taken up in this
form by many authors including Dr. Gray, Ann. Lyc.
М. Y. iv. 111 (1837). In 1837 Endlicher (Gen. 135)
altered the spelling to Zygadenus, a form which has been
pretty generally accepted. ‘The change is certainly in
the direction of philological accuracy and from the
literary point of view may seem justifiable, but it belongs
to a class of alterations which, if permitted in one case,
lead by exceedingly slight gradations to changes of
greater and greater magnitude, which, dependent solely
upon varying taste and judgment, would seriously
menace the stability of nomenclature. ‘These changes
are rendered the more undesirable from the impossibility
of citing (truthfully) the original author as the authority
for the altered form of the name. One would thus in the
present instance be obliged to write Zygadenus Endl. for
technically there was no Zygadenus Michx.]
Page 290, line 14; Jor s. N. Y. read Ct. (Graves)
Page 295, line 55; omit: Nantucket, Mass.
[The sterile specimens upon which Smilax Bona-nox

1909]

Page
Page

Page
Page
Page

Page :

Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 43

has been reported from Nantucket prove to be S. rotundi-
folia, var. quadrangularis. See Bicknell, Bull. ‘Torr.
Bot. Club, xxxvi. 10 (1909).]

303, line 51; for scarcely exserted read: more or less exserted
ge 309, line 2; before Del. insert: Cape May Co., N. J. (according

to Long) and

316, line 48; for R. Br. read Chatelain.
317, line 30; after Pa. insert: to Mo. (Bush),

line 44; for and Ont. read , Ont., and Gaspé Co., Que.

319, lines 37 and 38; for A southern species extending northw.

to N. J. read Woods, N. J. and e. Pa. to Fla. and La.;
also Cuyahoga Co., O. (Bassett).
line 38; for northw. read northeastw.

325, lines 53 and 54; omit: scales pale brown or yellowish;

line 54; for 4-6 read 5-8

326, line 2; before capsule insert: scales oblong-spatulate,

brown or yellowish;
line 3; after blunt insert: , 6.5-8 mm. long
between lines 4 and 5; insert:

20a. 8. subsericea (Anders.) Schneider. Similar;
leaves loosely sericeous when young, at length glabrate
except the puberulent midrib above, rather coarsely ap-
pressed-serrate; winter buds puberulent; scales oblong,
with rounded blackish tips; capsule lance-conic, blunt,
loosely silky, 5-7 mm. long, its pedicel many times
exceeding the gland.— Large widely branching shrub
of low grounds, e. Mass. (Emerson, Forbes) to N. Y.

327, line 20; before Penobscot insert: St. John R. and
350, line 27; before Great Lakes insert: L. Champlain,

line 36; after N. B. insert: e. Me. (Knowlton)

351, line 34; for n. Mich. (Wheeler) read Wise. (Wadmond)
352, line 54; for w, read w.
356, line 30; after southw. insert: ; occasionally adventive

eastw.

57, line 18; omit: spreading by running rootstocks,

between lines 18 and 19; insert:

* Erect from a caudex and deep tap root; sepals enlarged and wing-
margined in fruit.

between lines 32 and 33; insert:

* * Freely spreading by slender elongated roots bearing adventitious
buds; sepals scarcely enlarged in fruit.

44 Hhodora [МАвсн

Page 363, line 17; jor [Tourn.] L. read [Tourn.] Hill.
Page 367, line 3; for Stem angled, much branched read: Stem angled,
simple to much branched, usually reddish
line 9; after dwarf; insert: stem whitish, terete;
line 31; add: (Nat. from Eu.)
Page 369, line 41; before e. Que. insert: Nfd. and
Page 370, line 41; for Neb. read Mo. (Canby)
Page 371, line 30; add as synonym: AMARANTUS L.
line 52; after ground. insert: (Introd. from Trop.)
Page 374, line 22; after Tex. add: ; established along railroads, Mo.
(according to Bush).
line 23; over the E in GOMPHRENA insert a grave accent.
Page 378, line 51; for Don read G. Don
Page 382, line 42; for Introd. read Nat.
line 43; after situations. add: (Nat. from Eu.)
line 57; for PRÓcERA read PROCERA
Page 383, line 4; after Ont. insert: ; on moist soil and in water,
Pownal, Vt. (Woodward).
Page 384, line 28; for L. conoNÀnia read L. CORONARIA
Page 385, line 43; after grounds. add: (Nat. from Eu.)
Page 3806, line 52; for Adv. read Nat.
Page 389, line 5; in PORTULACA change the accent from acute to
grave.
Page 403, line 36; jor and southw. read to Fla., Tex., and Mo.
Page 408, line 8; after green add: to dark purple
Page 410, line 8; for ANONACEAE read ANNONACEAE
Page 411, line 45; over the Y in PODOPHYLLUM insert an acute
accent.
Page 416, line 24; for L. read [l'ourn.] L.
line 39; over the second Ain FUMARIACEAE insert a
grave accent.
Page 417, line 34; after white insert: or pink
Page 418, line 21; after Kan. insert: Okla. (Brainerd), :
Page 420, for lines 5 and 6, substitute:
15. Brassica. Seeds in a single row, subglobose.
16. Diplotaxis. Seeds in 2 rows, ovoid. Style cylindrical,
about 2 mm. long.

16a Eruca. Seeds in 2 rows, ellipsoidal. Style gladiate, about 8
mm. long.

1909]

Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 45

Page 421, for line 19, substitute:

Seeds 2-rowed in each cell.

Style cylindric, about 2 mm. long . . . 16. DIPLOTAXIS.
Style gladiate, about 8 mm. long . . . . . 16a. Emuca.

for line 72, substitute:

Fruit thickish, 4—7 mm. in diameter.

Fruit indehiscent; seeds in 1 row . . . 14. RAPHANUS.
Fruit dehiscent; seeds in 2 rows mur we LOR, aeRO Ce:

Page 426, line 13; jor Ludwig read [Knaut] Ludwig
Page 429, after line 6, insert:

Page 429, lin

16a. ERUCA [Tourn.] Adans.

Pods thickish, somewhat 4-sided, tipped with a
large style persisting as a flattish triangular-lanceolate
beak. Seeds ellipsoidal, slightly compressed, arranged
in 2 rows. — Annuals or biennials, with pinnatifid leaves
and rather large flowers; the petals ocroleucous to vel-
lowish or purplish, with violet veins. (The classical
Latin name, used by Pliny; its derivation not clear.)

1. E. sarivum Mill. Coarse erect annual; petals 2
cm. long; pods fusiform, 4-angled, erect on short stout
pedicels.— Waste places and cultivated grounds, be-
coming established at several widely separated stations.
(Adv. from the Old World.)

e 7; for [Heist.] Link. read [Heist.] Adans.

[Although Adanson, Fam. i. 418 (1763) spelled this
name Couringia he clearly attributed it to Heister, who
in his Ind. Pl. Rar. 34 (1730) published it as Conringia,

dedicating it to Dr. Hermann Conring. It is clear

therefore that Couringia was merely a typographical

error, which may be corrected in accordance with Art.
57 of the Vienna Rules, and Adanson may be quoted as
the first post-Linnaean authority for the genus.]

line 45; for Me. read N. E.
Page 431, line 16; after westw. insert: ; locally adventive eastw.
Page 488, line 25; for e. Mass. and Vt. read w. Me. (Miss Furbish)
Page 438, for lines 33-36, substitute:

* Petals entire or merely emarginate.
Polanisia. Pods scarcely or not at all stiped. Petals emargi-
nate. Stamens 6- oo
Cleome. Pods long-stiped. Petals entire. Stamens 6.
* * Petals laciniately toothed.
Cristatella. Pods on rather short but slender stipes. Sta-
mens 6-14.

46 Rhodora [Marcu

Page 439, after line 16, insert:

3. CRISTATELLA Nutt.

Petals cuneately short-clawed, more or less irregu-
‘larly laciniate ог lacerate-fringed. Ovary declined.
Capsules somewhat compressed, linear, erect, on diver-
gent pedicels. Seeds cochleate-reniform.— Weak viscid
annuals, with petiolate palmately 3-foliolate leaves.
(Name from crista, a crest, presumably alluding to the
fringe-toothed petals.)

1. ©. Jamésii Т. & G. Erect, 1-3 dm. high; leaf-
lets linear; flowers small; petals pale vellow, 2-3 mm.
long.— Sandy places, Ill. (acc. to Gleason) to Neb.
Tex., and w. La.

Page 441, line 43; add as synonym: Ророѕтемох Michx.

Page 443, line 26; after Ala. insert: Mo. (Bush),

Page 443, line 39; for 8. PURPÒREUM Tausch read 8. TRIPHYLLUM
(Haw.) S. F. Gray

[Sedum Telephium, p. purpureum L. Sp. Pl. i. 430
(1753). Anacampseros triphylla Haw. Syn. Pl. Succ.
111 (1812). Sedum purpureum Link, Enum. i. 437
(1821); Tausch, Flora, xvii. 515 (1834). Sedum tri-
phyllum S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. ii. 540 (1821).
Sedum Fabaria Koch, Syn. 258 (1837). S. Tele-
phium of Am. auth., not L.]

Page 443, line 47; after locally insert: оп Mt. Horrid, Vt. (D. L.
Dutton),

Page 443, line 49; for L. read. [Rupp.] L.

Page 445, line 3; for Mt. read Mountain

Page 449, line 36; omit: (according to Wheelock).

[Characteristic material of Parnassia grandiflora,
collected by Mr. B. F. Bush in Shannon County, Missouri,
has been examined.]

Page 450, line 22; after radiant insert: (Var. втЁвплв T. & G.,
in cultivation called ** Hints or Snow”)
Page 451, line 20; for R. floridum read R. americanum
line 32; for R. aureum read R. odoratum
line 66; for R. flóridum L'Hér. read R. americanum Mill.

[Ribes americanum Mill. Dict. ed. 8, no. 4 (1768).

R. floridum L'Hér. Stirp. Nov. 4 (1784).]

1909]

Page 452,

Page 456,
Page 459,

Page 460,

Page 462,

Page 472,
Page 476,
Page 481,

Page 483,

Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 47

line 3; after long. insert: (R. floridum L'Hér.)

line 42; for Vt. read n. w. Mass. (Burnham)

line 43; jor R. aúreum Pursh read R. odoratum Wendland

line 45; for 3—4 read. 2-3

line 46; for yellow or black. read black. (R. aureum auth.,
not Pursh.)

line 55; jor Borkh. read (Ait.) Borkh.

line 2; for centr. Me. read Nfd. (Hames & Godfrey)

line 8; before Aronia insert P. arbutifolia, var. Hook.;

line 4; ron Var. Botryàpium (L. f.) Т. & G. Leaves READ
Var. toméntula Sarg. Leaves (less inclined to reddish
or brownish color)

lines 17 and 21; for C. Koch read К. Koch

line 36; for L. read [Tourn.] E.

line 50; for taxomic read taxonomic

for line 18, substitute:

1. С. woNóaYNA Jacq. (Encisa Н.) Characters of
the section. (C. Oxyacantha of Am. auth., not L.) —
Sparingly

line 13; for C. Koch read K. Koch
line 2; for cm. read mm.
for line 15, substitute:

Leaves pinnate, of numerous leaflets.
Achenes dorsally sulcate; stolons, peduncles, etc., pubescent

fe А ЕТИП.
Achenes not sulcate; stolons, ete., glabrous or glabrate
ita: P фас1дса.
line 52; affer woolly insert: , arachnoid-villous
for line 61, substitute:
form cymes.
Cauline leaves 2-5 below the inflorescence 9. P. Минай.
Cauline leaves 8-12 below the inflorescence . 9а. P. canescens.
after line 10, insert:
9a. P. CANESCENS Bess. Similar; stem grayish-lanate,
2.5-5 dm. high; leaflets decidedly paler and grayish-
pubescent beneath; inflorescence also grayish-pubescent.
(P. inclinata auth., not Vill.) — Roadsides, w. N. Y. and
Ont. (Nat. from Eu.)
line 38; after below insert: |, more or less minutely pilose
and glandular at summit
line 39; after serrate, insert: dark green and glabrous or

glabrate above,

48 Rhodora [MancH

Page 483, line 42; add: Var уплӧѕА (Pers) Lehm. Branches,
stipules, peduncles, and calyx densely villous and glandu-
lar; leaflets silky above, at least the younger glandular-
villous on the midrib beneath.— Throughout the St.
Lawrence system from n. N. S. and e. Que. to L. Su-
perior and L. Winnepeg. (Greenl., n, Eu.)

Page 484, for lines 3-14, substitute:

17. P. Anserina L. (Sitver WEED.) Spreading by
slender many-jointed runners; the stolons, peduncles,
petioles, and. rhachises more or less pubescent with as-
cending or loosely spreading hairs; leaves all radical,
interruptedly pinnate; leaflets oblong, oblanceolate, or
obovate, sharply serrate, silkv-tomentose beneath, at
least the younger lustrous; peduncles elongated; bract-
lets often cleft; achenes thick-ovoid to subglobose, more
or less corky, dorsally sulcate. (Anserina Rydb.)—
Gravelly or sandy shores and banks, e. Que. to Alaska,
s. to P. E. I, N. B., Me,, Vt., №. Y., Ind., centr. Ill.
Ia., N. Mex., and s. Cal. June-Aug. (Eurasia.)

Var. sericea Hayne. Leaflets silvery-sericeous on both
surfaces. (Var. concolor Ser.; Anserina concolor and
A. argentea Rydb.)— Of similar range, more abundant
westw.

17a. P. pacífica Howell. Similar in habit; stolons,
peduncles, petioles, and rhachises glabrous or early gla-
brate; leaflets white-tomentose beneath with opaque
hairs; bractlets usually simple; achenes laterally com-
pressed, firm, rounded on the back, not sulcate. (P.
Anserina, var. grandis T. & G.; Anserina grandis,
pacifica, and litoralis Rydb.)— Brackish and'saline soils,
chiefly along the coast, Greenl. and Lab. tofL. І. also
on the Pacific coast. (E. Asia.)

line 17; for apparently read generally appearing

line 19; for coast of Me. read Me.

Page 485, at the end of line 5, add: Var. pENUDÀTA (Hayne) Maxim.
Leaves green and glabrate beneath.— Locally established
in N. E. (Introd. from Eurasia.)

lines 34 and 41; before /eaves insert: basal

Page 487, line 24; after Forma PÁLLIDUS (Bailey) Robinson insert: ,
n. comb. (R. occidentalis, var. pallidus Bailey, Cycl. Am.
Hort. 1582)

[This, it is believed, is the only new combination in
the Manual. It was the intention of the editors to

1909] Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 49

publish all new combinations in advance, recording them
in botanical journals where the new species and varieties
could be accompanied by proper Latin diagnoses and
the new names by adequate bibliographical and synony-
mic citations. In this single instance the new combina-
tion was overlooked and appeared for the first time in
the Manual. The transfer of Prof. Bailey's variety to
formal rank was made in order to bring this minor
variation into accord with color-forms as elsewhere
treated in the Manual.]

Page 493, line 11; after Minn. add: and in the mts. to N. C. (House).

Page 496, line 60; for w. to Minn. and Miss. read w. to Minn., la.,
Mo., and Miss.

Page 497, line 24; after pedicels insert: nearly equaling or

for line 28, substitute:

e. Bracts scalelike, not petioled /.
]. Leaves lanceolate to oblong, ovate, or obovate g.

lines 29 and 40; for f. read g.
for lines 44—47, substitute:

. Leaves suborbieular xml c M (Журе зд
e. Bracts leaflike though small, petiolate . 8. P. Mahaleb.

Page 500, line 9; for Abizzia read Albizzia
Page 503, line 12; over the i of hirta insert an acute accent.
Page 504, line 29; add as synonym: GLEDITSCHIA Scop.
Page 506, line 5; for N. Н. read Me. (Miss Furbish)
Page 507, line 33; after La. insert: ; and northw. in Miss. basin to
Mo. (Bush).
Page 508, line 36; after sutures insert: (or by alid in T. pratense)
Page 510, line 6; over the O of MELILOTUS insert a grave accent.
line 44; for Huds. read (L.) Huds.
Page 515, line 1; over the E of WISTERIA insert a grave accent.
Page 518, line 29; jor L. read [Tourn.] L.
Page 525, line 28; for Va., Okla., and southw. read Va. to Ala., Tex.,
and Mo. (Bush).
Page 526, line 22; jor V. ANGUSTIFOLIA (L.) Reichard read V.
ANGUSTIFOLIA Reichard
line 53; after Glabrous insert: or nearly so
Page 527, line 1; over the A of LATHYRUS insert an acute accent.
line 31; for e. Me. read e. Mass. (Wiegand).

50

Rhodora [Marcu

Page 530, line 10; add as synonym: AmpHicaRPAEA DC.

line 41; add as synonym: Doricuorvs Medic.
line 47; after oblong. insert: (Dolicholus Vail.)
line 50; after corolla. insert: (Dolicholus Vail.)
line 55; after pedunculate. insert: (Dolicholus Vail.)

Page 531, line 3; before R. reniformis insert: Dolicholus Vail;

line 11; for Millegrana read Radiola

Page 532, line 21; for Vt. read s. Me. (Chamberlain)

line 26; for MILLEGRANA Adans. read RADIOLA [Dill.]
Hill.

line 31; for Rapiora Roth. read MitLLEGRANA. Adans.

for line 32, substitute:

1. R. Linoipres R. The only species. (M. Radiola
Druce.)

[Radiola [Dill.] Hill, Brit. Herb. 227 (1756). Mille-
grana Adans. Fam. ii. 269 (1763).]

Page 533, line 60; for О. Brittonae read О. Brittoniae
Page 536, line 36; over the E of KALLSTROEMIA insert a grave

Page
Page
Page
Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

accent.

540, line 20; after Mich., insert: Mo. (Blankinship, Bush),
542, line 19; after Kan. add: ; rarely on ballast, etc., in N. E.
544, line 49; over the a of Phyllanthus insert an acute accent.
549, line 10; for e. Que. read Жа.

after line 37, insert:

29a. E.ExÍavA L. Erect annual, simple or branched
from the base; stem slender; stem-leaves linear, the
floral ones lanceolate; umbel 3-5-rayed, rays simple or
freely forked; glands with short slender horns; capsule
obtusely angled; seeds quadrangular-ovoid, tuberculate,
about 1 mm. long.— Waste places and cultivated ground,
local, Cape Breton I. (Eames & Godjrey) ; Buffalo, N. Y.
(D. F. Day); and on ballast southw. (Adv. from Eu.)

55, line 50; add as synonym: NEMOPANTHES Raf.
6, line 1; over the second A of CELASTRACEAE insert a `

grave accent.
line 24; add as synonym: Evonymus L.

557, line 31; over the second А of ACERACEAE insert a grave

accent.

562, line 6; for rarely read or

1909] Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 51

Page 563, line 15; for Vt. read. Me.

line 48; for “Mo.” read Mo.

[Mr. B. F. Bush has sent characteristic material of
C'issus incisa from several stations in Missouri.]

line 49; over the first I in VITIS insert a grave accent.
Page 566, line 42; after etc. insert: , and in cultivated fields westw.
Page 568, line 5; for Cav. read (L.) Cav.

line 20; before sessile insert: partly

between lines 50 and 51, insert:

la. C. Büshii Fernald. Stem erect, retrorsely hirsute
and minutely stellate-puberulent, 5 dm. high, from а napi-
form root; leaves suborbicular to broadly ovate, the
lower with 5-7 oblong or obovate coarsely toothed lobes,
the upper slightly 3-lobed; peduncles 1-flowered; bract-
lets ovate; calyx-lobes narrowly lanceolate; petals pur-
ple, 2-2.5 cm. long, truncate, erose-denticulate; carpels
rugose-reticulate.— Woods, s. w. Mo.

[Callirhoé Bushii Fernald, n. sp., perennis erecta;
radice napiformi; caule ca. 5 dm. alto retrorse hirsuto
et minute stellato-puberulo; foliis utrinque viridibus
hirsutis cordatis petiolatis, radicalibus 6-10 cm. diametro
suborbieularibus 5-7-lobatis vel -partitis, lobis ob-
longis vel obovatis obtuse vel acute super mediam partem
paucidentatis, petiolis 1.5 dm. longis retrorse hirsutulis;
folis caulinis superioribus late ovatis plus minusve
trilobatis, lobis grosse paucidentatis; stipulis ovatis
obtusis 1-1.3 em. longis hirsuto-ciliatis; pedunculis
hirsutis et stellato-puberulis 7—11 cm. longis 1-floris;
involucello 3-phyllo, bracteolis calyce demidio breviori-
bus; calycis lobis anguste ovatis acuminatis 1.5-2 cm.
longis extus viridibus infra mediam partem hispidis
intus minutissime canescenti-puberulis; petalis 2-2.5
ст. longis purpureis obovatis truncatis eroso-denti-
culatis; carpellis 4.5 mm. longis rugoso-reticulatis,
rostro brevissimo incurvato.— Woods of the Ozark
region of southwestern Missouri. Type collected at
Eagle Rock, 7 Aug. 1905, B. F. Bush, no. 3145 (in
Gray Herb.).

Related to C. m3 (Cav.) Gray, which has the less
copious pubescence of the stem, ete., ascending and

usually appressed; the cauline leaves with narrowly
lanceolate or linear divisions; and the bractlets of the
| involucel] linear or narrowly lanceolate.]
Page 570, line 46; add as synonym: SrvAmTIA L’ Нег.

52 Rhodora [Marcu

Page 571, line 25; over the A of ASCYRUM insert an acute accent.
Page 573, line 42; for Mich. read Wise. (Wadmond)
Page 578, line 59; for N. H. read Me. (Miss Furbish)
Page 579, line 5; for Nantucket read Norfolk Co., Mass. (Wiegand)
Page 589, line 1; over the U of OPUNTIA insert an acute accent.
Page 593, line 5; add: Var. ввАСїтлов Turez. Glabrous or essentially
so; leaves rounded or cordate at the base: spike slender
and loosely or often remotely flowered.— Locally estab-
lished, Me. (Miss I. W. Anderson) and Mass. (Rich).
(Introd. from Asia.)
Page 594, line 46; add as synonym: Lupwiara L.
Page 596, line 1; for L. read [Dill.] L.
line 18; afer entire insert: or merely notched
line 20; omit: ; leaves entire or subentire, with revolute
margins
after line 20 insert:
Seeds obovate, truncate or rounded at summit; coma quickly
deciduous; leaves plane, somewhat toothed.
2a. E. paniculatum.

Seeds fusiform, distinctly beaked; coma somewhat persistent;
leaves entire or subentire, with revolute margins.

After line 49, insert:

2a. E. paniculàtum Nutt. Annual, 3-8 dm. high, gla-
brous or glabrate; the cortex exfoliating at base; leaves
opposite or alternate and bearing tiny axillary fascicles,
lanceolate, sparingly denticulate, mostly petioled; flowers
scattered, on often bracted peduncles; petals purple, about
8 mm. long; seed obovate, papillate, with early deciduous
sordid coma.— Clearings and open places, Bruce Penin-
sula, Ont. (Macoun) to B. C., s. to S. Dak., Col., Ariz., and |
s. Cal.

Page 598, line 36; omit w.

Page 604, line 14; for n. Me., L. Memphremagog, Que. read n. and
w. N. E.

Page 606, line 4; after southw. insert: ; occasionally spreading from
cultivation northw.

Page 612, for lines 19—30, read:

`

Stylopodia erect or slightly divergent, distinct to the base
Pedicels rather slender, not clavate; stems glabrous or spar-
ingly pilose ‚ 5. 2 UU c UL RE, брон.
Pedicels short, clavate; stems rather densely pilose especially
toward the base SUA О D M Tainturieri.
Stylopodia connivent or at least somewhat convergent
3. C. texanum.

1909] Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 53

1. €. procimbens (L.) Crantz. Slender, loosely
branched often from the base, 1.5-5.5 dm. high; leaves
slabrous or nearly so; the lobes of the leaflets oblong,
bluntish or rounded at the apex; umbels long-peduncled
or sessile, few-rayed; umbellets 2-6-fruited; pedicels 2—
11 mm. long, of nearly uniform thickness.— Rich low
woods and damp shady places, N. Y. to Mich., Ia., e.
Kan., Miss., and N. C.

2. 0. Tainturiéri Hook. Erect or spreading, 2-7
dm. high; leaves distinctly pilose; the lobes of the leaj-
lets lanceolate to oblanceolate, acutish; umbels sessile
or rarely peduncled; umbellets 4-10-fruited; pedicels
1-9 mm. long, thickish and clavate.— Open woods and
fields, Va. (Churchill) to Mo. (acc. to Bush) and southw.
to the Gulf.

3. С. texinum Coult. & Rose. Erect, subsimple or
often loosely branched, 2-6 dm. high, shortly and rather
densely pubescent at least toward the base; leaves glab-
rous or sparingly pilose; the lobes of the leaflets linear;
umbels sessile; umbellets 3-15-fruited; pedicels clavate,
0.5-8 mm. long; fruit glabrous.— Prairies and limestone
barrens, w. Mo. (Blankinship, Bush), Kan., and Tex.

Page 612, line 36; add as synonym: OSMORRHIZA Reichenb.
Page 614, line 35; for L. read [Rupp.] L.
Page 615, line 18; after Aug. add: (Eu.)
Page 616, line 35; for P. SaxírRAGRA read P. SaxfrRaGa
Page 617, line 17; over the A of SCANDIX insert an acute accent.
Page 623, line 13; for O. read Mo. (Bush).
line 28; jor cuspidate; rays numerous read cuspidate,
primary umbels 6-10 cm. broad, rays numerous; leaves
of the involucre simply pinnate, with long linear attenuate
segments
after line 31, insert: |
2. D. pusílus Michx. Similar; merely hispidulous;
leaves more finely divided; the primary umbels 2-6 cm.
broad, their rays short; leaves of the involucre bipin-
natifid.— Barrens, ete., S. C. to Fla., Tex., Mo. (Bush),
and westw. across the continent.
Page 624, line 48; for Minn. and Man. read Man. and Mo. (Bush).
Page 625, line 33; for Mich. read Wisc. (Wadmond)
Page 626, line 28; over the first E of RHODODENDREAE insert an
acute accent.
Page 627, line 31; over the E of CLETHRA insert a grave accent.

54 Rhodora [Marcu

Page 630, line 37; for L. read [Rupp.] L.
Page 632, line 19; after regions ?nsert: ; Dells of the Wisconsin (ac-
cording to Cheney & True)
Page 638, line 26; for C. Koch read K. Koch
Page 640, between lines 2 and 3, insert:
Var. myrtilloides (Michx.) Fernald. Leaves and young
twigs pilose; leaves with bristle-tipped teeth.— Nfd. and
Lab. to Hudson Bay, s. to N. S., Me., and Mass.
Page 641, line 45; for Var. iNTERMÉEDIUM Gray read Var. OVALI-
FOLIUM Michx.
line 48; before — insert: (Var. intermedium Gray.)
[Recent studies of the Michaux herbarium show that
Vaccinium Oxycoccos L., var. ovalifolium Michx., Fl. Bor.
Am. 1. 228 (1803) is identical with Var. intermedium Gray,
Syn. Fl. ed. 2, ii. pt. 1, 396 (1886).]
Page 642, line 37; over the first A of GALAX insert a grave accent.
Page 643, line 6; over the О of LIMONIUM insert a grave accent.
Page 646, line 45; jor L. read [Rupp.] L.
Page 648, line 1; over the second A of SAPOTACEAE insert a grave
accent.
Page 654, line 38; over the second A of SABATIA insert a grave
accent.
Page 657, line 1; in procera for the acute accent over the o substitute
a grave accent over the e.
line 17; before n. N. B. insert: Nfd.
Page 661, line 47; after in insert: e. Mass. (Rich) and
Page 667, lines 44 and 45; for e. Mass. and Vt. read Me. (Miss Fur-
bish)
Page 670, line 4; over the E of IPOMOEA insert a grave accent.
Page 671, line 36; in CUSCUTA for the acute accent over the first
U substitute a grave accent over the second U.
line 43; omit: annual
Page 678, line 1; over the E of PHACELIA insert a grave accent.
line 18; for O. to Mo. read Va. to O., Ill.
between lines 18 and 19, insert:
Var. brevistylis (Buckley) Gray. Corolla smaller;
style and stamens included. (P. brevistylis Buckley.)
—N. C. to Ala. and Mo.
Page 680, line 14; over the second О of HELIOTROPIUM insert a
grave accent.

1909] Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 55

Page 681, line 8; after Biennial insert: or perennial

Page 683, line 1; over the first Y of SYMPHYTUM insert an acute
accent.

Page 690, line 14; overthesecond А of CALLICARPA insert an acute
accent.

Page 693, line 33; for BOTRYS read BÒTRYS

Page 694, line 19; jor L. read [Rivinius] L.

Page 697, line 20; for L. read [Rivinius] L .

Page 698, line 27; overthe Eof PHYSOSTEGIA insert a grave accent.

line 49; at the beginning of the line insert: 2. -
Page 699, line 50; jor Wallr. read (Hoffm.) Wallr.
Page 700, line 1; jor L. read [Tourn.] L.

after line 10, insert:
+- Upper leaves sessile and clasping.

line 13; after Oct. insert: — A cleistogamous form with
minute tubular not obviously bilabiate corolla occurs.
after line 14, insert:

+ + Leaves all petiolate.

lines 15 and 16; jor crenate-toothed, all petioled read:
crenate-toothed, the uppermost crowded, cordate, dark
green and usually purplish-tinged; calyx commonly with
purple angles
between lines 16 and 17, insert:
2a. L. нүвкіром Vill. Similar, somewhat stouter;
leaves pale green, deeply and incisely toothed, the upper-
most less crowded, often subrhombic; calyx usually
green throughout.— Waste and cultivated ground, N. E.
to Pa., becoming frequent. (Adv. from Eu.)
Page 701, line 52; for Pa. read Mass. (Wiegand)
Page 705, line 26; for Vt. read. N. E.
Page 706, line 12; for Mass. read Me. (Miss Furbish)
Page 708, line 31; for and Ky. to Fla. and Tex. read to Mo., Tex.,
and Fla.
Page 709, line 28; for N. H. read Me.
Page 710, line 30; for Ct. read Mass. (Mrs. N. F. Flynn)
line 52; for Ct. read Mass. (Mrs. N. F. Flynn)
Page 711, line 52; for toothed read blunt-dentate
line 53; add: Var. cRísPA Benth. Leaves laciniate-
dentate. (Var. nankinensis Britton.) — Waste places,

56 Rhodora [Marcu

roadsides, etc., Mass. to Il., and southw. (Introd.
from Asia.)
Page 712, line 22; for LvcorfnsicoN read LvcorfnsicuM.
[Lycopersicum Hill. Veg. Syst. ix. 32 (1765). Lycoper-
sicon Mill. Dict. ed. 8 (1768). Hill's use of this generic
name appears to be the earliest in post-Linnaean times
and should therefore determine the form to be adopted.]
Page 713, line 48; after southwestw. add: ; adventive in Mass.
Page 715, line 3; after southw. add: ; adventive in N. E.
Page 716, line 24; for N. PHYSALÒDES read N. pHYSALODES
[The specific name physalodes was originally used by
Linnaeus (Atropa physalodes) Sp. Pl. i. 181 (1753) before
its use as a generic name by Boehmer in Ludwig, Def.
41 (1760). ‘There is therefore no occasion to capitalize
the name on account of Recommendation X. of the
Vienna Rules.]
Page 719, line 37; over the first A of LINARIA insert a grave accent.
Page 720, lines 16 and 19; before Elatinoides insert: Kickxia Dumort.;
Page 725, line 33; after summer insert: , sometimes late in the season
minute and cleistogamous
line 49; for e. Mass. read s. N. H. (Batchelder)
line 51; for L. read [Rupp.] L.
Page 726, line 23; before Me. insert: N. S. (Eames & Godfrey),
Page 729, line 44; after РЕСТІҲАТА Nutt. insert: (Dasystoma pectinata
Benth.)
line 45; after calyx. add: — N. C. to Fla., w. tos. Mo. and
‘Tex.
Page 732, line 20; add as synonym: CasriLLEIA Spreng.
Page 733, line 50; after coast add: , rarely inland,
Page 742, line 22, after concave insert: or plane
for line 23, substitute:
1. Dianthera. Bractlets narrowly lanceolate to linear, incon-
spicuous.
2. Dicliptera. Bractlets spatulate to obovate or suborbicular,
conspicuous.
line 25; for 2 read 3
line 26; for 3 read 4
after line 39, insert:
2. DICLIPTERA Juss.
Calyx deeply 5-parted. Corolla deeply bilabiate;

1909] Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 57

upper lip entire or emarginate, the lower spreading,
shghtly if at all 3-lobed. Stamens 2.— Branched
perennial herbs, chiefly of low moist ground. Bractlets
2 or 4, opposite in pairs and forming a sort of involucel,
the outer subequal, commonly appressed to each other
and more or less inclosing the fruit. (Name from д,кА&,
double-folding, as of doors, etc., and repóv, a wing,
alluding to the involucel.) Ртлрерісм Konig.

1. D. brachiàta (Pursh) Spreng. Erect or some-
what decumbent, 3-7 dm. high, smoothish or covered
with spreading pubescence; leaves ovate, entire, acute,
petioled, acutish or obliquely acuminate at the base;
corolla 13-18 mm. long, pink or pale purple; bractlets
spatulate-obovate, narrowed at the base. (Diapedium
Ktze.)— Rich woods, sandy bottoms, etc., Mo. (Bush)
to N. C., Fla., Tex., and Kan.

line 40; for 2 read 8
Page 743, line 18; for 3 read 4
Page 746, line 4; add: Dwarf plants with bracts slightly or not at all
exceeding the flowers are sometimes separated as Var.
NurrAuu (Rapin) Morris.
Page 747, line 20; for A. слтлоїреѕ Benth, read A. GLaGcA (L.) Bess.
line 22; after panicle insert: (A. galioides Bieb.)

[Asperula glauca (L.) Bess. Enum. Pl. Volh. 7
(1821-22). Galium glaucum L. Sp. Pl. i. 107 (1753).
A. galioides Bieb. Fl. ''aur.-Cauc. i. 101 (1808).]

Page 749, line 4; before Cape insert: Nfd. (Eames & Godfrey),
Page 756, line 3; after Fla. add: and Mo. (Bush).
Page 760, line 23; for dm. read cm.
Page 767, line 19; for C. Koch read К. Koch
Page 768, line 20; for Newport read Jamestown
Page 773, line 52; for HELEINEAE read HELENIEAE
Page 782, line 47; after bogs, insert: Kingston, Mass. (Rich &
Knowlton) ;
Page 793, line 24; for e. Mass. read s. Me.
Page 796, line 18; in procera for the acute accent over the o sub-
stitute a grave accent over the e.
Page 799, line 38; after southw. insert: ; established in Mass.
Page 800, line 26; for squrroase read squarrose
Page 801, line 36; at end of line add: 8. A. spectabilis.
omit lines 37—40.
line 69; for 34. A. depauperatus read 34. A. parviceps

58 Rhodora [Marcu

Page 802, for lines 49 and 50, substitute:

Bracts without firm subulate tips.
Rays less than 1 em. long . . ( 38) A. dumosus, v. Dodgei.
Rays 1.5-2 cm. long . . . . E 55. A. nemoralis.

Page 803, line 22; for (34) A. depauperatus, v. parviceps read 34.
A. parviceps
line 43; before Kan. insert: Mo. (Bush) and
Page’ 805, line 31; after stems insert: (1.2—)
line 33; for oblong-lanceolate read from elliptic-ovate to
oblanceolate
lines 43 and 44; for Moist ground, coast of N. J. and southw.
read Open ground, chiefly among the mts., s. e. Ky.
to N. C. and Ga.

[Aster surculosus Michx., originally collected “in sylvis
Carolinae septentrionalis,” is a clearly marked species,
with glandless though often pubescent blunt involucral
bracts, very typical of the mountain region of western
North Carolina and the adjacent states. It has long
been reported as growing in the New Jersey pine barrens,
although Dr. Britton, in the Illustrated. Flora, implies
a doubt as to its presence in New Jersey. There are
apparently two sources for the New Jersey report:
first, Dr. Gray's record, in the Synoptical Flora, of the
species from “coast of New Jersey to Georgia, and on
the Blue Ridge in North and South Carolina"; second,
the record by Dr. Britton, in his Catalogue of Plants
found in New Jersey, of the species from Middlesex Co.,
N.J. Dr. Britton’s later doubt of the occurrence of the
plant in New Jersey, implied in the Illustrated Flora,
disposes of the second record. It remains then to
determine only the basis of Dr. Gray’s record. This is
a very slender narrow-leaved plant, collected by Dr.
Gray in 1833 at Middletown Point. In its narrow
leaves and slender habit it strongly suggests the Caro-
linian A. surculosus but unlike that plant it has the
more pointed involucral bracts densely glandular as in
A. spectabilis Ait. "е plant, however, is much smaller
in all its parts than well developed A. spectabilis and
upon casual examination would be scarcely referred to it;

T CRM Tv. PIT KEINE

1909] Robinson & Fernald,— Emendations,— I 59

but Mr. F. S. Collins has recently collected in the extremely
sterile soil of Eastham on Cape Cod a dwarfed plant,
quite identical with the Middletown material, which is
unquestionably a depauperate state of the common А.
spectabilis. ‘There is, then, no question that the small
plant of the New Jersey coast is a starved phase of 4.
spectabilis rather than the Carolinian A. surculosus to
which it has been referred.]
Page 810, line 28; before T. & G. insert: (Michx.)

for lines 37 to 50, substitute:

34. A. párviceeps (Burgess) Mackenzie & Bush.
Stem pilose to glabrate, 3-7 dm. high; basal leaves
spatulate; stem-leaves linear or lanceolate, those of the
branches linear-subulate; heads numerous, small, 4—5
тт. high, borne on the short branches; involucre turbi-
nate, 2-3 mm. broad, of about 20 linear-subulate bracts,
these less rigid than those of the preceding species; rays
white, 10-20. (A. ericoides, var. Burgess.)— Prairies
and woods, Ill, and Mo. Sept., Oct.

Var. pusíllus (Gray) Fernald. Slender, glabrous, 1—4
dm. high; leaves much smaller, linear to linear-subu-
late; heads scattered, terminating the slender divari-
cate branches. (A. ericoides, var. Gray; A. ericoides,
var. depauperatus Porter.)— Serpentine barrens, s. Pa.
and adjacent W. Va. July-Sept. Fia. 950.

under Fig. 950; for A. depauperatus read А. depaup., v.

pusillus

[When the combination A. depauperatus was made
for the plant of serpentine barrens the fact was over-
looked that Mackenzie & Bush had already published
A. parviceps. The nomenclatorial history of the plants
is as follows:

Aster parviceps (Burgess) Mackenzie & Bush, Fl.
Jackson Co. 196 (1902). А. ericoides parviceps Burgess
in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ш. 379 (1898). A.
depauperatus, var. parviceps Fernald, RHODORA, x.
94 (1908). )

Aster parviceps, var. pusillus (Gray) Fernald, comb.
nov. 4. ericoides, var. pusillus Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2,
184 (1884). A. ericoides depauperatus Porter, Mem.
Torr. Bot. Club, v. 323 (1894). A. depauperatus
Fernald, Кнорока, x. 94 (1908).]

60 Rhodora [Marcu

Page 811, line 32; after ascending insert: , glabrous or nearly so
line 33; add: Var. Обрсег Fernald. Similar; stem and
lower surface of the leaves densely cinereous-puberulent.
— Mouth of the St. Clair R., Mich.
Page 815, line 36; for southw. read southw. and southwestw.
Page 823, line 51; after places, insert: Nfd. (Eames & Godfrey) and
Page 828, line 17; for rootstocks read roots
line 20; after southwestw. add: ; rarely adventive eastw.
Page 833, line 6; before Minn. insert: Prairies, n. w. Wisc. (according
| to Cheney) and
line 7; after established insert: at Peoria, Ill. (McDonald)
and
Page 841, lines 9-11; ron leaves bright green, undivided or some of the
lower deeply parted, lanceolate or elliptic, large, acumi-
nate, slender-petioled, coarsely serrate; READ leaves
coarsely serrate, at least the primary cauline 3-lobed
the two lateral oblong lobes broad-based and conspicu-
ously decurrent to the broadly margined petiole; upper-
most and rameal leaves usually unlobed, subsessile or
shortly petioled;
line 16; for N. E. to Minn. and Mo. read Que. to Mich.
and Mass., and doubtless southw.
between lines 17 and 18, insert:

Var. petiolàta (Nutt.) Farwell. All or nearly all the
leaves unlobed, tapering to a slender or narrowly mar-
gined petiole.— Me. to Minn. and Kan.

Page 842, line 33; add as synonym: BarpwiNia T. & С.
Page 845, line 17; add as synonym: Dvsopi4 DC.
Page 848, line 3; for L. read [Tourn.] L.

line 33; jor L. read [Tourn.] L.
Page 849, line 19; for PRÓCERA read PROCERA
Page 853, line 44; before e. Que. insert: Nfd. (Eames & Godfrey) and
Page 854, line 43; before Gaspé Co. insert: Nfd. (Eames & Godfrey) and
Page 856, line 4; for A. Minus Bernh. read A. minus (Hill) Bernh.
Page 859, line 8; after (G. W. Holt) insert: ; waste land, Boston,

Mass. (Rich)

line 19; add as synonym: Onoporpon Hill.

Page 861, line 10; before N.S. insert: Nfd. (Eames & Godfrey) and

1909] Jeffrey,— Nature of Algal or Boghead Coals 61

Page 862, line 17; for A. minima (L.) Dumort. read A. MÍNIMA (L.)
Link.
[Arnoseris minima (L.) Link, Enum. ii. 294. (1822);
Dumort. Fl. Belg. 63 (1827). А yoseris minima L. Sp.
Pl. п. 809 (1753)..]
Page 863, line 13; for L. read [Vaill.] L.
Page 867, line3; for e. Mass. to Ind. read N. E. to Neb. (Bates).
Page 871, line 48; for N. S. read e. Me.
Page 872, line 36; after Ont. insert: , Wisc.,
Page 873, line 55; for Mass. read w. Me. (Miss Furbish)
Page 888, column 2; beneath h irsuticaulis 812 insert: tanthinus 805
| * — multiflorus 811 insert: multiformis 805
* петогаііѕ 816 insert: nobilis 805
column 3; beneath tennesseensis 515 insert: violaris 805
Page 924, column 1, line 38; for Oxycoccus read Oxycoccos

GRAY HERBARIUM.

ON THE NATURE OF SO CALLED ALGAL OR BOGHEAD
COALS.

EDWARD C. JEFFREY.

As the result of the studies of the French and Belgian paleobotan'sts
Renault and Bertrand, on the dull bituminous coals and schists, certain
organisms have been described, which have been considered by these
authors to be the remains of oil-containing colonial gelatinous green
Algae. lt is assumed that the supposed Algae owe their preservation,
in spite of their delicate organization, to the presence of bitumen
throughout the matrix in which they have become fossilized. The
origin of this bituminous matter has always been a puzzling problem.
It has been variously suggested that it is derived from the putrefaction
of animals, through the decay of part of the algal matter, or even as a
product of the precipitation of the dark brown humus-saturated bog
water, in which the Algae are supposed to have existed.

The study of coal presents a scientific problem of peculiar technical
difficulty. On account of its black opacity, its structure can only be

62 | Rhodora [Marcu

made out in very thin sections, which allow a certain amount of light
to be transmitted to the microscope. ће preparation of such sections
of sufficient thinness is an almost impossible task in many instances,
on account of the brittleness of the coal, which greatly enhances the
difficulty of the grinding processes, employed in the study of the micro-
scopic structure of minerals. ‘The writer in his studies on Mesozoic
plants has acquired some experience in softening fossilized vegetable
tissues, without essentially modifying their structure. An application
of these methods to coal was without result, on account of the greater
resistance of the material. It was found that neither aqua regia nor
chlorate of potash yielded appreciable results in the desired direction.
An aqua regia in which hydrochloric acid was replaced by hydrofluoric
acid was finally tried with complete success. Even anthracite yields
to its action in the course of a comparatively short time. Subsequently
to exposure to nitrohydrofluoric acid for a sufficient interval, the coals,
after careful washing, are soaked in hot alcohol containing from three
to five per cent. of fixed alkali. ‘The latter process effects the swelling
of the constituents of the coal without disastrous cracking and softens
them so that they may be sectioned by the delicate methods in vogue
in biological laboratories. As a preliminary to cutting, the fragments
of coal are infiltrated with nitro-cellulose to bring them to a more
favorable consistency. ‘The advantage of this method is, not only
that it is possible to cut very much thinner sections than can be ob-
tained by the grinding lathe of the mineralogist (3-5 micra), but that
these sections may subsequently be bleached with nitric acid and
strong chlorine water to almost any desired degree of decoloration.

‘The present notice is mainly to indicate the botanical composition
of certain true bituminous coals, known as Bogheads, as examined
by the methods indicated above. It has been demonstrated, that the
supposed Algae of Renault and Bertrand, are in reality the larger spores
or macrospores of Vascular Cryptogams, which flourished during the
Coal Periods. ‘The imagined Algae are in fact only the pores in the
strongly sculptured coats of the spores in question. The apparent
organization of the Algae as colonies forming a hollow sphere, is ex-
plained as the highly sculptured wall of the macrospore surrounding
its empty cavity. ‘The macrosporic nature of these remains is appar-
ently placed beyond any doubt by the occurrence of the typical tri-
radiate ridge on the face originally in contact with the three sister
macrospores of the macrospore tetrad and by the very characteristic

1909] Brewster,— Skunk Cabbage 63
macrosporie sculpture of the spore wall as seen in the thin sections
prepared by the methods described above. Moreover their algal
nature appears quite excluded by the fact that highly modified remains
of wood have been found intermingled with the supposed Algae. It
is not conceivable that delicate algal structures should have been pre-
served by the hypothetical bituminous matrix, while the much more
resistant. fragments of wood, should have suffered carbonification.
The supposed Algae so far studied in this connection belong to the
genera ''hylax, Pila and Reinschia.

It seems highly probable as the result of these observations, that the
bituminous matter found in Boghead and similar coals, as well as in
oil-shales, etc., is rather a product of the modification of the natural
waxy or cutinoid infiltration of the outer coats of innumerable spores
(microspores as well as macrospores), than the product of animal or
algal decay. ‘The results here indicated seem further to overthrow
the sapropelie or gelosic hypothesis of the formation of certain coals,
and of petroleum proposed in Europe and to a certain extent adopted
in this country.

PHANEROGAMIC LABORATORIES OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY,

9th March, 1909.

OCCURRENCE OF THE SKUNK CABBAGE IN AN
UNUSUAL PLACE.

WILLIAM BREWSTER.

Tur Skunk Cabbage is rarely met with, I believe, in other than
low-lying and more or less swampy localities. At Concord, Massa-
chusetts, however, there is a solitary plant of this species which has
not only existed, but positively flourished, for a number of years, ina
somewhat elevated and exceptionally dry situation on Ball’s Hill.
This long, narrow, gently curving ridge is of glacial origin and com-
posed almost wholly of fine yellowish sand and coarse reddish gravel.
It is everywhere densely wooded, chiefly with second-growth oaks
intermingled with white and pitch pines. Beneath these trees the
surface soil, although somewhat enriched with leaf mould, is so gen-

64 Rhodora [Marcu

erally thin and sterile that it supports but little herbaceous vegetation
especially on the south side of the hill which is very steep and not per-
fectly screened by the trees from the scorching rays of the midsummer
sun. Yet it is on this very southern slope and about midway between
the base and summit of the hill (which has an elevation of some seventy
feet) that the Skunk Cabbage grows, not, however, in the ground but
in a crevice at the foot of a white oak of medium size. Here it has
found conditions evidently congenial and perhaps in some respects
not unlike those which obtain in swamps; for the cavity is, in effect,
a deep, narrow-mouthed, wooden bowl which receives and retains the
rain water that falls directly into it and, in addition, very much of that
which drives against the trunk of the tree and trickles downward
towards its base. Owing to this abundant supply of moisture the soil
which fills the bowl and which is made up partly of decayed wood
and partly of the remains of disintegrated leaves, is almost always
moist and frequently of the consistency of semi-liquid mud.

When I first noticed the Skunk Cabbage in midsummer, some
twelve or fifteen years ago, it must have been very young for its light
green leaves were then no longer than those of our common red clover.
It has since increased in stature steadily, if somewhat slowly, until it
has become a well-grown and vigorous-looking plant. As nearly as
I have been able to ascertain, however, it has not bloomed as yet.
Perhaps it will not live to do so, for gypsy and brown-tailed moths are
attacking the trees that shelter it and the entire hillside is likely to be
stripped of foliage in the course of the next two or three years.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

CRYPTOGRAMMA STELLERI IN New HawrsuiRnE.— It may be of
interest to the readers of RHopoRA to have put on record the finding
of Cryptogramma Stelleri (Gmel.) Prantl in northern New Hampshire.
On 16 July, 1907, Mr. A. H. Moore and I discovered a good-sized
station. of this fern on shaded dryish cliffs in the town of Cole-
brook. I should be interested to know whether it has been pre-
viously found in New Hampshire. — ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Vol. 12, no. 122, including pages 17 to 32 and plate 78, was issued
16 March, 1909.

Gray's New Manual of Botany — 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian, By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
versity. Thoroughly revised and largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
son, Ph.D. Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and Merrirr LYNDON
FERNALD, S.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist’s Edition. Limp leather, 57} inches. Price, $3.00.
AMERICAN botanists, who bave been impatiently awaiting the

revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.
Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.

Send for catalogue.

Е. H. Horsrorpb, Charlotte, Vt.

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. SUKSDORF - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. А.
CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,

WAVERLEY, MASS.

BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.
Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. Qr.
STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT,
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other
Scientific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates
per space of 4 in. by 3-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER

Associate Editors.

WILLIAM PENN RICH | "na :
Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. 11. April, 1909. No. 124.
CONTENTS:
Two New Species of Characium. F. D. Lambert 65
Bartonia, a new Botanical Periodical 74
Flora of the Boston District, — IV 75
Nolina in the southern Atlantic States. H. H. Bartlett . 80
Rare Plants from the Vicinity of Wellesley. K. M. Wiegand 82
On the Report of Scirpus nanus from Vermont. M. L. Fernald 84
Boston, Mass. Providence, TR. T,

1052 Exchange Building. || ^ Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, зоо Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from í

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec’y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceæ to Polygalaceæ) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Коомрѕ Co., Providence, R. I.

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. SUKSDORF - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Povket size. Invaluable for
collectors’ memoranda and herkarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 іп. by 8-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. April, 1909. No. 124

TWO NEW SPECIES OF CHARACIUM.!
F. D. LAMBERT.

(Plate 79.)

Characium gracilipes n. sp. Cellula 80-480 » longa, 5-13 и diam.,
regulariter curvata, parte media fusiformis, superne in setam longam,
inferne^in stipitem longam filiformem attenuata, rhizoideis minutis-
simis substrato affixa.

Cells 80-480 y long, 5-13 & diameter, regularly curved; middle part
fusiform, tapering above into a long hair, below into a long filiform
stipe, attached to the substratum by very minute rhizoids.— On the
minute crustacean, Branchipus vernalis, Medford, Massachusetts,
May, 1903, 1904, 1905, and 1906.

In May, 1903, while I was collecting with a class in biology, in
Medford, Mass., on the edge of the Middlesex Fells, one of my stu-
dents called attention to a small green object moving about in a small
pool. On examination it proved to be a fairy shrimp, Branchipus
vernalis, one of the animal forms for which I was searching, and as
its color was so very unusual, a number of the animals were collected
and carried to the laboratory. А microscopic examination showed
that the green color was due to masses of green algae attached to
various parts of the body, particularly to the appendages. Аз it
seemed likely that the plant might be of interest and perhaps also
might be desirable for distribution in the Phycotheca Boreali-Ameri-
cana, some of the Branchipus were submitted to Mr. F. S. Collins for
identification of the algae, who immediately reported that they were
apparently two new species of Characium. Only a few of the

1 Contributions from the Biological Laboratories of Tufts College, No. 48,

66 Rhodora [APRIL

Branchipus were collected that spring; in the spring of 1904 a few
more were collected from the same pond; but not until the spring of
1905, however, were conditions favorable for collecting the material
in sufficient quantity for the P. B.-A. sets. At that time there was
but little water in the pool, and it lowered so rapidly during the time
Branchipus was present, that the animal was driven gradually toward
deeper water. I was able to scoop up with a net from the muddy
hole in the middle of the pool, about a pint of specimens, which I
preserved in 5 % formaldehyde. Other pools in the vicinity were
frequently but unsuccessfully examined. Only the one pool con-
tained it, and in such abundance that а recent examination of the
material collected in 1905 showed the Characia attached not only to
Branchipus, but also to mosquito larvae, which had been overlooked
at the time of collection. In May, 1906, a few sketches, not more than
eight or ten, were made from a small number of specimens collected
at that time, but the scarcity of. Branchipus made it advisable to
postpone further investigations until the next spring, when, it was
hoped, material would be sufficiently abundant for a study of the
reproduction. Failure to find the material in 1907 and in 1908 leads
me to fear that it may have disappeared entirely; hence the publica-
tion of the present account founded almost wholly on material which
was collected їп 1905 and preserved in formalin, and from which sets
for the P. B.-A. were prepared." |
Characium graeilipes occurs in greatest abundance on the flat
surfaces of the two sides of the abdominal appendages of Branchipus,
and rarely on the marginal hairs for which Characium cylindricum
seems to show a preference. Both species, however, may be found on
the head, antennae, and mouth-parts, and dorsal surface of body and
tail. In respect to size, both Characium gracilipes and Characium
cylindricum differ greatly from all species heretofore described: the
smallest specimen of Characium gracilipes which I measured, 80 y,
was almost as long as the extreme length given by West? for Chara-
cium ensijorme Herm, 86 s, which, he states, “is the most elongate
species of the genus." The longest specimen of Characium gracilipes

! In order to prepare the material for the P.B.-A., about 500 formalin specimens of
Branchipus were spread out to dry on a clean sheet of glass, When dry, they were
fastened on mica with glue, two or three specimens on a piece, Characium gracilipes
P. B.-A., №, 1270; Characium cylindricum P. B.—A., No. 1269.

2 West, G. S. The British Freshwater Algae, Cambridge, 1904, p. 200.

1909] Lambert,— Two new Species of Characium 67

which I observed, measured 480 y, nearly six times as long as the
maximum length for Characium ensiforme Herm.

The stipe and terminal hair are in line with the general curve of the
body (fig. 4, pl. 79). The one cell stage of Characium gracilipes
reminds one of Closterium rostratum Ehrenb., as figured by West.
In later stages during spore formation a more pronounced curvature
frequently accompanies the elongation of the body, but it seldom
exceeds an angle of 90?, and is always simple and in one direction.

The terminal hair, open throughout its entire length, but closed at
its distal end, is about the same length in all specimens, and always
shows a sharp demarcation from the fusiform body, from the apex of
which it emerges. ‘The lower end of the fusiform body tapers grad-
ually into the stipe, also like the terminal hair, of capillary dimensions
and hollow. ‘The stipe is closed at a point very near its base. The
base of this plant is remarkable in that it adds a new character for
Characium, viz., the presence of minute rhizoids. These are of
different forms, but the most typical is that shown in figures 3, 4, 5,
6 and 9 (pl. 79), which show two smooth, straight, slender, solid
processes emerging from the closed base of the stipe, with which and
with each other, the rhizoids form three approximately equal angles
of about 120? respectively. This divergence is almost always evident,
inasmuch as the rhizoids are in the same plane as the line of curvature,
and as the specimens can naturally take but one position in the narrow
space between the slide and cover. ‘These processes, usually of the
same length, vary from 2 to 10 jg. Fig. 22 (pl. 79) illustrates the
largest observed.

Pl. 79, fig. 14, shows two rhizoids of approximately equal length,
emerging at the same angle on one side of the stipe; fig. 15, rhizoid of
one side with a hook turning inward; fig. 17, two rhizoids with hooks
turning outward; fig. 16, two rhizoids depending from base, like a
two-tined pitch-fork, not an uncommon condition; fig. 20, two rhizoids
of the normal shape, but of unequal length; fig. 19, three rhizoids, a
very rare condition; figs. 18 and 21, rhizoids of normal type with a
tendency toward a branching which may vary from merely slight rough-
enings and thickenings to well-defined short branches. "This condition
is more common than that of fig. 19, but occurs less frequently than
others. For a long time I really doubted this form, thinking the

1 West, G. S. A monograph of the British Desmidiaceae. Vol. I, Pl. XXVI,
ig. :

68 Rhodora [APRIL

branched appearance might be due to the presence of detritus not
unusual about the bases of the rhizoids. Аз efforts to dislodge these
branch-like processes from the rhizoids failed, I concluded that in
some cases, at least, the branching was real. ‘he rhizoids penetrate
the mucus on the surface of the appendages, and are well adapted to
retain a hold on the swimming Branchipus. At first glance the
rhizoids, particularly the short ones, might easily give the impression
that the base consists of a dise seen in optical section, but careful
observation with ordinary high powers, as well as with oil-immersion
lens proves the fallacy of this supposition. ‘This suggests a possibility
that some of the structures, hitherto described in other species as discs,
may have been, in some instances, rhizoids which, on account of in-
sufficient magnification, have escaped detection.

The single parietal chromatophore shows a single conspicuous
pyrenoid on the convex side of the cell, a position which the pyrenoids
continue to occupy in the later stages during the entire process of
transverse segmentation of the protoplast. ‘The pyrenoid appears as
a highly refractile body, spherical or ovoid in outline, separated from
the chlorophyll-bearing part of the chromatophore by a narrow
hyaline zone; always visible, it can be followed very easily in all the
phases of its division and movement during the process of spore pro-
duction. See figs. 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9 (pl. 79). The division of the
pyrenoid is accompanied by a simultaneous division of the chromato-
phore into two equal parts. ‘The pyrenoid, in dividing, first elongates,
then by a median constriction, assumes a dumb-bell shape, and
finally divides into two parts, each of which assumes the original
rounded form. ‘The division of the pyrenoid is the first visible evi-
dence of spore development.

The usual method of spore formation is by repeated transverse
division of the protoplast, which gives 32 cells arranged in a single
series. Next, by longitudinal division, each of the 30 cells in the
middle of the plant divides into two cells; at the same time, the basal
and the terminal cells divide transversely, thus giving 64 cells, the
maximum observed. See figs. 6 and 9 (pl. 79), the latter representing
the basal (z) and terminal (x) portions of a plant containing 64 spores.
The general plane of longitudinal division throughout the mother cell
is usually continuous. Although this is the usual method of division,
occasionally the longitudinal division occurs in an earlier stage.
Fig. 5 (pl. 79) shows the longitudinal division appearing in the 4 cell

1909] Lambert,— Two new Species of Characium 69

stage. In other instances the longitudinal division first occurred in
the 8 and in the 16 cell stage of the uniseriate type. The division of
basal and terminal cells is always transverse, never longitudinal.
At any stage, a count of cells and a careful examination of the pyrenoids
leads to the conclusion that the divisions are approximately simul-
taneous throughout the length of the cell; the evidence, while not
conclusive, suggests that a cell, once divided longitudinally does not
divide again in any plane. Elongation of the individual is not always
correlated with the progress of spore formation. Some individuals in
incipient 2 or 4 cell stages are as long as others in fully developed 8 cell
stages. Among the thousands of specimens that have been under
observation, I have been unable to find any trace of the liberation
of the spores, or of their germination; any empty cells; or any evidence
of the spores assuming the rounded form characteristic of Characium
cyl'indricum and of other species which have been hitherto described.
A microscopic examination of Branchipus bearing the Characia
always shows many specimens of Characium gracilipes broken,
especially in the advanced stages of spore formation. These broken
cells, however, present no evidence of the escape of the contents, save
at the very ends, and there, only a few cells. ‘There is no uniformity
in the length of the broken pieces, nor in their stage of development.
They may vary from early stages up to the 64 cell stage. Basal,
middle, and distal portions all appear in the field at once, which leads
one to think that the elongated Characium gracilipes had been broken
up mechanically in the manipulation of the material under the cover-
glass. An examination of entire specimens of Branchipus, under
conditions where the chances of mechanical disturbance were at a
minimum, still showed broken specimens. Moreover, inasmuch as
the formalin had not caused any appreciable swelling, this broken
condition could not be ascribed to the effect of the preservative. If
fragmentation be the normal method of spore liberation, it is difficult
to understand what becomes of the empty cells, and why there is no
satisfactory evidence of liberation of the spores. If this fragmentation
of Characium gracilipes be characteristic for the species, it may be
that the liberated cells, on dissolution of the containing wall, assume
the palmelloid state which has been described for other species. I
have not seen evidence of the palmelloid condition. It seems strange
that none of the germinating spores could be found; the smallest
specimen observed measured 80 y in length, and was fully developed
in every respect.

70 Rhodora [APRIL

Characium cylindricum n. sp. Cellula 24—430 longa, 10-20 и diam.,
cylindrica, apice rotundata, basi in stipitem brevem attenuata; disco
basali nullo.

Cell 24-430 » long, 10-20 н diam., cylindrical, with rounded apex,
base tapering into a short stipe, without basal disc. — On the minute,
crustacean, Branchipus vernalis, Medford, Massachusetts, May, 1903,
1904, 1905 and 1906.

Characium cylindricum, in the one cell stage (figs. 10, 11, 12 and 13,
pl. 79), has a central nucleus and two parietal chromatophores. ‘The
chromatophores almost completely line the circumference of the
cell, are slightly but distinctly separated from each other, thus afford-
ing a good view of the nucleus, situated near the middle of the cell
and are without pyrenoids. Numerous small oil globules are often
present in the cell. ‘The lower portion of the cell tapers into a very
short stipe with base rounded or pointed and often slightly bent at the
place of attachment to the substratum.

Characium cylindricum occurs in greatest numbers upon the margi-
nal hairs (on both main shaft and small branches) of the appendages
of Branchipus vernalis, but may occur anywhere on the appendages.

Each individual is attached by means of a small, brownish, muci-
laginous mass, distinct in outline, and usually very conspicuous on
account of the detritus present upon its surface. See fig. 25 (pl. 79).
The transparency of the chitinous wall of the hair affords an excellent
opportunity to study the attachment from any point of view. In fig.
25 (pl. 79) the cell (a) is attached to the under side of the hair. The
adhesive substance, when circular in outline, might easily be mis-
taken for a disc, did not its transparency permit a clear view of the
pointed or rounded outline of the wall at the base of the cell. When-
ever the cell is attached to two or more of the smaller hairs, they
incline toward a common point of crossing, at which point the muci-
laginous substance adheres. ‘This method of attachment seems
quite as well adapted to its function as do the rhizoids of Characium
gracilipes. When Characium cylindricum cells. become detached
from the hairs by mechanical disturbance of the cover glass, the adhe-
sive substance usually sticks to the substratum, and the basal ends of
the cells are clean, as illustrated in figs. 1, 2, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 24
(pl. 79). Observations under conditions of minimum mechanical
disturbance show small patches of the adhesive substance here and
there on the hairs, thus indicating that the cells of Characium cylindri-
cum occasionally become detached from the live Branchipus.

1909] Lambert,— Two new Species of Characium 71

By repeated transverse divisions the protoplast of the single cell
divides into 8, 16, or 32 spores, fig. 24 (pl. 79). The regularity of
approximately transverse divisions is frequently varied by a tendency
toward the oblique, which may be confined to a few cells only, or may
extend to the entire series. Longitudinal division usually begins
after the protoplast has divided into 8 or 16 cells, though it may occur
as early as the 4 cell stage. However, the above mentioned obliquity
of the transverse divisions is usually so marked in the later stages
(8-16 cell) that it is extremely difficult to determine whether division
is transverse or longitudinal. In the individual illustrated in fig. 1
(pl. 79) there are eight spores, apparently motile, a condition still fur-
ther confirmed not only by their arrangement and shape, but also by
the presence of the hyaline papilla (p) at the anterior end, in connection
with which I observed evidence of flagellae too indistinct to be studied.
One of the spores (b) is seen escaping from a lateral aperture. ‘There
were but eight spores in the specimen shown in fig. 1 (pl. 79), but the
unoccupied space in the containing cell would seem to indicate that
the original number might have been 16, eight of which had been
liberated. Fig. 7 (pl. 79) illustrates a cell containing 32 spores, which,
from all appearances, were motile at the time of fixation. As the
small amount of unoccupied space in the cell precludes 64 as the origi-
nal number of the spores, it seems safe to assume that none of the spores
had escaped. Apparently not more than eight or ten of the spores
had been actively motile up to the time of fixation; moreover, with
exception of the two detached spores near the base, the spores in the
lower two thirds of the cell present the usual appearance of the proto-
plast after its division into 32 cells. The difficulty, previously men-
tioned, of interpreting the direction of planes of division is well illus-
trated in this specimen.

In another type of spore formation, by a process of segmentation,
in its early stages indistinguishable from the foregoing, the protoplast
divides into a very large number of small spores (fig. 8, pl. 79). In the
more elongated specimens the number of these small spores certainly
exceeds 1000, and in some cases perhaps 2000. ‘Their number is not
constant, however, as advancement in segmentation is not coordinated
with the length of the specimen. Moreover, it is certain that these
small spores, when fully developed and ready to escape from the cell,
are not of uniform size. The few scattered spores near the base of the
cell, the perforated apex of which appears in fig. 23 (pl. 79), measured

72 Rhodora [APRIL

З р, certainly much larger than those which appear in fig. 8 (pl. 79).
In the formalin material it was impossible to distinguish any details
with respect to the flagellae of these spores, or to determine what
becomes of any of the motile cells. Perhaps they are the micro- and
macro-zoospores mentioned by Oltmanns,' as described by Reinhardt.’

Although Characium eylindricum is characterized by so many fea-
tures, visible nucleus, two chromatophores, oil globules, absence of
pyrenoids, peculiarity of attachment, and peculiarities of reproduction,
at variance with what have been accepted up to this time as generic
characters of Characium, it does not seem advisable to make a new
genus for this form, without further study of living material.

Reinsch ? has described a minute alga, Dactylococeus Hookeri, which
he found growing attached to the small crustacean, Cyclops bicaudatus,
collected in the neighborhood of Erlangen, Germany, in 1872. In
1874 he found another form, Dactylococcus De Baryanus, growing
on the same crustacean, Cyclops bicaudatus, collected in the same
region. In the summer of 1877 he found the latter form, Dactylo-
coccus De Baryanus, on “a somewhat smaller species" of Cyclops from
pools a few miles west of the southern end of Lake Michigan. Again
in the following summer, 1878, he discovered Dactylococcus De Bary-
anus, on Cyclops bicaudatus and оп a species of Lepidurus,* taken
from the water mains of the city of Boston. As Mr. F. S. Collins
regards both of these species of Dactylococcus as belonging to the
genus Characium, it is of interest to note what Reinsch ? has described
for the reproduction of Dactylococcus De Baryanus, the species which
he found here in the vicinity of Boston. He describes as the earliest
stage of development a slow-moving, green amoeboid cell of about
25 u diameter, with red stigma. When these cells are elongated
they have at the anterior hyaline end a single vibratile flagellum
terminated by a bead-like thickening. After a short time these cells
lose their power of movement, attach themselves to the surface of the

1Oltmanns, Dr. Fr., Morphologie und Biologie der Algen, Jena, 1904, Bd. 1, p. 175,
quoting.

? Reinhardt, L., Entwickelungsgeschichte der Characien, Protok. d. Sekt.-Sitz.,
d. 5. Vers. Russ. Naturf. u. Arzte in Warschau, 1876. Jahresber. 4, p. 50.

3 Reinsch, P. F., Contributiones ad Algologeam et Fungologeam, p. 78, pl. 11.

4 In referring to the crustaceans found in the water mains of the city of Boston,
Reinsch says, "Am 20 Juni waren die meisten untersuchten Thierchen (Cyclops
bicaudatus und einer Lepidurus-species, von der deutschen verschieden) mit Parasiten
besetzt." Inasmuch as Lepidurus is not known to occur east of the Great Plains,
it is impossible to say what crustacean is referred to here,

5 Reinsch, P. F., Beobachtungen über entophyte und entozoische Pflanzenparasiten,
Botanische Zeitung, 1879, p. 38, pl. 1, figs, 21-24.

1909] Lambert,— Two new Species of Characium 78

crustacean, and quickly develop into the adult Dactylococcus, the
protoplast of which finally becomes divided into three or more daughter
cells. The subsequent history of these daughter cells was not ob-
served. Whether these features which have been described for
Dactylococcus De Baryanus offer any solution for the gaps which at
present I am unable to bridge in the life history of Characium gracilipes
and Characium cylindricum, cannot be told until further observations
'an be made on living material of the two species of Characium and,
if possible, on Dactylococcus De Baryanus itself.

Characium gracilipes and Characium cylindricum are hosts of а
fungus, two stages of which are figured. Fig. 3 (pl. 79) shows an
early stage; a late stage is represented in fig. 2 (pl. 79). The fungi
occur attached to any part of either species, except the rhizoids and
the distal region of the terminal hair in Characium gracilipes, and the
region of attachment in Characium cylindricum. Presence of the
fungus usually produces considerable modification in the shape of
the Characium. In the earlier stages of the development of the fungus,
the protoplast of the host shows a slight disturbance which increases
as the development of the fungus advances. Ву the time the fungus
has reached maturity, the protoplast of the host has usually quite
disappeared, fig. 2 (pl. 79). This fungus will be the subject of a later
paper.

'Turrs COLLEGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 79.
All figures X 600.
Fig. l. | Characium cylindricum, cell containing 8 spores; e, spore escaping

from lateral aperture; n, nucleus of spore; p, hyaline papilla at
anterior end of spore.

Fig. 2. Characium cylindricum, empty cell with mature fungus sporangium
(s) attached near distal end.
Fig. 3. | Characium gracilipes, unicellular stage, with fungus cell (f) at-'

tached on side opposite the pyrenoid.

Fig. 4. Characium gracilipes, unicellular stage, a typical specimen; ру,
pyrenoid on convex side of cell; r, rhizoids.

Fig. 5. Characium gracilipes, 8 cells, distal and basal cells divided trans-
versely; middle cells divided longitudinally.

Fig. 6. Слагасіит gracilipes, 16 cells dividing to 32 cells by transverse

- division; all pyrenoids on convex side of cells; а typical con-

dition.

Fig. 7. | Characium cylindricum, cell containing 32 spores which are ap-
parently motile.

74 Rhodora [APRIL

Fig. S. Characium cylindricum, cell developed into sporangium containing
many small spores.

Fig. 9. Characium gracilipes, distal (x) and basal (z) ends of cell containing
64 spores; distal and basal cells divided transversely; other cells
divided longitudinally.

Figs. 10, 11, 12 and 13. Characium cylindricum, unicellular stage; n, nucleus;
ol, oil globules; two parietal chromatophores.

Fig. 14. Characium gracilipes, base of stipe, 2 rhizoids оп one side.

Fig. 15. Characium gracilipes, base of stipe, two rhizoids, one of which is
hooked.

Fig. 16. Characium gracilipes, base of stipe, two rhizoids dependent like
pitch-fork.

Fig. 17. Characium gracilipes, base of stipe, 2 rhizoids, both hooked.

Fig. 18. Characium gracilipes, 2 rhizoids with numerous short branches.

Fig. 19. Characium gracilipes, 3 rhizoids, an unusual type.

Fig. 20. Characium gracilipes, 2 rhizoids, one shorter than the other.

Fig. 21. Characium gracilipes, 2 rhizoids with slight roughenings.

Fig. 22. Characium gracilipes, 2 rhizoids, the longest observed.

Fig. 283. Characium cylindricum, perforated distal end of cell containing
spores; h, aperture.

Fig. 24. Characium cylindricum, cell containing 8 protoplasts, a typical
specimen; n, nucleus.

Fig. 25. Characium cylindricum, a, base of cell attached to under side of
main shaft of hair; c, base of cell attached to upper surface of main
shaft of hair; b, base of cell attached to three of the smaller hairs.

BanroN1A.— In hearty sympathy with every effort to give scholarly
record to local floras we welcome the appearance of another American
periodical, devoted as it appears chiefly to questions of taxonomy and
plant-distribution. ‘The new Bartonia, happily named and like most
other Bartonias an annual, is edited by Mr. Stewardson Brown, who
with Messrs. Joseph Crawford and Witmer Stone forms the Publi-
cation Committee of the Philadelphia Botanical Club. Its aims are
to record in abstract the proceedings of the club and print short articles
relating to the flora of the region about Philadelphia. The issue at
hand is an admirably printed and completely indexed imperial octavo
of 32 pages. In addition to introductory matter, the proceedings,
history, and membership-list of the club, it contains the following
articles: Botanica! Trips to Northampton Co., Pa., by S. S. Van Pelt;
Some Sand Dune Plants from Longport, N. J., by Joseph Crawford;
and The Coastal Strip of New Jersey and the Rediscovery of Lilaeop-
sis, by Witmer Stone. Bartonia, dealing as it does with a flora closely
related to that of our southwestern limits, will assuredly prove sugges-
tive and interesting to botanists of New England.— B. L. R. е

1909] Flora of the Boston District,-— IV 15

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,— IV.

THE Local Flora Committee of the New England Botanical Club
wishes to thank the botanists who have aided this work by contribut-
ing card-records covering their herbaria. ‘The reports in regard to
species included here have been considerably more numerous than
those previously furnished, and it is hoped that the interest will con-
tinue.

No plant is included in this list unless it is known to be represented
by at least one extant specimen. It has seemed best, however, to
supplement such records, where they are few, by references drawn
from the three principal local floras which cover parts of the region.
There are also numerous citations from Baldwin’s Orchids of New
‘ngland, which are interesting and have therefore been included.
These printed records are in each case given after the records of actual
specimens reported to the Committee.

AMARYLLIDACEAE.
HYPOXIS.

H. hirsuta (L.) Coville. Open woods and fields, in dry and moist
solls; common.

IRIDACEAE.
IRIS.

I. prismatica Pursh. Wet meadows and fresh-water marshes, also
edges of salt marshes. Near the coast for the most part, but following
up the Merrimac and its tributaries to Wilmington, Chelmsford,
Billerica, Bedford, and Concord.

I. rsEUDACORUS L. Formerly established on Concord River,
Concord (Miss Hayward, June 16, 1884. Specimen in herb. W.
Deane); growing spontaneously in Lexington (Mrs. P. D. Richards,
no date).

I. versicolor L. Wet meadows and swamps; common throughout.

76 Rhodora [APRIL

SISYRINCHIUM.!

S. angustifolium Mill. Fields and meadows, apparently less
frequent than the next species; 12 stations reported, running as far
south as Milton and Hingham.

S. atlanticum Bicknell. Wet meadows and grassy woodland,
common throughout.

8. gramineum Curtis. Charles River meadows in sphagnum, Ded-
ham (H. H. Bartlett, July 4, 1907); dry scrub land, Franklin (E. F.
Williams, June 17, 1897); Medford (R. Frohock, July 1, 1880); grav-
elly shore of West Pickerel Pond, Middlesex Fells (Charles Eliot,
July 21, 1895); just above tide limit, river bank, Newburyport (M. L.
Fernald, October 2, 1902); among bushes in pasture, Scituate (G. G.
Kennedy, July 3, 1899).

ORCHIDACEAE.
ARETHUSA.

A. bulbosa L. Grassy and sedgy swamps and bogs, generally
distributed throughout.

CALOPOGON.

C. pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br. Wet meadows, and grassy and sedgy

swamps and bogs, generally distributed throughout.
CORALLORRHIZA.

C. maculata Raf. Saprophytic in woods, frequent northward,
apparently rare in southern portion; the form with pale, unspotted
lip, Milton (G. G. Kennedy, Aug. 4, 1894).

C. odontorhiza Nutt. Saprophytic in rich woods. Waltham (Æ.
H. Hitchings, Sept. 10, 1889. Specimen in herb. N. E. Bot. Club);
"six plants were found near Overbrook Hill [Stony Brook Reservation]
in 1878" (according to Deane, Fl. Metrop. Park Comm. 77. 1896);
"'Rare. Rather plentiful on the east side of the Edwards’ Swamp’
(Tracy).” (according to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 109. 1880); Roxbury
(according to Baldwin, Orchids of N. E. 143. 1884).

1 The species of this genus have been studied so little since their segregation that
there is need of much more collecting and careful determination,

1909] Flora of the Boston District,— IV 77

C. trifida Chatelain. Saprophytic in damp woods and swamps;
occasional northward, also in Purgatory Swamp, Norwood, and Cedar
Swamp, Walpole.

CYPRIPEDIUM.

C. acaule Ait. Dry woods, especially pine, sometimes in swampy
woods; common. White-flowered form occasional.

C. hirsutum Mill. Cold swamps, Amesbury (J. W. Huntington &
R. Dodge, 1906); Wenham (J. H. Sears, 1877 and 1885); Andover
(J. T. Dawson, according to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 109. 1880);
Reading (Miss Clymena Wakefield, according to Dame & Collins,
Fl. Middlesex Со. 105. 1888); Danvers and Wilmington (according
to Baldwin, Orchids of N. E. 144. 1884).

C. parviflorum Salisb. Deep woods. Acton (J. R. Churchill,
May 20, 1880; W. Deane, June 27, 1885); Danvers, Wenham, and
Swampscott (J. H. Sears, 1877 and 1885); Groton (Miss H. E.
Haynes, according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 104. 1888);
Westford, Methuen, West Haverhill, and Canton (according to Bald-
win, Orchids of N. E. 144. 1884).

C. parviflorum Salisb., var. pubescens (Willd.) Knight. Woods
and swamps. Ashland (Miss E. F. Wiggins, May, 1884); West Box-
ford (Mrs. H. D. W., no date. Specimen in herb. N. E. Bot. Club);
Dedham (E. H. Hitchings, June 6, 1879. Specimen in Gray Herb.);
Holbrook (E. F. Williams et al., May 30, 1902); Norwood (А. W.
Cheever, June 4, 1904; J. A. Cushman, May 20, 1908); Stowe (J. R.
Churchill & W. Deane, May 30, 1886); Lexington (according to
Baldwin, Orchids of N. E. 144. 1884).

EPIPACTIS.

E. pubescens (Willd.) A. A. Eaton. Dryish woods, generally
distributed throughout.

E. tesselata (Lodd.) A. A. Eaton. Rich woods, occasional in
northern sections; occurring also at Dedham, North Easton, Norwood,

and Walpole.
HABENARIA.

H. blephariglottis (Willd.) Torr. Wet open woods and bogs, occa-
sional throughout.

78 Rhodora [APRIL

H. ciliaris (L.) R. Br. Bogs and meadows. Dedham (E. & C. E.
Faxon, Aug. 9, 1888; E. H. Hitchings, Aug., 1889; G. С. Kennedy,
Aug. 5, 1894); Lexington (W. Boott, 1862); Sharon (E. H. Hitchings,
July, 1871).

Н. clavellata (Michx.) Spreng. Wet woods and swamps, occa-
sional throughout.

H. fimbriata (Ait.) R. Br. Wet woods and grassy swamps, occa-
sional. |

Н. flava (L.) Gray. Wet fields and woods, generally rare, but
locally abundant.

Н. Hookeri Torr. Dry or rich woods. Big Hill, Acton (J. R.
Churchill & W. Deane, June 27, 1885); Georgetown (Mrs. C. N. S.
Horner, no date); Middleton (J. H. Sears, no date); Bear Hill,
Stoneham (Mrs. P. D. Richards, June 17, 1881); Hopkinton (C. W.
Swan, according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 103. 1888);
Blue Hill (according to Deane, Fl. Metrop. Park Comm. 79. 1896);
West Boxford and Groveland (according to Baldwin, Orchids of N. E.
137. 1884).

H. lacera (Michx.) К. Br. Wet fields, meadows, and bogs, common.

H. orbiculata (Pursh) Torr. Rich woods northward, rare.

Н. psycodes (L.) Sw. Wet meadows and swamps, common but not
abundant.

LIPARIS.

L. liliifolia (L.) Richard. Wet woods, rare.
L. Loeselii (L.) Richard. Wet fields, rare.

LISTERA.

L. cordata (L.) R. Br. Deep mossy woods and bogs. — *'Not rare,
Magnolia, Gloucester” (C. J. Sprague & J. H. Sears, 1880 and 1884);
Purgatory Swamp, Norwood (А. W. Cheever, June 4, 1903); Great
Swamp, Walpole (J. R. Churchill, May 30, 1887); West Boxford and
Hamilton (according to Baldwin, Orchids of N. E. 140. 1884).

MICROSTYLIS.
M. unifolia (Michx.) B S P. Wet fields, bogs, and open woods,

very rare. It has been found at various stations scattered over the
area.

1909] Flora of the Boston District, — IV 79

ORCHIS.

О. spectabilis L. Rich woods and swamps, very rare. Oak Island,
Revere (E. H. Hitchings, 1874; A. W. Cheever, May 21, 1904);
“Cambridge (T. W. Harris in Hovey's Mag., VI., 245). Concord,
introduced from Vermont by Minot Pratt. May. Very rare."
(according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 102. 1888); Han-
over (according to Baldwin, Orchids of N. E. 136. 1884).

POGONIA.

P. ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. Wet meadows and bogs, common
throughout.

P. verticillata (Willd.) Nutt. Rich moist woods. Lowell (Miss К.
Hill, no date); Lynnfield (E. Н. Hitchings, 1890); Purgatory
Swamp, Norwood (E. H. Hitchings, May 30, 1878. Specimen in
Gray Herb.); Milton and Quincy (collected by many botanists for
many years); printed records from nine other widely scattered stations,
mostly north of Boston.

SPIRANTHES.

S. Beckii Lindl. Dry soil. Holbrook (4. Clark, Sept. 12, 1900);
Short St., Easton (4. A. Eaton, Sept. 2-12, 1903); North Easton
near the Sharon line (O. Ames, Aug. 25, 1906). Material from all
these gatherings now in herb. Oakes Ames. See Ames, Orchidaceae,
fasc. i. 125. 1905.

S. cernua (L.) Richard. Wet fields and meadows, common through-
out.

S. cernua (L.) Richard, var. ochroleuca (Rydb.) Ames. In dryer
soil than the typical form of the species, and apparently as gener-
ally distributed.

S. gracilis (Bigel.) Beck. Dry fields and pastures, rather common.

x S. intermedia Ames. Dry fields, Easton (A. A. Eaton, Sept. 8,
10, 1903. Specimens in herb. О. Ames. See Ames, RHODORA, v.
261—263. 1903 and Ames, Orchidaceae, fasc. 1. 153. 1905).

S. lucida (H. H. Eaton) Ames. Martin's Pond, North Reading
(collector unknown, Aug. 8, 1882. Specimen in herb. N. E. Bot.
Club, ex herb. W. H. Manning). See Ames, l. c. 144; Lynnfield and
Newton (according to Baldwin, Orchids of N. E. 139. 1884).

80 Hhodora [APRIL

S. vernalis Engelm. & Gray. Sandy roadside, Canton Road,
Randolph (J. R. Churchill, Sept. 5, 1898. “So far as I know from
authentic report your specimen. . . .is the most northerly as yet known.”
In litt. to J. R. Churchill, May 3, 1905, by Oakes Ames who exam-
ined the specimen); “іп dry fields," Easton (O. Ames, A. A. Eaton,
& R. G. Leavitt, Sept., 1904. Specimens in herb. O. Ames. See
Ames, 1. c. 134); Baldwin, in Orchids of N. E. 140. 1884, reports
from Hanover 8. graminea, var. Walteri, which may be this species.

C. H. KNOWLTON
J. А. CUSHMAN Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.
A. К. Harrison

NOLINA IN THE SOUTH ATLANTIC STATES.
HARLEY Harris BARTLETT.

Nolina georgiana, the type species of the genus, was described in
Michaux's Flora Boreali-Americana. The characterization is so
concise and clear that, although the locality is given no more exactly
than “Georgia,” there can be no doubt as to the proper interpretation
of the species. Nuttall knew it in the field, and said that it was
“abundant towards Augusta, in Georgia.” His description, agreeing
perfectly with the common Nolina of the fall line sand-hills, is merely
condensed from that of Michaux. Elliott extended the range into
South Carolina.

Poiret’s Phalangium virgatum, collected by Fraser in Carolina,
subsequent authors have agreed in referring to Nolina georgiana, —
a disposition which would seem extremely probable on geographic
grounds, and which, moreover, is not controverted by any evidence
in the original description.

As early as 1852 a plant was collected in East Florida, which
Chapman and other botanists identified as Nolina georgiana and sent
to their correspondents under that name. Although it turned up not
infrequently, current manuals, down to the time that Small’s Flora

1909] Bartlett,— Nolina in the southern Atlantic States 81

was published, continued to repeat a traditional range, about as
follows; — “Dry sand-hills in the middle districts of Georgia and
South Carolina." It may be that Chapman doubted the identity
of the Florida plant with Nolina georgiana. Watson, however, and
then Small, included it with that species and extended the range to
include Florida.

The rarity in herbaria of true Nolina georgiana may account for
the very distinct species of Florida ever having been confused with it.
My attention was called to the differences between the two when I
attempted to determine, by direct comparison, a Nolina from the fall
line sand-hills of McDuffie County, Georgia. Except for a few fruits
from Columbus, Ga., collected by Boykin, all the specimens labeled
Nolina georgiana in the Gray Herbarium were the Florida species,
which was altogether unlike the McDuffie County specimen. This
conclusion was confirmed by examining additional material from the
National Herbarium, for the use of which I wish to thank Dr. Rose.

Mr. Nash based his Nolina Brittoniana upon Florida material.
A cotype in the Gray Herbarium shows that its affinity is with А
georgiana rather than with the undescribed species. From both it
may be clearly distinguished by several good characters.

Fruit not markedly asymmetric, sharply triangular in cross section. Регісагр

inflated.
Fruit cordate at both base and apex. Inflorescence closely, branched.
Leaves broad . . ‚М. Brittoniana.
Fruit obtuse at base and apex. Inflorescence distantly branched. Leaves
narrow. ЯУ georgiana.

Fruit asymmetrie, obtusely 3-lobed in cross section. Peric: wp closely in-
vesting the seed of fertile carpels, scarcely inflated in the sterile ones.
N. atopocarpa.

Nolina atopocarpa sp. nov. Rhizoma breve erectum, radicibus
fibrosis numerosis. Caudex perbrevis vaginis defoliatis obtectus.
Folia radicalia numerosa usque ad 1 m. longa, 3-4 mm. lata, glabra,
margine scabra. Scapus saepe quam 1 m. altior, bracteis foliaceis
deorsum paucis usque ad 7 cm. longis, sursum minutis setaceis praedi-
tus, remote ramosus vel simplex. Pedicelli articulati, vel singuli vel
bini vel trini fasciculati, bracteati, juventate inaequales ascendentes,
aetate deflexi. Perianthium patens ca. 5 mm. diametro. Fructus
ca. 6 mm. longus obovoideus, carpellorum abortu sterilium asymme-
trus, leviter 3-carinatus, apice vix emarginatus vel rotundatus, basi
angustatus perbreviter stipitatus, circumscriptione solum leviter
trilobus пес triangulus. Pericarpium seminibus 1-2 levigatis appres-
sum, nec inflatum.— Type specimen, Curtiss 5702, in Hb. Gray.

82 Rhodora [APRIL

Specimens examined:

Nolina Brittoniana: — Fiorma: Vicinity of Eustis, Lake Co.,
Nash 459. |

Nolina georgiana: — GEORGIA: Columbus, Boykin; Big Lott's
Creek, Bulloch Co., Harper 965; Thomson, McDuffie Co., Bartlett
1174.

Nolina atopocarpa: — Fronipa: “East Florida," Palmer 566; St.
Augustine, Apr. 1858, Canby; ‘Tocoi and St. Augustine, June, 1876,
Garber; 1872, C. F. Powell; Eau Gallie, Indian River, Curtiss 2937
and 5702.

Nolina Brittoniana sets fruit about the end of May. Its near ally,
Nolina georgiana, growing further north, is a month later. Nolina
atopocarpa, growing in the same latitude as N. Brittoniana, does not
set fruit until July.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

SOME RARE PLANTS FROM THE VICINITY OF
WELLESLEY, MASSACHUSETTS.

К. M. WIEGAND.

Dunixa the past summer the writer, with an assistant, was engaged
in collecting and cataloging the Spermatophyta in the vicinity of
Wellesley College for the college herbarium. Some three thousand
sheets of plants were collected, and in this material when it came to
be worked over were found a number of rare plants a few of which
seemed to extend known ranges, while others were of comparatively
rare occurrence in Eastern Massachusetts. It seemed best to record
these stations in the following list:—

Scheuchzeria palustris L. Mud Pond, Natick; Westboro Swamp.

Sagittaria subulata (L) Buch., var. gracillima (Wats.) J. G. Smith.
Waban Brook, Wellesley; Raceway at dam, Newton Lower Falls.

Panicum meridionale Ashe. Wellesley Campus, near barn. ‘The
writer has also found it on the Ipswich Sand Dunes. Not reported
in the new Gray’s Manual north of Connecticut.

1909] Wiegand,— Rare Plants from the Vicinity of Wellesley 83

Sphenopholis nitida (Spreng.) Scribn. Morse's Pond, Wellesley.
An eastward extension of the range given in Gray's Manual.

Glyceria pallida (Torr.) Trin., var. Fernaldi Hitch. Dover;
Westboro; Charles River near Wellesley and Needham. A south-
ward extension of the range given in Gray's Manual.

Bromus inermis Leys. Field, Nehoiden St., Needham. Not
reported in Gray’s Manual from America, but introduced at Ithaca,
N. Y. and probably elsewhere.

Cyperus filiculmis Vahl (typical). Wellesley Campus, near barn.

Eleocharis interstincta (Vahl) R. & S. Lake Waban, Wellesley.

Eleocharis quadrangulata (Michx.) R. & S. Lake Waban. Appar-
ently not reported elsewhere north of Connecticut.

Eleocharis Engelmanni Steud. (typical). Pond, Mill St., Westwood;
and Wayland Reservoir.

Carex hormathodes Fernald, var. Richii Fernald. Purgatory Swamp
at Dedham Center Station.

Carex seorsa Howe. Needham Swamp, in shade.

Carex trisperma Dewey, var. Dillingsii Knight. Moor of Mud
Pond, Natick.

Microstylis unifolia (Michx.) BSP. Woods around Westboro
Swamp.

Coronopus didymus (L.) Smith. Introduced in flower bed on Welles-
ley Campus.

Linum striatum Walt. Old railroad track under Elm St., Dedham.

Lechea Leggettii Brit. & Hollick. Border of Purgatory Swamp,
Dedham. Apparently not before reported north of Nantucket.

Rotala ramosior (L.) Koehne. Pond across the railroad from the
new college dormitories, Wellesley.

Apocynum medium Greene. Roadside near Waushacum Pond, So.
Framingham; Speen St., Natick.

Cuscuta compacta Juss. Morse's Pond, Wellesley. Until recently
not known in New England, but lately reported elsewhere in Eastern
Massachusetts.

Stachys ambigua (Gray) Britton. Canal St. Medfield; Heard's
Pond, Wayland; Great Plains Ave., Needham. Not previously
reported north of Pennsylvania, but apparently not rare in this region.

Plantago media L. Found by New England Botanical Club party
on the aqueduct near the tunnel north of Framingham; occurs also
on a lawn in Wellesley.

84 Rhodora | [APRIL

Galinsoga parviflora Cav. Garden in Wellesley.
Hieracium marianum Willd. Near a saw mill west of So. Natick

Probably native.
WELLESLEY COLLEGE. |

NOTE ON THE REPORT ОЕ SCIRPUS NANUS FROM VERMONT.— In
the Preliminary List of New England Cyperaceae! published in August
last I included Scirpus nanus Spreng. as reported from Vermont,
although I had not seen specimens. ‘The basis of this report was the
earlier record of the plant as collected "near Willoughby Lake,
Walter Deane," published in the Flora of Vermont ? (under Eleocharis
pygmaea), and later accepted by Dr. Kennedy in his Flora of Wil-
loughby.* At the time I was preparing the Preliminary List of New
England Cyperaceae Mr. Deane was absent from Cambridge and it
was impossible for me to consult his specimens; consequently the
species was credited to Vermont only on the basis of the published
records. Subsequently I have examined the material with care and
find that the plant upon which these records have been based is not
Scirpus nanus, but a very dwarf form of Eleocharis intermedia Schultes.
The — in the Preliminary List indicating the report of Scirpus nanus
from Vermont should therefore be erased.— M. L. FERNALD.

! RHODORA, X. 135-144 (1908).
? Brainerd, Jones, and Eggleston, Fl. Vt. 23 (1900).
з Kennedy, Кнорока, vi. 107 (1904)

Vol. 11, no. 123, including pages 33 to 64, was issued 6 April, 1909.

9

Plate T

Rhodora

F. D. Lambert ad nat. del.

NEW SPECIES OF CHARACIUM.

Gray's New Manual of Botany — 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian, By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
versity. Thoroughly revised and largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
SON, Ph.D., Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, S.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist's Edition. Limp leather, 5 х7; inches. Price, $3.00.
MERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the
revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.
AMERICAN BOOH COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue:

F. П. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
eral home life of 327 species of birds. As a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. gr.

STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT.
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \

WILLIAM PENN RICH | M |
> Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. 11. May, 1909. Мо. 125.
CONTENTS:

Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland. £. H. Eames А 85

Some Lichens from Gaspe Peninsula. L. W. Riddle . А 100

Nomenclatorial Changes іп Corallorrhiza. Oakes Ames А 102

Corylus rostrata and C. americana. К. М. Wiegand . . 107

Viola Brittoniana at Concord, Mass. William Brewster 1 107

Lathyrus palustris, var. pilosus in Massachusetts.
K. M. Wiegand 108

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T.
1052 Exchange Building. || Preston and Rounds Со,

,

FRHODORA.-—^A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 3oo Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles т and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY, Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
RouNDps Co., Providence, R. I.

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. SUKSDORF - -` Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. ^ Poeket size. Invaluable for
collectors! memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray HeErsarrum, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 ets. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. May, 1909. No. 125.

NOTES UPON THE FLORA OF NEWFOUNDLAND.
Epwin H. EAMES.

IN quest of recreation in a region of interesting botanical possi-
bilities Dr. Charles C. Godfrey and the writer journeyed to western
Newfoundland in mid-July 1908. A study of pertinent literature
proved the country little known except near the coast, larger streams
and along the railway.

Few botanists have given any attention to the west coast, as it has
until recently been comparatively inaccessible. In that region nearly
all available information has been through the efforts of Rev. A. C.
Waghorne, sometime resident at Birchy Cove, who, in pursuit of his
missionary work, made many excursions to the outer coast and north-
ward. As much of the material thereby accumulated still remains
unworked in the light of present day knowledge it is not surprising
that we are able to add to the known flora of the island upwards of
fifty species and varieties of the higher plants, in part gathered within
an area more or less familiar to our predecessor.

Our itinerary was as follows: — July 20-25, Aug. 9-10, about
Humber Arm, Bay of Islands, in the vicinity of Birchy Cove; July
27-31, Aug. 7-8, shores, islands and lower mountain slopes about
York Harbor, Bay of Islands; July 31-Aug. 6, summits and higher
slopes of Blow-me-down Mts. immediately south of Bay of Islands
(highest recorded altitude about 680 m.); Aug. 11-14, head of Bay
St. George; Aug. 15, a forenoon at Port aux Basques.

In these areas the rocks and soils are mainly potassic in their essen-
tial influence upon plant-life, with occasional more or less calcareous
composition or admixture, rarely an impure limestone. As similar
conditions appear to prevail elsewhere our observations bear directly

86 Rhodora [May

upon the general flora. It should be remarked that a great area of
serpentine forms the eastern part of Blow-me-down Mts. and some
others visible to the north, but lack of time prevented their exploration.

Of some 600 numbers collected, representing about 400 species
and varieties, it seems advisable to notice about half as possessing more
or less real interest for other gleaners in the same or related fields.
The flora is of much interest and, most decidedly, is worthy of long-
continued field study.

For valued assistance in the determination of some otherwise
doubtful species, and for other information, it is a pleasure to ac-
knowledge the kindness of Prof. M. L. Fernald who was already
familiar with the allied flora of the Gaspé coast and mountains.

PHEGOPTERIS POLYPODIOIDES Fée. Common in several places
about Bay of Islands, Humber Arm and Bay St. George.

P. Dryopreris (L.) Fée. Occasional in the same general area.

ASPLENIUM FiLiX-FOEMINA (L.) Bernh. Frequent or locally
common nearly or quite to treeline.

PotysticHuM Brauni (Spenner) Fée. Rather rare or local about
Bay of Islands and Humber Arm. At one station it occurred in two
extreme forms, as regards the sori, with little tendency to intergrade:
опе with unusually large sori and indusia, the former becoming con-
fluent at maturity; the other with the same organs comparatively
minute but apparently of about the same number. There seem to be
no correlative characters upon which to separate these forms.

AspipiuM FILIX-Mas (L.) Sw. Border of wet woods near Birchy
Cove, at about 65 m. alt., with the preceding species, Onoclea Struthi-
opleris and other ferns.

CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. Up to treeline in the mountains.
Common at low altitudes. A form closely simulating Woodsia obtusa
near sea-level along Humber Arm.

OwNocLEA STRUTHIOPTERIS (L.) Hoffm. Rare. See note on
Aspidium. No indications of fruiting fronds on Aug. 10 although the
colony in this strangely conjoint habitat is vigorous.

SCHIZAEA PUSILLA Pursh. Sphagnous marsh near the railway,
Bay St. George, at about 10 m. alt. The plants were somewhat
smaller than is usual in similar situations in New Jersey and as is
sometimes the case there they were more or less associated with Aster
nemoralis. As perhaps particularly indicating the situation may be
named Xyris montana, Juncus stygius, var. americanus and Bartonia

1909] Eames,— Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland 87

iodandra, any of which may sometime lead to other “finds” of this fern.
The island abounds in situations of the same character, this tract alone
covering many square miles. Of other stations in Newfoundland that
of Waghorne was “In bogs, borders of ponds, the quarry N. W. of the
railway. ...about 70 miles from the Bay of Islands" ! therefore about
125 miles from our station. ‘The station of La Pylaie probably was
on the French Islands.

OsMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L. Occasional. Occurs almost to tree-
line in the mountains. Fertile fronds more or less sterile at the tip
and sterile fronds with more or less incised inner pinnules were col-
lected at York Harbor and at 400 m. alt. in the mountains.

EquisETUM sYLvATICUM L. A colony of lusty plants with black
stems, at sea-level near Birchy Cove.

E. FLUVIATILE L., forma L1MosuM (L.) Clute was abundant in
shallow ponds at about 450 m. alt.

Lycorpopium бЕгАСО L. and var. ApPRESSUM Desv. Near sea-
level at York Harbor; frequent in the mountains.

L. ANNOoTINUM L., var. PUNGENS Desv. Occasional and well-
marked about mountain summits.

L. OBSCURUM L., var. DENDROIDEUM (Michx.) D. C. Eaton. York
Harbor, on slope at 60 m. alt.

L. srrcHENSE Rupr. Occasional in moist grassy or shaded places
above treeliné to the highest summit.

SELAGINELLA SELAGINOIDES (L.) Link. Моге or less common in
moist sphagnum and on wet rocks, especially in hilly districts and in
the mountains.

IsoErEs — probably I. echinospora Dur., var. Braunit (Dur.)
Engelm. А few plants in a small pond at 450 m. alt.

Taxus CANADENSIS Marsh. Occurs almost to treeline in the
mountains.

Pinus SrRoBUs L. This, the most valuable evergreen, has been
almost exterminated in the region traversed, where the fir, white and
black spruce are still abundant but seldom large enough to be of much
value.

JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS L., var. MONTANA Ait. Not uncommon on
exposed rocky slopes up to the highest mountain summit.

J. HORIZONTALIS Moench. Frequent in various moist to dry ex-
posed situations at all altitudes.

1See Bull, Torr. Cl. xxiii, 354.

88 Rhodora [May

SPARGANIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. Sea-level, Bay St. George
and mountain ponds at 450 m. alt.

5. SIMPLEX Huds. Definitely noted at sea-level, Bay St. George,
but in Newfoundland it appears to intergrade with the last.

S. HYPERBOREUM Laestad. Plentiful in shallow water and on
muddy shores of several ponds in the mountains at about 450 m. alt.
Also near sea-level, Bay St. George.

POTAMOGETON BUPLEUROIDES Fernald. Pool slightly above tide-
water, Bay St. George.

P. pectinatus L. Abundant in a cove, head of Bay St. George.

ALOPECURUS GENICULATUS L. Occasional near sea-level, through-
out.

ORYZOPSIS ASPERIFOLIA Michx. Rocky slope, Bay of Islands.

AGROSTIS ALBA L., var. MARITIMA (Lam.) Meyer. Brackish
meadows and sandy soils, Bay St. George.

AGROSTIS BOREALIS Hartm. Near sea-level to bleak mountain
summits, where it is dwarfed. It appears to connect with forms
referred to A. hiemalis (Walt.) B S P. but this is a question for
further study.

AGROSTIS BOREALIS Hartm., var. macrantha, n. v., spiculis abnor-
maliter elongatis; lemmatibus glumas valde superantibus 4-6 (-8)
mm. longis; arista supra mediam partem varie saepissime apicem
versus affixa interdum brevi obsoletave.— Spikelets abnormally elon-
gated; lemmas much exceeding the glumes, 4-6, rarely 8, mm. long;
awn variously inserted above the middle, usually near the apex,
sometimes short or obsolete.— Shelves and crevices on dry cliffs at

С

about 175 m. alt, Blow-me-down Mts. 27 July, 1908: Eames &
Godfrey. |

CarAMAGROSTIS Pickerincu Gray. At all altitudes throughout
especially above treeline. Local.

C. CANADENSIS (Michx.) Beauv. Occasional at all altitudes.

C. CANADENSIS (Michx.) Beauv., var ACUMINATA Vasey. With the
species and elsewhere in the mountains, but usually not well marked.

C. HYPERBOREA Lange. Rare on the higher mountain slopes and
summits.

AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link. In sand on and near the beach,
Bay St. George.

Horcus LaNATUS L. Meadows, Birchy Cove.

DEscHAMPsIA FLEXUOSA (L.) Trin. Dry soil at all altitudes, but
rather local.

1909] Eames,— Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland 89

DANTHONIA SPICATA (L.) Beauv. Occasional at all altitudes.

SPARTINA MicHauxtaNna Hitche. Tidal shore, Governor's Island,
Bay of Islands.

S. GLABRA Muhl., var. ALTERNIFLORA (Loisel.) Merr. ‘Tidal shore,
head of Bay St. George.

Cynosurus CRISTATUS L. Moist roadside, Birchy Cove.

Poa АТРІҸА L. Occasional. Near sea-level, Bay of Islands,
some plants were 5 dm. tall with proportionately large panicles.

Poa TRIVIALIS L. Birchy Cove.

GLYCERIA GRANDIS Wats. Plentiful in a hillside meadow at Birchy
Cove.

С. BOREALIS (Nash) Batchelder. Bay St. George.

FESTUCA RUBRA L., var. SUBVILLOSA Mert. & Koch. Meadows,
Bay of Islands. Local.

Festuca RUBRA L., var. SUBVILLOSA Mert. & Koch, forma vivipara,
n. f., pubescentia ut apud varietatem sed lemmatibus elongatis folia-
Pubescence as in the variety, the lemmas elongated and

ceisque.
leaflike.— Meadow near sea-level on Governor's Island, Bay of
Islands, 8 Aug., 1908: Eames & Godfrey, and about slides and cliffs
up to the highest mountain summit.— Exactly parallel with var. pro-
lifera Piper, which was not seen although the species occurs through-
out.

SCIRPUS NANUS Spreng. Brackish marshes, Bay St. George.

S. HUDSONIANUS (Michx.) Fernald. Bay of Islands and in the
mountains. Occasional at all altitudes.

S. SUBTERMINALIS Torr. Pond near sea-level, Bay St. George.

S. rurus (Huds.) Schrad. Abundant in brackish marshes, Bay
St. George. Also on sandy shores of a fresh-water pond near sea-level,
in the same locality.

S. occIDENTALIS (Wats.) Chase. Governor's Island, Bay of Islands.

S. RUBROTINCTUS Fernald. Вау of Islands and Humber Arm.

S. ATROCINCTUS Fernald. Вау of Islands.

S. ATROCINCTUS Fernald, var. BRACHYPODUS Fern. Bay of Islands.

ERIOPHORUM CALLITRIX Cham. From sea-level to 500 m. in the
mountains.

E. CALLITRIX Cham., var. ERUBESCENS Fernald. More or less
common at all altitudes, throughout.

E. TENELLUM Nutt. Occasional at low altitudes.

E. ANGvsTIFOLIUM Roth. From sea-level to mountain meadows
above treeline.

90 | Rhodora [May

E. ANGUSTIFOLIUM Roth., var. MAJUS Schult. Near sea-level, Bay
of Islands.

E. virainicum L. Frequent. In the mountains to 500 m. altitude.

Ryncnospora ALBA (L.) Vahl. Throughout, especially at low
altitudes.

CAREX HORMATHODES Fernald, var. iNvisA. (W. Boott) Fernald.
Bay St. George.
. LEPORINA L. Meadow, Birchy Cove.
. EXILIS Dewey. Gravelly shore of a pond at about 450 m. alt.
. BRUNNESCENS Poir. Up to 375 and 425 m. alt.
. TRISPERMA Dewey. Mountain woods at 375 m. alt.
. SALINA Wahl., var. cusprpaTa Wahl. Вау St. George.
. RIGIDA Good. Rare on mountain summits.
. RIGIDA Good., var. BiakLovir (Torr.) Tuck. Frequent in the
mountains.
. LENTICULARIS Michx. Bank of woodland stream at 375 m. alt.
. AUREA Nutt. Springy bank at sea-level, Bay of Islands.
. PAUCIFLORA Lightf. Frequent from near sea-level to 550 m. alt.
. LEPTALEA Wahl. Frequent, especially at low altitudes. |
. POLYGAMA Schk. |. Governor's Island, Bay of Islands.
. GRACILLIMA Schwein. Bay of Islands.
. GRACILLIMA Schwein., var. HUMILIS Bailey. Occasional about
Bay of Islands, where it appears to be a well-marked variety.

C. SCIRPOIDEA Michx. Exposed rocky slopes and bare summits,
from 60 m. alt. upward.

C. DEFLEXA Hornem. A few plants on a bleak mountain summit
at 550 m. alt.

C. vaGINATA Tausch. Sparingly on a dry mountain summit at
500 m. alt.

C. PAUPERCULA Michx. Meadows and banks of streams at and
above treeline in the mountains.

C. PAUPERCULA Michx., var. iggGUA. (Wahl.) Fernald. Frequent
in bogs and meadows at all altitudes. А

C. Limosa L. Near sea-level, Bay St. George, and in a mountain
bog at about 450 m. alt.

C. RARIFLORA Smith. Common in a boggy marsh near sea-level,

AAAAAAA

AAAAAAN

Governor's Island, Bay of Islands; occasional in similar places and
about ponds in the mountains, to 450 m. alt.
C. CASTANEA Wahl. Brookside thicket at 425 m. alt.

1909] Eames,— Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland 91

C. AncTATA Boott. Wet border of coniferous woods at 375 m.
altitude.

C. MicHAUXIANA Boeckl. Occasional. In the mountains to 450
m. altitude.

C. saxaTILIS L., var. RHOMALEA Fernald. Wet gravelly shore of
a pond at about 450 m. altitude.

C. saxaTILIS L., var. MILIARIS (Michx.) Bailey. Sphagnous
swamp near Birchy Cove.

ERIOCAULON SEPTANGULARE Withering. Shallow water of pools,
450-500 m. altitude.

Xyris MONTANA Ries. Muddy borders of ponds and pools near
sea-level, Bay St. George.

Juncus BUFONIUS L., var. HALOPHILUS Buch. & Fern. Moist
brackish sand, Bay St. George.

J. nLoxaisTYLIS Torr. Forming a compact colony along a gravelly
tidal shore, Bay of Islands. Not before known from east of Lake
Huron.

J. PELOCARPUS Mey. Вау St. George.

J. ARTICULATUS L. Low altitudes throughout.

J. STYGIUS L., var. AMERICANUS Buchenau. Sphagnous bogs at all
altitudes. Locally plentiful.

LUZULA CAMPESTR S (L.) DC., var. FRIGIDA Buch. At low alti-
tudes throughout.

TOFIELDIA PALUSTRIS Huds. Moist to dry calcareous slides and
ledges, 60-80 m. alt., York Harbor.

T. anvuTINOSA (Michx.) Pers. Frequent in seepy places above
treeline.

CLINTONIA BOREALIS (Ait. Raf. Occasional throughout except
at high altitudes. |

SMILACINA STELLATA (L.) Desf. Moist or dry places near sea-level,
Bay of Islands.

S. TRIFOLIA (L.) Desf. Wet sphagnum at all altitudes.

MAIANTHEMUM CANADENSE Desf. Occasional up to the highest
summit, 680 m. alt.

SrREPTOPUS AMPLEXIFOLIUS (L.) DC. Frequent in woods at all
altitudes.

S. roseus Michx. In similar places and more plentiful.

Iris sETOsA Pall, var. CANADENSIS Foster, forma zonalis, n. f.,
foliis transverse lineatis; lineis albis vel flavido-albis interdum plus

92 Rhodora [Max

minusve rubro-marginatis.— Leaves with transverse white or yel-
lowish white bands; these bands sometimes more or less bordered
with red.—Sea-beach near Bay St. George Hotel and moist sand
in its vicinity, head of Bay St. George, 12 Aug., 1908: Eames &
Godfrey.

SISYRINCHIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Mill. Plentiful on Seal Island,
Bay of Islands. Occasional at low altitudes throughout.

CYPRIPEDIUM ACAULE Ait. Bay St. George.

HABENARIA HYPERBOREA (L.) R. Br. Several places about Bay
of Islands and Humber Arm.

H. niLATATA (Pursh) Gray. Abundant in some meadows at Birchy
Cove. Occasional throughout.

H. crAvELLATA (Michx.) Spreng. Shrubby bog at 125 m. alt. near
Birchy Cove.

Н. oprusata (Pursh) Richards. Frequent or locally common in
mossy woods throughout.

Н. orsicutata (Pursh) Torr. Bay of Islands and Bay St. George.
Apparently rare.

Н. prEPHARIGLOTTIS (Willd.) Torr. Plentiful in a bog at Bay St.
George. Many of the plants are var. holopetala (Lindl. Gray. Lip,
especially of the variety, often less than 6 mm. long.

Н. psycoprs (L.) Sw. Occasional at low altitudes. Usually 2-
3 dm. tall.

PoGONIA OPHIOGLOSSOIDES (L.) Ker. Моге or less frequent in
low bogs throughout.

CALOPOGON PULCHELLUS (Sw.) R. Br. As the last.

ARETHUSA BULBOSA L. As the preceding.

SPIRANTHES ROMANZOFFIANA Cham. Frequent, especially at low
altitudes.

ЕртрАСТІЅ REPENS (L.) Crantz, var. oPHIoIDES (Fern.) A. A. Eaton.
Rare about Bay of Islands but abundant in mossy spruce woods near
Bay St. George Hotel.

LisrERA СОКРАТА (L.) R. Br. Frequent or sometimes common in
mossy woods at all altitudes.

L. CONVALLARIOIDES (Sw.) Torr. As the last.

MicnosrvLis vNrFOLIA (Michx.) B S P. Rare. Shrubby swamp
near Birchy Cove; open sphagnous slope in the mountains at 450 m.
altitude.

SALIX VESTITA Pursh. Summit of a slide with northerly exposure
at 680 m. altitude.

1909] Eames,— Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland 93

S. Uva-urst Pursh. Common on mountain summits and some
much lower exposures.

Myrica Gate L. Up to slopes well above treeline in the mountains.

BETULA MICROPHYLLA Bunge. Frequent on mountain slopes above
treeline. Not before recorded from eastern North America although
Prof. Fernald says “1 is abundant as a subalpine large shrub or small
tree on Mt. Albert and Table-top, Gaspé Co., Quebec, and we have it
[in Gray Herb.] from Saguenay Co., Quebec" In Newfoundland it
was seen only as shrubs about a meter or so tall, often forming thickets.

B. nana L., var. MicHauxir (Spach) Regel. Common in wet
places above treeline.

CoMANDRA LIVIDA Richards. Occasional at low altitudes through-
out. '

PorvaoNvM Roserti Loisel. Abundant in damp sand inside the
beach, at one locality, head of Bay St. George. Not before definitely
recorded from America.

P. viviparum L. About the higher mountain cliffs and on a slide
at 70 m. altitude near York Harbor.

SALICORNIA EUROPAEA L., var. PROSTRATA (Pall.) Fernald. Abun-
dant on some of the tidal shores and marshes at Bay St. George.

SaLsoLA Кл L. Bay St. George.

SPERGULARIA RUBRA (L.) J. & C. Presl. Along the railroad at
Port aux Basques, where probably introduced.

SPERGULA ARVENSIS L. Abundant in some cultivated fields at
Birchy Cove. |

SaAaiNA Noposa (L.) Fenzl. Locally plentiful on the pebbly
beach, Bay St. George.

S. PROCUMBENS L. At low altitudes throughout.

ARENARIA LATERIFLORA L. Abundant on Seal Island, Bay of
Islands; occasional elsewhere in the same locality.

SrELLARIA BOREALIS Digel. Low altitudes throughout.

S. номівсѕА Rottb. Abundant on some of the tidal shores and
marshes, Bay St. George.

NYMPHAEA ADVENA Ait, var. VARIEGATA (Engelm.) Fernald.
Shallow ponds up to 500 m. altitude.

RANUNCULUS REPENS L. Often plentiful about the settlements.

'"THALICTRUM POLYGAMUM Muhl., var. HEBECARPUM Fernald. Вау
of Islands.

ANEMONE PARVIFLORA Michx. Moist to dry calcareous cliffs and
slides at 60-80 m. alt., Bay of Islands.

94 Rhodora [May

Coptis TRIFOLIA (L.) Salisb. Common to treeline.

CALTHA PALUSTRIS L. Occasional throughout.

ACTAEA RUBRA (Ait.) Willd. Frequent or occasional throughout;
in the mountains to treeline.

А. RUBRA (Ait.) Willd., forma NEGLECTA (Gillman) Robinson.
In similar situations at a few places in the mountains. Оп a shrubby
slope at about 175 m. alt. it grew in dense clumps of many stems —
27 fruitful stems in one instance from a compact mass of knotted
rootstocks. When growing singly the rootstocks were practically
identical with those of the species, near which it grew in one case. In
the locality first mentioned the species did not occur but was present
some distance down the slope. ‘This form appears to be a mere
matter of color. A. alba is not known to occur on the island.

CocHLEARIA OFFICINALIS L. One plant on the beach, Bay St.
George.

DnosERA LONGIFOLIA L. Occasional or frequent in swamps and
on muddy shores at all altitudes.

SAXIFRAGA AIZOIDES L. Moist slaty rocks at sea-level, Humber
Arm.

MirELLA NUDA L. Occasional at all altitudes to treeline.

PARNASSIA PARVIFLORA DC. Moist bank at sea-level, Bay of
Islands.

RIBES OXYACANTHOIDES L. Bay of Islands.

R. LacusTRE (Pers.) Poir. Bay of Islands and Humber Arm;
locally common at low altitudes.

R. rnosrRATUM L'Her. Occasional throughout.

R. TRISTE Pall. Occasional throughout.

Pyrus srrcnensis (Roem.) Piper. Вау of Islands and Humber
Arm. ‘This, or perhaps in part P. americana, occurs throughout the
region traversed.

P. AnBUTIFOLIA (L.) L. f., var. ATROPURPUREA (Britt.) Robinson.
What appears to be this variety was found with and grading into
P. melanocarpa at Bay St. George.

AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS (L.) Medic. Bay of Islands and
Humber Arm.

А. OLIGOCARPA (Michx.) Roem. Frequent in the Mts.

FinipENDULA UrxaniA (L.) Maxim. Birchy Cove.

GEUM RIVALE L. Occasional at low altitudes.

Ковоѕ CHawAEMORUS L. Bay of Islands and southward, in
sphagnous bogs at all altitudes. Somewhat local.

1909] Eames,— Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland. 95

AGRIMONIA STRIATA Michx. York Harbor.

Rosa viRGINIANA Mill. Bay of Islands.

Vicra Cracca L. Birchy Cove.

LATHYRUS MARITIMUS (L.) Bigel. As observed at Bay of Islands
and Bay St. George this species-group was perplexing, many plants
being markedly pubescent, others much less so or glabrous. Later
studies have shown that Seringe, who was familiar with the two ex-
tremes, interpreted the Pisum maritimum of Linnaeus as the common
pubescent plant of northern Europe and Asia, distinguishing as a
variety, P. maritimum, “В. glabrum (Ser. mss.) foliis. glabris.— In
Canada.” ! In Newfoundland as elsewhere on the northern coast
the pubescent plant is rather more common than the plant with gla-
brous foliage (as well as stem, еїс.). Southward and about the lakes
of the interior (Oneida L., the Great Lakes, L. Winnipeg) and on
the coast of British Columbia, Washington and Oregon the glabrous
plant alone is found. The latter, therefore, seems to be a well de-
veloped American variety and should be known as L. maritimus
(L.) Bigel., var. glaber (Seringe) n. comb.

L. PALUSTRIS L., var. Розов (Cham.) Ledeb. Frequent about
Bay of Islands.

EMPETRUM NIGRUM L., var. ANDINUM (Philippi) DC. Local,
although sometimes plentiful, on dry exposed slopes and summits
from about 40 m. altitude at Port aux Basques to the higher mountain
summits, usually in fine angular gravel about rocks and ledges. It is
closely prostrate, usually in compact mats, in marked distinction to
the habit of the species. In Newfoundland this variety appears to be
farther removed from the species than elsewhere known in northeastern
America, especially in the smaller mature fruit (3-5 mm. in dia.)
which is light red, in large part a mere tint of the translucent skin
covering the juicy almost colorless pulp. Other characters are less
tangible and, like the tomentum, appear to be due to its habitat.
Such characters are restricted annual growth and smaller leaves less
rugose in drying or remaining turgid and lucid. Leaves of the season
have comparatively and actually longer and more slender petioles.
In studying various specimens of the species it was noted that on
vigorous stems the leaves sometimes are exactly verticillate, more
often subverticillate, in 35-65 with marked internodes of 4-5 mm. It
is polygamous.

1 Ser. in DC., Prodr. ii, 368 (1825).

96 Rhodora | [May

NEMOPANTHUS MUCRONATA (L.) Trel. Вау of Islands and Humber
Arm; frequent, sometimes to treeline.

RHAMNUS ALNIFOLIA L'Her. Occasional.

Matva moscnata L. Birchy Cove.

HYPERICUM BOREALE (Britt.) Bickn. Bay St. George.

Н. vireinicum L. Bay of Islands and Bay St. George.

VIOLA cucuLLATA Ait. Day of Islands and in the mountains at
450 m. altitude.

V. SELKIRKII Pursh. Bay of Islands and Humber Arm.

V. PALLENS (Banks) Brainerd. Bay of Islands and in the mountains
to 425 m. altitude.

V. incognita Brainerd. Throughout except at the highest altitudes.

V. raBRADORICA Schrank. Occasional in the mountains to the
highest summits.

SHEPHERDIA CANADENSIS (L.) Nutt. Bay St. George.

EPILOBIUM PALUSTRE L. Occasional throughout.

E. PALUSTRE L., var. MONTICOLA Haussk. Frequent throughout.
Often grading into the species or not well marked.

E. ADENOCAULON Haussk. Bay of Islands and Humber Arm.

E. HonNEMANNI Reich. Occasional in the mountains to treeline.

ARALIA HISPIDA Vent. Bay of Islands.

ARALIA NUDICAULIS L. Bay St. George.

CONIOSELINUM CHINENSE (L.) BSP. Occasional throughout, from
sea-level to treeline.

ANGELICA ATROPURPUREA L. Seal Island, Bay of Islands.

CORNUS STOLONIFERA Michx. Bay of Islands to treeline in the
mountains.

Pynora4 MINOR L. Вау of Islands and Humber Arm.

P. secunda L., var. ОВТОВАТА Turez. Bay of Islands and Bay St.
George; less common than the species.

P. CHLORANTHA Sw. Bay of Islands, Humber Arm and Bay St.
George.

P. AMERICANA Sweet. A few plants about slides and cliffs on Little
Blow-me-down Mt., at about 70 m. altitude.

Monotropa UNIFLORA L. Bay of Islands. Not rare at Bay St.
George.

M. Hypopirys L. Bay St. George.

RHODODENDRON CANADENSE (L.) BSP. Low or moderate alti-
tudes throughout.

1909] Eames,— Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland 97

К. LAPPONICUM (L.) Wahl. A few plants on calcareous ledges at
60 m. alt., Bay of Islands.

LoisELEURIA PROCUMBENS (L.) Desv. At about 40 m. alt., Port
aux Basques, to mountain summits.

KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. Common throughout.

К. potrronia Wang. As the last, especially in the mountains.

CASSIOPE HYPNOIDES (L.) D. Don. Cliffs with northerly exposure,
680 m. altitude.

ANDROMEDA GLAUCOPHYLLA Link. Bogs at all altitudes throughout.

CHAMAEDAPHNE CALYCULATA (L.) Moench. As the last.

EPIGAEA REPENS L. Woods throughout.

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. Occasional at all alti-
tudes.

A. ALPINA (L.) Spreng. Barren rocky hills at 40-50 m. alt., Port
aux Basques; mountain slopes and summits. Fruit becoming black,
plentiful.

CHIOGENES HISPIDULA (L.) T. & G. Low altitudes throughout.

GAYLUSSACIA DUMOSA (Andr.) T. & С. Bay St. George.

G. ВАССАТА (Wang.) C. Koch. Bay of Islands; Bay St. George.

VACCINIUM PENNSYLVANICUM Lam. At low altitudes throughout.

V. PENNSYLVANICUM Lam., var. ANGUSTIFOLIUM (Ait. Gray.
Exposed rocks and mountains throughout.

V. ULIGINOSUM L. As the last. Common.

V. OVALIFOLIUM Sm. Moist rocky woods at 400 m. alt.

V. Oxycoccus L. Throughout.

V. MACROCARPON Ait. Bay St. George.

Diarensia LAPPONICA L. Rocky hills at Port aux Basques within
40 m. of sea-level, and on mountain summits. Local.

PRIMULA rFARINOSA L., var. MACROPODA Fernald. Frequent on
calcareous rocks and banks at sea-level and low altitudes.

P. mistassinica Michx. As the last.

TRIENTALIS AMERICANA (Pers.) Pursh. Frequent in woods;
occasional on mountain summits.

GENTIANA AMARELLA L., var. ACUTA (Michx.) Herder. Sandy
field, Bay St. George.

HALENIA DEFLEXA (Sm.) Griseb., var. BRENTONIANA (Griseb.)
Gray. Near sea-level at Port aux Basques and about Bay St. George.

BARTONIA IODANDRA Robinson. Muddy shores and sphagnous
bogs about Bay St. George. Abundant in one bog, associated with
Melampyrum lineare.

98 Rhodora [May

MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA L. Ponds up to 450 m. alt.

Myosotis scorrioipes L. Birchy Cove.

SCUTELLARIA LATERIFLORA L. Bay of Islands and Humber Arm.

SCUTELLARIA GALERICULATA L. As the last.

GaLEoPsis 'TErRAHIT L. Locally plentiful at Birchy Cove.

Lycopus vuNirLORUS Michx. Вау of Islands.

SCROPHULARIA NODOSA L. A thrifty colony of many plants on
rocky bank of Humber Arm near Birchy Cove. Not before recorded
from North America.

CHELONE GLABRA L. Bay St. George.

MımuLus MoscHATUS Dougl. In several wet places, Birchy Cove.

CASTILLEJA PALLIDA (L.) Spreng., var. SEPTENTRIONALIS (Lindl.)
Gray. Calcareous slide at 60 m. alt., Bay of Islands.

MELAMPYRUM LINEARE Lam. Plentiful in a bog at Bay St. George.

EvurnnmasiA Ranpit Robinson. Throughout, especially at low
altitudes. In dry exposed places passing into var. FARLowrr Robinson.

UTRICULARIA VULGARIS L., var. AMERICANA Gray. Bay St. George.

U. INTERMEDIA Hayne. Bay St. George.

U. cornuta Michx. Frequent throughout.

PiNGUICULA vULGARIS L. ‘Throughout.

OROBANCHE UNIFLORA L. Bay of Islands; rare.

GALIUM KAMTSCHATICUM Steller. Several places on mountain
slopes up to treeline.

G. LABRADORICUM Wiegand. Вау of Islands.

G. ASPRELLUM Michx. Bay of Islands.

G. TRIFLORUM Michx. Вау of Islands and Humber Arm; frequent.

LONICERA CAERULEA L., var. VILLOSA (Michx.) T. & G. In the
mountains to 550 m. alt.— above treeline.

ViBURNUM PAUCIFLORUM Raf. More or less common about Bay
of Islands and Humber Arm.

V. CASSINOIDES L. Occasional throughout, up to treeline.

SAMBUCUS RACEMOSA L. York Harbor.

LonELiA Dortmanna L. Pond at 475 m. alt.

EuraATORIUM PURPUREUM L., var. MACULATUM (L.) Darl. Edge
of bog, Governor's Island, Bay of Islands.

SoLrpAGO HISPIDA Muhl. At all altitudes. Frequent on mountain
slopes and summits.

S. MACROPHYLLA Pursh. Woods at all altitudes; sometimes in open
bogs.

1909] Eames,— Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland 99

S. MACROPHYLLA Pursh, var. THYRSOIDEA (Mey.) Fernald. Upper
slopes in the mountains.

S. vuiGINOSA Nutt. Bay St. George.

S. uiLIGULATA (DC.) Porter. At all altitudes. Frequent оп
moist slopes and some summits in the mountains.

ASTER RADULA Ait. Common at low altitudes; occasional on the
upper mountain slopes. Passes freely into var. STRICTUS (Pursh)
Gray.

A. PUNICEUS L., var. OLIGOCEPHALUS Fernald. At and near tree-
line in the mountains.

A. UMBELLATUS Mill. Shrubby brookside at about 375 m. altitude.

A. NEMORALIS Ait. Common at low altitudes; occasional above
treeline in the mountains.

EniGERON Hyssoprrotits Michx. Moist calcareous cliffs on
Little Blow-me-down Mt., from 50 m. upward.

ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) B. & H., var. OCCIDENTALIS Greene.
Plentiful at York Harbor.

GNaPHALIUM sytvaticum L. Along the railway, Birchy Cove.

SENECIO VULGARIS L. Common in settled districts.

S. aureus L. Occasional throughout.

S. BArsaMrTAE Muhl. Bay of Islands and Humber Arm. Occa-
sional at all altitudes in the mountains, usually more or less depauper-
ate on the summits and in dry soils — var. PAUPERCULUS (Michx.)
Fernald.

Cirsium MUTICUM Michx. Bay of Islands and in the mountains
to treeline

C. muticum Michx., var. SUBPINNATIFIDUM (Britt.) Fernald. Day
of Islands.

CENTAUREA NIGRA L. All settled districts.

C. NIGRA L., var. RapIATA РС. Birchy Cove.

LEONTODON AUTUMNALIS L. Birchy Cove. Much less common
than var. PRATENSIS (Link) Koch.

PRENANTHES TRIFOLIOLATA (Cass.) Fernald. Bay of Islands,
especially at low altitudes.

P. nana (Bigel.) Torr. Open places at all altitudes in the moun-
tains.

BRIDGEPORT, CONNECTICUT.

100 Rhodora [May

NOTES ON SOME LICHENS FROM THE GASPE
PENINSULA.

Lincotn WarE RIDDLE.

‘THROUGH the courtesy of Prof. J. F. Collins I have recently had the
opportunity of studying a set of Lichens collected by him in company
with Prof. Fernald in the Gaspé region of eastern Quebec. The col-
lection laid no claim to being exhaustive, as the specimens were mostly
picked up incidentally, attention being given chiefly to other groups
of plants. Most of the numbers as might be expected were typical
boreal species, such as Cetraria nivalis (L.) Ach., Nephroma arcticum
(L.) Fr., Cladonia deformis (L.) Hoffm., C. gracilis var. chordalis
(Flke.) Schaer., and C. turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm. But among the set
were some species of special interest.

The first two species are of interest on account of their geographical
distribution in North America. Prof. Fernald has already called
attention to the interesting discovery in the Gaspé Peninsula of species
of Phanerogams known elsewhere only from the Rocky Mountains or
the Pacific Coast. A similar distribution is illustrated by the following
species of Lichens.

BIATORA GLOBIFERA (Ach.) Fr. This species is widely distributed
in the Pacific Coast and Rocky Mountain region, material having been
examined from the following localities: — Washington (Brandegee),
Oregon (Suksdorf), California (Bolander, C. R. Orcutt, W. G. Farlow,
H. E. Hasse), Nevada (S. Watson), Colorado (Brandegee, F. E.
Clements.) "Тһе only station hitherto known east of the Rocky
Mountains is Smuggler's Notch, Mt. Mansfield, Vermont, where it
was collected by C. G. Pringle. 'l'o this may now be added Bie,
Rimouski County, Quebec, July 4, 1907 (Collins & Fernald, no. 4864).

LECIDIA COERULEONIGRICANS (Lightf.) Schaer. (Lecidia vesicu-
laris (Hoffm.) Ach.) ‘This is apparently a rarer species than the
preceding. Material has been examined from Utah (S. Watson,
J. A. Lapham), Colorado (C. G. Pringle), California (C. R. Orcutt).
The only station known in eastern North America is Bic, Quebec,
where it was collected by C. G. Pringle in 1880, and again in
the same locality by Collins and Fernald (no. 4847a) July 4, 1907.

The next two numbers are boreal species which are little known
south of the St. Lawrence River.

1909] Riddle,— Some Lichens from Gaspé Peninsula. 101

SoroRINA crocea (L.) Ach. "l'able-top Mountain, Gaspé County,
Quebec, Aug. 10, 1906 (Collins & Fernald, no. 4502a). Widely
distributed in British America, but not previously recorded from south
of the St. Lawrence and no further herbarium material seen

SPHAEROPHORUS FRAGILE Pers. ‘T'able-top Mountain, Gaspé
County, Aug. 5, 1906 (Collins & Fernald, no. 4365). ‘This is only
the third station known south of the St. Lawrence, the others being
Mt. Katahdin, Maine (Blake, E. D. Merrill) and the White Mountains,
N. H. (Tuckerman, W. С. Farlow, Clara E. Cummings).

The two species next to be mentioned are represented in the collection
by unusual forms.

PLAcopIUM ELEGANS (Link) DC. var. GRANULOSA Schaer. Ac-
cording to the description no. 4844 from Ile au Massacre, Bic, is this
variety. No other herbarium specimens have been seen, and the
variety has not been previously recorded from North America. It
differs from the typical form in having the cortex of the central portion
of the thallus broken up into a mass of pale granules. From the variety
trachyphyllum of Tuckerman it is quite distinct in being truly foliose
and loosely attached to the substratum.

Puyscia CILIARIS (L.) DC. var. cuiNALIS Schaer. This is a com-
paratively well-known British American lichen, material having been
examined from the following localities: — Newfoundland (Delise),
Nova Scotia, Gaspé Coast, Ontario (Macoun), Bic, Quebec (C. ©.
Pringle), Lake Superior (C. С. Loring). lt is rare from the United
States, material having been seen only from Vermont (C. C. Frost,
C. E. Faxon) and Michigan (M. L. Wilson). No. 27 of Calkins's
North American Lichens from Tennesee, bearing this name, is Physcia
leucomela (L.) Michx. Collins & Fernald's no. 5138 from Bic is
the characteristic form of the variety. But no. 5268 from Bonaventure
Island, off. the easternmost point of the Peninsula, is a very peculiar
form, being erect-fruticose, and occurring in intricately branched,
congested tufts, giving the specimens an entirely different appearance
from any other material examined, so different in fact that I failed
to recognize it and I am indebted to Prof. Farlow for pointing out its
relationships.

The last species worthy of notice is at the same time the most puz-
zlng. It may be called provisionally

COLLEMA PLICATILE Schaer. since it agrees most closely with the
only specimens bearing this name in the ‘Tuckerman Herbarium. One

102 Rhodora [May

of these is from North Baltimore, New York (E. C. Howe, 1871);
the other from Willoughby Lake, Vermont (W. G. Farlow, 1880).
The specimens now under consideration were collected by Collins &
Fernald at Ile au Massacre, Bic, July 3, 1907 (no. 4842). The
members of the group of Collema pulposum are variable and are not
well-known in North America. Prof. Fink distributed specimens
from Iowa under the name of Collema plicatile, but they are different
from the specimens cited above. Dr. Herre, in his account of the
Lichens of the Santa Cruz Peninsula, California (Proc. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 7: 378) lists a plant under the name of Collema plicatile Acharius,
the determination being verified by Zahlbruckner. Judging from the
description, however, the California plant is also different from the
material in the Tuckerman Herbarium. If this doubt in regard to the
North American material of Collema plicatile is taken into considera-
tion, all that can be said is that the Bic specimens apparently agree
with the ‘Tuckerman conception of the species.

Specimens of all of the species mentioned are in Prof. Collins’ her-
barium and duplicates are in my own herbarium.

WELLESLEY CorrEGE, Wellesley, Massachusetts.

RECENT NOMENCLATORIAL CHANGES IN THE
GENUS CORALLORRHIZA.

Oakes AMES.

C. MACULATA AND C. WISTERIANA.

THE adoption of the International Rules governing botanical
nomenclature by the editors has produced in Gray’s New Manual
of Botany a number of changes, in the names of the genera and species,
the origin of which, in the Orchidaceae at least, is readily traceable.
In the majority of cases these changes have been made in strict accord-
ance with the laws of priority, and the identity of the plants in question
indisputably ascertained. The disappearance, however, of Corallor-
rhiza multiflora Nutt., from among the familiar names used in the
sixth edition of the Manual, while necessitated by the rules adopted

1909] Ames,— Nomenclatorial Changes in Corallorrhiza 103

at Vienna in 1905, deserves explanation in view of the fact that the
identity of the plant, designated by the new name (C. maculata Raf.),
has been obscured by a difference. of opinion. Prof. E. L. Greene
assumes that Rafinesque's C. maculata is conspecific with C. Wuste-
riana, a species described by Conrad in 1829, while I, reasoning from
the same data, maintain that it more properly includes C. multiflora.
Unfortunately the only evidence that may be considered is of a purely
literary nature, as no type specimen of Rafinesque's species is known
to exist. Rafinesque published two brief notes on the subject in the
American Monthly Magazine (1817) which in the order of their appear-
ance are printed below.

“Cymbidium corallorhizon is again introduced in the American
Flora, after being left off by Pursh, and is distinguished from the C.
odontorhizon, by its oblong acute and undivided lip; both are stated to
have a white leafless sheathed stem. We apprehend there is here an
oversight, or a new species is probably meant; we know of a third one
unnoticed by Pursh, which has yellow stems, and a spotted elliptic
obtuse crenate lip. We think those plants may form a peculiar genus
very distinct from Cymbidium, to which the name Cladorhiza may be
given: our new species shall be called Cl. maculata." Am. Mon.
Mag. 1: 429 (1817).

In the second note Rafinesque goes into more details and gives the
following description.

* Coralorhiza maculata. Roots branched palmate articulate, stem
round, sheaths acute; raceme loose, flowers drooping, sepals lanceo-
late, nearly obtuse, labellum recurved elliptic white, red spotted, auricu-
lated on each side of the base, toothed and obtuse at the apex.— Obs.
The genus Coralorhiza has been established by Brown, in the second
edition of Hortus Kewensis: it is very different from Cymbidium, and
its habit is very peculiar, owing to the branched shape of the fleshy
roots and the pedunculated flowers without bracteas. ‘Three or four
species of this genus grow in the United States, all different from the
European species. ‘This grows in the shady woods of Long-Island
near Flatbush, Flushing, Oyster-bay, &c; it blossoms in July and
August, the whole plant is yellowish, size about one foot." Am. Mon.
Mag. 2: 119, 120 (1817).

From an examination of these two notes it becomes quite apparent
that the one published first is scarcely a valid botanical description.
It would prove of very slight use in the identification, absolutely with-

104 | | Rhodora [May

out doubt, of any known species of Corallorrhiza which has a spotted
lip. After reading the second note, however, it becomes clear that if
the C. maculata therein described is the same species as the one re-
ferred to in the first note, there is sufficient evidence for a scrutinizing
study of the situation. The second note, in fact, offers the only satis-
factory clue that is at all reliable, by which we may hope to obtain
knowledge of the species which Rafinesque had in hand. It would
be purely gratuitous to assume that the plant of the first note pub-
lished by Rafinesque was a distinct species from that of the second
note. It is not likely that Rafinesque's extraordinary powers of dis-
cernment would have let him confuse two such distinct species as the
C. multiflora of the sixth edition of the Manual and C. Wisteriana.

After eliminating Corallorrhiza striata, which, from its range and
striated flowers, is negligible in the present discussion, let us, for the
sake of convenience separate the species of Corallorrhiza of the eastern
United States into two sections, one characterized by an entire, the
other by a three-lobed lip. In the first section we find C. odontorhiza
and C. Wisteriana, and in the second C. trifida and C. multiflora. If
we now turn to Rafinesque's description of C. maculata we find the
lip clearly described in the second note as being “recurved elliptic
white red spotted, auriculated on each side of the base, toothed and
obtuse at the apex.” A flower with an "auriculated" lip surely does
not suggest either of the species in the first section of our arbitrary
division. And if we attempt to identify it with the species of the
second section we find that it is not in agreement with C. trifida, and is,
therefore, either a distinct species or conspecifie with C. multiflora.

If all the evidence is examined it will be found that Rafinesque in his
second note, and Conrad in the original diagnosis of C. Wisteriana
gave details relative to the flowering season and distributions of their
plants which are worthy of careful consideration by one who wishes
to ascertain the identity of C. maculata and C. Wisteriana. Conrad
says of his plant that it “flowers the beginning of the 5th month”?
(May). Rafinesque, on the other hand, had to do with a species which
blooms in July and August, in the “shady woods of Long Island, near
Flatbush, Flushing, Oyster-bay, ete." An examination of numerous
specimens of C. Wisteriana has conclusively proved to my mind that
it is a vernal species, which has a flowering season from February
into May, and that it is, for the most part, a southern species, which is
fairly common in several of the states of the far south reaching into

1909] Ames,— Nomenclatorial Changes in Corallorrhiza 105

Florida and westward into Texas. Furthermore, C. Wisteriana is
extremely rare northward. When I prepared the monograph of that
species for the first volume of Orchidaceae I examined many specimens
to ascertain its geographical range, and found none from farther north
than Georgia and Alabama, with the exception of the type, although
in the literature devoted to it I found several reports of more northern
localities almost all of which were without much doubt based on
erroneously identified material. With the exception of a very ques-
tionable report for New England, the only northern station which
deserves serious consideration is the type station near Philadelphia.
No authentic material has ever been found in New York that I have
been able to discover, while C. multiflora is common there. In the
distribution of the species prepared for Gray’s New Manual I judged
that Pennsylvania and southward was the only statement warranted
by my investigation. Rafinesque’s second note would seem to refer to
a plant of not uncommon occurrence in New York, otherwise he
would not have named three stations and then have indicated, by
“ &c.," that others were known to him. Besides it would be most
remarkable if in 1817 C. Wisteriana were common in the vicinity of
New York and at the present time unknown from there.

It is also noteworthy that Rafinesque makes no mention of Phila-
delphia in either of his notes. In view of this Prof. Greene's remarks
with which he concludes his brief reference to C. maculata in Leaflets
(1: 237) are of interest. He says: ‘‘As a frequent plant in woods on
the outskirts of the Philadelphia of the early nineteenth century, it
might be expected that Rafinesque would have been the first to note
its character, for he was familiar with the Philadelphia region at
that time."

In the seventh. volume of Torreya on page 78, Homer D. House
takes exception to Prof. Greene's conjectures about the locality from
which Rafinesque's plants of C. maculata were obtained and calls
attention to the second note relative to the species in which Rafinesque
referred definitely to the localities on Long Island. House concludes
his brief account in the following words: ‘This (the Long Island
station) gives a definite type locality for the species and it would be
interesting to know whether the species is still to be found in the
localities indicated by him (Rafinesque).”

In view of the foregoing discussion, in which I have laid especial
stress on the season of flowering and on the geographical distribution
of the two species under consideration there is no evidence which in

106 Rhodora [May

my opinion warrants the conclusion that C. Wisteriana is conspecific
with C. maculata. 'The data furnished by Rafinesque’s second note,
however, are conclusive evidence, that his C. maculata is conspecific
with C. multiflora, and is on account of its priority the proper name
for the species.

CORALLORRHIZA TRIFIDA Chatelain.

Robert Brown in Aiton’s Hortus Kewensis, ed. 2, vol. 5, p. 209
(1813) first used the combination Corallorrhiza innata, but J. J.
Chatelain had in 1760, in a small pamphlet of fifteen pages, entitled
Specimen Inaugurale de Corallorhiza, properly made the combination
C. trifida. Chatelain’s combination, through the rules of priority, is,
therefore, valid while Brown's becomes a synonym. Linnaeus in
Species Plantarum, edition of 1753, page 945, published the combina-
tion Ophrys corallorhiza so that the first specific name of our plant is
" corallorhiza," but the transfer of the Linnaean specific name to the
genus Corallorrhiza gives the combination Corallorrhiza corallorhiza
which was first made by Karsten in 1880-1883. According to Section
6, Art. 55 of the International Rules for Botanical "Nomenclature
specific names which repeat the generic name must be rejected. If we
apply this rule in the present case we must reject Karsten’s combina-
tion and reinstate that of Chatelain. As Chatelain’s pamphlet is
rare and may not be readily accessible to those who wish to study the
subject in detail, the following transcript from the first half of Page 8,
on which the combination C. trifida is made, may prove of value.

SPECIES PRIMA.

'Trifida. CORALLORHIZA nectarl labio trifido.

Ophris bulbis ramosis flexuosis, caule vaginato, nectari.
labio trifido. LiNN. sp. plant. pag. 945. No. 2 & Flori
Suec. Edit. 2. pag. 317. No. 816.

Neottia bulbis reticulatis, nectarii labio trifido. Lyn.
Act. Ups. 1740. pag. 34. Flor. Suec. Edit. 1. pag. 267. No.
743. & WacHENDOREF. pag. 316. No. 886.

Neottia radice reticulata. Linn. Flor. Lapp. pag. 247.
No. 315. Коүєкх. Lugdb. pag. 15. No. 1.

Norra EASTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

1909] Brewster,— Viola Brittoniana at Concord 107

RECOGNITION OF CORYLUS ROSTRATA AND CORYLUS AMERICANA.—
It is frequently desirable to recognize these two species in the winter,
or in the spring while in flower. ‘The writer has found the following
characters useful in this respect.

C. AMERICANA. Staminate catkins almost always peduncled;
their scales tipped with a long reddish point which bears hairs that
project little or not at all beyond itself; buds decidedly obtuse and
rounded at the apex; twigs frequently, but not always, bearing scat-
tered bristly hairs. In flower, the bracteoles behind each scale of the
staminate catkin project conspicuously beyond the lateral margins
of the latter, and the previously noted apical characters of the scale
still hold.

C. ROSTRATA. Staminate catkins sessile or nearly so, their scales
with a short light-colored tip which bears a tuft of long hairs very much
exceeding it; buds narrower and decidedly acute; twigs never bearing
the long bristle-like hairs except possibly at the nodes. In flower,
the bracteoles in the staminate catkin project slightly or not at all
beyond the lateral margins of the scale, which latter is usually more
arched.— К. M. Wirecanp, Wellesley College.

VionA BrITTONIANA AT CONCORD, MassACHUSETTS.— Some of
my botanical friends inform me that the violet with deeply-incised
leaves now known as Viola Brittoniana Pollard is considered of rather
sparse and local distribution in eastern Massachusetts. In 1839 the
late Edward ‘Tuckerman, then a student in the Harvard Law School,
found the plant (then considered a phase of V. palmata) “ abundant,
in Concord in this county. The ground was drier where it grew than
the plant [V. palmata] commonly affects”; and a sheet of his material
is preserved at the Gray Herbarium. Mr. Walter Deane has speci-
mens of it which he collected in 1887 on the banks of Concord River
not far from the Old Manse, where he was staying at the time. I
do not remember to have noticed it in that particular locality, but
I have found it commonly enough in a number of places two or three
miles further down the river and really abundantly in the meadows
lying just to the eastward of Ball’s Hill, where there must be hundreds
if not thousands of plants for they are spread over a considerable area,
growing for the most part only a yard or two apart and sometimes
within less than a foot of one another. Here, as elsewhere, they shun

108 Rhodora [May

the wetter portions of the meadows and occur most plentifully along
slightly elevated ridges or benches of comparatively dry land bordering
closely on the river. On these the grass is regularly cut in summer or
early autumn; when the violets bloom the following spring it has not
grown sufficiently to screen them wholly from one’s view and for a
brief season their flowers give a pleasing tinge of bluish purple to spots
where they most abound. I am informed that others have found the
species in some abundance in similar habitats along the Concord
River in Carlisle and Bedford.— WittiAw. Brewster, Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS, VAR. PILOSUS (Cham.) Ledeb. in Massachu-
setts.— During the past summer Lathyrus palustris, var. pilosus
(Cham.) Ledeb. was found by the writer growing in some abundance
along the roadside at Woodbury's, Ipswich Sand Dunes. It has pre-
viously been reported by White (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 27, 448, 1894)
from Lubec, Maine (Oakes), as L. myrtifolius, var. macranthus; and
has been collected by Fernald at Cutler, Maine. So far as the writer
is aware these are the only previously known stations for this variety

in New England.— К. M. Wircanp, Wellesley College.

Vol. 11, no. 124, including pages 65 to 84 and plate 79, was issued
13 April, 1909.

Gray's New Manual of Botany —7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian. By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
versity. Т ТОШ revised and largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
SON h.I Ава ray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, ^5 Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist's Edition. Limp leather, 574 inches. Price, $3.00.
MERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the
revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. Тһе revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its seope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces ‹ of Canáda.

AMERICAN BOOH COMPANY

New York ` Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

Е. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
eral home life of 327 species of birds. As a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. or.

STANDARD MATERIAL. IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT,
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

родова

JOURNAL ОЕ THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \ 7

WILLIAM PENN RICH l

- Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. 11. June, 1909. No. 126.
CONTENTS:
Variations of Arenaria peploides. M. L. Fernald 109
Another hybrid Violet. £. Brainerd : 115
Bryophytes of the Mt. Greylock Region,— IV. A. 1. Andrews 116
On Oxalis stricta var. viridiflora. H. H. Bartlett 118
A Variety of a". palustris. M. L. Fernald 120
Two introduced Plants. . H. Knowlton . 120
An Addition to the Flora of New Jersey. Ё. B. Bartram I2I
Another Mushroom Book i А . : I2I
Field Meeting of the Vermont Botanical and Bird Clubs . 124
Boston, Mass. Providence, TR. 1,

1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 3oo Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Склү and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
Gray HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on-hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. SuksponF - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for
collector memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray Hersarium, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. June, 1909.

No. 126.

THE VARIATIONS OF ARENARIA PEPLOIDES IN
AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

Ir has long seemed to the writer that the fleshy tufted plant of the
sea-sands of New England and eastern Canada, which passes with us
as Arenaria peploides L. or, with those who prefer to separate it from
Arenaria, as Ammodenia peploides (L.) Rupr., is doubtfully identical
with the slender plant of northern Europe and our arctic and sub-
arctic regions. In habit our plant differs strikingly from the European
type but, owing to the infrequency of its fruiting upon the New England
coast, the writer has been forced until the present to leave its status
unsettled. Recently, however, he has collected fruiting material on
' beaches of the lower St. Lawrence, and this with fully mature fruit
sent by Miss Mary Robinson from Nantucket shows that not only in
habit, foliage, and inflorescence, but in the size of the fruit and the
surface of the seed, is our plant readily distinguished from typical А.
peploides of Linnaeus.

In fact, if compared only with the typical European Arenaria pep-
loides, our plant would be called with slight hesitation a perfectly dis-
tinct endemic species; but a study of А. peploides from various parts
of the northern hemisphere leads to the conviction that it is best treated
as a cireumpolar species with a number of more or less defined ten-
dencies or varieties in different regions. In North America there are
five pronounced variations of which the New England and eastern
Canadian plant is the most extreme.

The Linnean Arenaria peploides' of northern Europe is a small
plant with comparatively slender, though fleshy, procumbent, rather

1L. Sp. Pl. 423 (1753).

110 Rhodora [JUNE

freely branching, densely tufted stems which (in the dried plants) are
1.5-3 mm. in diameter and rising only 0.5-2 dm. above the sand. Its
leaves are somewhat fleshy, ovate to elliptic, 0.5-2 em. long; its
flowers, to quote the description of Bentham and Hooker, are “‘few,
on short pedicels, in small, leafy, terminal eymes, usually more or less
unisexual" 1; its globose thick-walled capsules, ‘‘about the size of a
small pea," ? are by measurement 6-8 mm. in diameter, containing
few rather lustrous large dark brown seeds. ‘This small plant with
definite short cymes occurs in America, so far as known to the writer,
only upon the coast of Labrador and in arctic Alaska.

On the shores of Behring Sea and the North Pacific from the
Aleutian Islands south to Japan occurs an extremely large plant,
coarser in all its parts than the true Arenaria peploides, but with well
developed cymes as in the typical form. This large North Pacific
plant seems to be, however, not a mere luxuriant development of 4.
peploides, but a well defined variety, for the walls of its capsules are
comparatively thin and so translucent (in the dried specimens) as to
show clearly the forms of the very lustrous light reddish-brown seeds.
This large variety was also collected by the late Rev. A. C. Waghorne
on the west coast of Newfoundland; and, in view of the known affinity
of the flora of western Newfoundland and Gaspé with that of the North
Pacifie region, may be looked for elsewhere about the Gulf of St.
Lawrence.

The common plant from north of the Straits of Belle Isle, on the
coast of Labrador, seems in every way identical with the Greenland
Arenaria peploides, var. diffusa Hornem., which is depressed, with
even more slender branches than in the European type, these often
purple-tinged and very slightly if at all thickened; and which has only
1-3 flowers in the upper axils instead of definite cymes. The var.
diffusa of Greenland and Labrador in its matted habit and slender
stems superficially resembles luxuriant plants of Stellaria humifusa
rather than the coarse rigid plant with which we are familiar farther
south on the Atlantic coast or a somewhat less extreme variation which
occurs on the Pacific coast from the Aleutian Islands to Washington
and Japan.

This common plant of the Pacific coast from southern Alaska

1B & H. Brit. Fl. ed, 7, 68 (1900).
2 Syme, Engl. Bot. ii, 107 (1873).
3 Hornem, Oec. Pl. ed. 3, 501 (1821).

1909] Fernald,— Variations of Arenaria peploides 111

southward was distinguished by Hooker as Arenaria peploides, f.
major‘ and it was later described by Torrey and Gray as a distinct
species, Honckenya oblongifolia? Hookers description is very brief
but the citation of the type from De Fuca's Straits as well as a fragment
of the material preserved in the Gray Herbarium indicates that his
plant is identical with that described by Torrey and Gray. A. pep-
loides, var. major is clearly separable from true A. peploides with ovate
leaves and well developed cymes by its thicker, more fleshy s ems
(in dried plants varying from 2-4 mm. in diameter), its more elongate
branches with few axillary slender-pedice'ed flowers, its larger leaves,
and the narrower acuminate sepals.

The common plant of the Atlantic coast from the mouth of the
St. Lawrence southward is even more fleshy than the Pacific coast
var. major, the elongate, erect or strongly ascending, rigid branches
(“large as a goose quill” according to William Oakes ?) measuring in
dried specimens 2.5-6 mm. in thickness. Its leaves are oblong or
oblong-ovate, very thick and coriaceous, and scarcely narrowed at
base. Its few flowers are borne in the upper axils on very short thick
pedicels; its ovate sepals are obtuse or at most subacute; the thick-
walled capsules 8-12 mm. in diameter; and the mature seeds dark
brown, distinctly papillose and scarcely lustrous. Superficially this
rigid thick-stemmed plant of the Atlantic seaboard suggests the Pacific
coast Arenaria peploides, var. major, but that well distinguished plant
has the thinner larger leaves narrowed at base, the flowers slender-
pediceled, and the narrowly ovate or lanceolate sepals acuminate.

At first thought one is surprised that those keen-eyed observers of
our flora, Michaux and Pursh, did not point out the striking dissimi-
larity of our plant and the true Arenaria peploides with which they
must have had some experience in Europe; but apparently neither
of them had much familiarity with the coastal sands of the north-
eastern states and Canada. Michaux does not mention A. peploides,
and Pursh knew it as an American plant only from a Labrador speci-
men in the Banksian herbarium. In 1818 Nuttall listed A. peploides
in his Genera,’ as growing “оп the sea-coast," and took up separately

1Fl Bor.-Am. i. 102 (1830).

1E ae Grrl, LT 176 (1888).

3 Oakes's manuscript notes in Gray Herbarium,
4Pursh, Fl. i. 317 (1814).

5 Nutt. Gen, i. 290 (1818).

112 Rhodora [JUNE

the problematical Holostewm succulentum of Linnaeus,’ saying of it
“Probably nothing more than Arenaria peploides, which grows on
the sea-coast of New-Jersey, as this HTolosteum cannot now be found.”
In 1824, Jacob Bigelow published a good account of our plant (as А.
peploides) from sandy beaches “ particularly at Plumb island, near
Newburyport where it forms large crowded tufts resembling islets;” ?
and in the same year Torrey‘ described it clearly from New Jersey,
Long Island, and Massachusetts, likewise as A. peploides. In 1836
Rafinesque, treating this section of Arenaria as a genus, Adenarium,
considered it as having two species: :

“1, A. [denarium] peploides, Raf. Arenaria, do. L. Suffruticose,
leaves fleshy ovate acute subserrate.— Europe, Seashore, seen dry.

*2. A. Maritimum Raf. Holosteum succulentum L. Arenaria
peploides of Amer. botanists. Herbaceous dichotome, leaves fleshy
ovate obtuse entire petals obovate — Atlantic shores of N. America
from New England to New Jersey, in sand, flowers white, vernal,
terminal and in forks. Seen alive. Nuttal refers to this, the Ameri-
can Holosteum of L. who must have mistaken the glands for trifid
petals, but he says leaves elliptic. Figures Autikon. Ie. n. sp.”

There is no doubt that Rafinesque had our common representative
of Arenaria peploides; but his reference to it (following Nuttall) of
Holosteum succulentum L. was unfortunate, for there is strong evidence
that the latter plant, which was based by Linnaeus on Colden’s de-
scription of Alsine foliis ellipticis succulentis, could not have been an
Arenaria.’ So far as a search of literature has shown the disposition
of our coastal fleshy Arenaria by Nuttall, Bigelow, and Torrey has
since passed unchallenged, except by Rafinesque. ‘That it is clearly
different from the little tufted plant of Europe with its small cyme of
flowers, small capsule, and more lustrous seed, there can be no question ;
but in view of its close similarity on the one hand to the more northern
A. peploides, var. diffusa, on the other to the Pacific coast var. major,
it is evidently to be considered a pronounced geographic tendency or

1L. Sp. i. 88 (1753).

? Nutt. Gen. i. 89 (1818).

з Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 181 (1824).

4 Torr. Fl. N. and Mid. U. S. 453 (1824).

5 Raf. New Fl. pt. 1, 62 (1836).

6 In Colden's original description (Pl. Cold. Noveb. 86, no. 9) the “petala quinque,
calyce minora, ad unguem bifida" indicates, as Torrey has already suggested (Fl. №,
and Mid. U. S. 159) “that this long lost species is nothing more than STELLARIA media,
in which the flowers are frequently triandrous, and the leaves a little fleshy.”

1909] Fernald,— Variations of Arenaria peploides 113

variety of a broadly distributed polar type rather than a distinct spe-
cies. But since the name maritima has twice been used for species in
the genus Arenaria and as a varietal designation would be quite
meaningless for a local variation of a uniformly maritime ' species,
a more appropriate name is proposed for the plant now first treated as
a variety.

The American variations of Arenaria peploides may be briefly
defined as follows.

* Flowers few to many in terminal leafy cymes.

ARENARIA PEPLOIDES L. Rooting and usually much branched
deep in the sand; the leafy branches of the season procumbent, 0.5—
2 dm. high, usually much forked, somewhat fleshy, 1.5-3 mm. in
diameter (when dry): leaves ovate or elliptic, somewhat fleshy, 0.5-
2 em. long: flowers few, on short pedicels, in small terminal leafy
cymes, usually more or less unisexual; sepals 4—5 mm. long, ovate,
obtuse or acutish: capsule globose, thick-walled, 6-8 mm. in diam-
eter: seeds compressed-pyriform, 3-4 mm. long, dark brown, some-
what lustrous and rugulose.— Sp. Pl. 423 (1753); Eng. Bot. in. t.
189 (1794); Pursh, Fl. i. 317 (1814); and subsequent Am. auth. in
small part only. Alsine peploides Crantz, Inst. ii. 406 (1766). Aren-
aria portulacea Lam. Fl. Fr. iii. 38 (1778). Honkenya peploides
Ehrh. Beitr. ii. 181 (1788); Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Germ. v. t. 213, fig.
3670 — as Honckenya (1841). Arenaria littoralis Salisb. Prodr. 299
(1796). Halianthus peploides Fries, Fl. Hall. 75 (1817). Aden-
arium marina S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. ii. 545 (1821). Aden-
arium peploides Raf. New Fl. pt. 1, 62 (1836). Merckia peploides
G. Don. Gen. Syst. 1. 441 (1831). Honkeneja peploides, a. latifolia
Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 358 (1842). Ammadenia peploides Rupr.
in Beitr. PA. Russ. Reich. ii. 25 (1845).— Coastal sands of boreal
regions. In America known only from Labrador and arctic Alaska.

Var. maxima, n. var. ramis subsimplicibus vel aliquid furcatis
1.2-3.5 dm. altis paulo succulentibus 2-4 mm. crassis; folis late
lanceolatis vel elliptico-ovatis basin versus angustatis aliquid car-
nosis, eis mediae partis 2-4.5 cm. longis 1-2 cm. latis; cymis multi-
floris; sepalis ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis 5-7 mm. longis; capsula
7-9 mm. diametro tenui (siccatate translucenti); seminibus levibus
et lucidis pallide rufo-brunneis.

Branches subsimple or slightly forked, 1.2-3.5 dm. high, slightly
succulent, 2-4 mm. thick: leaves broadly lanceolate to elliptic-ovate,
narrowed at base, slightly fleshy, the middle ones 2-4.5 сш. long,
1-2 em. broad: cymes several-flowered: sepals ovate to ovate-lan-

1 The reference in the Synoptical Flora to an imperfect specimen from Yellowstone
Lake as perhaps belonging to Arenaria peploides was based on an immature plant
which does not satisfactorily match any known form of this species,

114 Rhodora [JUNE

ceolate, 5-7 mm. long: capsule 7-9 mm. in diameter, thin-walled
(translucent in dried specimens): seeds smooth and lustrous, light
reddish-brown.— ALEUTIAN ISLANDS, tide-margin at Nazan Bay,
Atka, July 26, 1907 (E. C. Van Dyke, no. 237); Behring Island,
July 15, 1891 (№. Grebnitsky, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can.): KAMTCHATKA,
Ochotsk Sea, 1853-56 (J. Small, Herb. U. S. N. Pacific Exped.):
Japan, near Hokodate, Hokkaido (Albrecht, 1861); Zenibako, June,
1883, Oshamambo, July, 1883 (S. Takenobu): NEWFOUNDLAND
seashore, Wild Cove, July 10, 1896 (A. C. Waghorne).

* * Flowers few, terminal or axillary but not in distinct cymes.

Var. pirrusA Hornem. Dwarf, matted: the flaccid depressed
branches scarcely fleshy, 3-20 cm. long, 1-2 mm. thick, often purple-
tinged: leaves ovate to elliptie, narrowed at base, slightly fleshy,
0.5-1.5 em. long: flowers 1—3, on short slender pedicels: sepals
lance-ovate, acute, 5-7 mm. long: capsules as in the typical form.—
Oec. Pl. ed. 3, 501 (1821). Halianthus peploides, var. diffusa Lange,
Conspect. Fl. Groenl. pt. 1, 26 (1880). Arenaria diffusa Wormskj.
ex Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. pt. 2, 243 (1887). Honckenya pep-
loides, a diffusa Kruuse, Med. om Grónl. xxx. 229 (1906).— Green-
land and arctic America, south to the Straits of Belle Isle, Labrador.

Var. major Hook. Branches fleshy, subsimple to freely forked,
1-4 dm. long, 2-4 mm. thick: leaves elliptic or oblong, somewhat
fleshy, narrowed at base, the middle ones 2-3.5 cm. long: flowers
few, axillary, on slender often elongate (6-25 mm. long) pedicels:
sepals lanceolate or lance-ovate, acute, 6-8 mm. long: capsule 9-12
mm. in diameter: seeds lustrous.— Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 102 (1830).
Honckenya oblongifolia Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 176 (1838). Arenaria
sitchensis Dietr. Syn. Pl. ii. 1565 (1840). Honkeneja peploides, p.
oblongifolia Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 358 (1842). Halianthus
peploides, var. oblongifolia Hartm. Skand. Fl. ed. 11, 244 (1879).
Ammodenia major Heller, Cat. N. Am. Pl. 4 (1898). Alsine pep-
loides, subsp. oblongifolia Gürke in Richter, Pl. Eu. ii. 265 (1899).
Ammodenia peploides major Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 260
(1906).— Pacific coast, from the Aleutian Islands апа Kamtchatka
. south to Washington and Japan; said by Hartman to occur in Scan-
dinavia.

Var. robusta, n. nom. Branches erect or ascending, very fleshy,
simple or sparingly forked, 1.5-5 dm. high, 2.5-6 mm. thick: leaves
oblong or oblong-ovate, scarcely narrowed at base, very thick and
coriaceous, the middle ones 1-3 сш. long: flowers few, axillary or
from the upper forks, on short (3-7 mm. long) thick pedicels: sepals
ovate, obtuse or subacute: capsule thick-walled, 8-12 mm. in diam-
eter: seeds dark brown, distinctly papillose, only slightly lustrous.—
А. peploides Nutt. Gen. i. 290 (1818); Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 181
(1824); Torr. Fl. N. and Mid. U. S. 453 (1824); and most subse-
quent Am. auth. Holosteum succulentum Nutt. Gen. i. 89 (1818)

1909] Brainerd,— Another hybrid Violet 115

not L. Sp. Pl. i. 88 (1753). denarium maritimum. Raf. New Fl.
pt. 1, 62 (1836) except as to synonym Holosteum succulentum L.
Honkenya peploides Gray, Gen. ii. 31, t. 110 (1849).— Atlantic
coast from Saguenay Co., Quebec to New Jersey; and reported
southward to Virginia.

Gray HERBARIUM.

ANOTHER HYBRID BETWEEN A WHITE AND A BLUE
VIOLET.

Ezra BRAINERD.

VIOLA CUCULLATA X PRIMULITOLIA. (V. lavandulacea Bicknell,
Torreya, iv. 130.) This hybrid I discussed briefly in RHODORA, viii.
52, remarking on its evident relationship to V. cucullata, and querying
if the other parent might not be such a form of F. emarginata as I had
in cultivation from Washington, D. C., with strongly decurrent base
and leaf-outline of V. primulifolia. Soon afterward Mr. Bicknell in
conversation stated that he had thought the doubtful parent might be
the real white-flowered V. primulifolia. I replied there was no pre-
cedent for so remote a cross in Viola; it must be considered quite
improbable. But Mr. Forbes's recent discovery of V. Brittoniana X
lanceolata throws a new light on the problem. A critical study of
his plants leaves one in no doubt as to the correctness of his conclu-
sions; the presence in them of stolons can be accounted for only on
the hypothesis of a sexual union between a purple-flowered and a
common white violet. The precedent being established, we are
prepared to weigh the evidence sustaining Mr. Bicknell's opinion as
to the parentage of his V. lavandulacea.

The marks of V. cucullata are indisputable, especially the long-auri-
cled slender cleistogamous flowers, the short glabrous spurred petal,
the knobbed beard on the lateral petals, and the finally acuminate
leaves. The marks of V. primulifolia are also conspicuous, namely,
— the truncate and decurrent base of the leaf, its obscurely crenulate
margin, its numerous nearly parallel veins diverging from the midrib,

1 RHODORA, xi, 14, Jan. 1909.

116 Rhodora [JUNE

the narrowed base of the petals, and the sharply defined deep purple
lines o“ the three lower petals. This last inheritance from V. primu-
hfolia is found, however, only in the plants from the “type station,”
Woodmere, and not in those from Rosedale; and, furthermore, the
cucullata inheritance of acuminate leaves is lacking in the Rosedale
plants. But this is not an uncommon experience; the several hybrid
plants from the same parent species often inherit diversely the opposed
parental characters.

In the Bicknell hybrid “the pale-lilae to lavender-blue”’ of the flow-
ers indicates a ‘blending’ of the two colors of the parent flowers; while
in the Forbes hybrid the purple color of V. Brittoniana seems to be
‘dominant’ over the white of V. lanceolata. In leaf-outline also V.
lavandulacea is an evident compromise between the two parents. The
absolute sterility of the hybrid precludes the culture of offspring, and
the evidence that might come from fruit or seeds.

In fact, the living plants themselves have apparently disappeared.
Mr. Bicknell found them in two stations two or three miles apart; but
both stations have been much disturbed, and he was unable last sum-
mer to find further specimens. A vigorous plant was to be seen in the
Bronx Park Garden in 1905; a root of this grew well in Middlebury
for two years; but in both gardens the plants have since died. The
hybrid will perhaps be rediscovered in moist meadows along the coast ;
and if so, it may be readily multiplied by division and kept alive in-
definitely.

MIDDLEBURY, VERMONT. А

BRYOPHYTES OF THE MT. GREYLOCK REGION,— ІҮ!
A. Le Roy ANDREWS.

THE species listed below are, except for a little material left uniden-
tified from previous collections, the result of two trips to the mountain-
summit, one in the late summer of 1904, the other on October first,
1908. Both trips were by way of the Hopper, following different
branches of the Hopper Brook up to their sources near the summit.

1 For previous notes see Ruopora IV, 29 ff., 238 ff., VI, 72 ff.

1909] Andrews,— Bryophytes of Mt. Greylock Region,— IV 117

Where the fall of such brooks is greatest, in this case not far below
their source, one may depend upon finding certain species of brvo-
phytes not likely to be met with elsewhere on the mountain surface.
The species not listed before are:

Mvsctr.

Andreaea petrophila Ehrh. Covering a boulder in brook-bed,
higher altitude. I have been unable to demonstrate the occurrence
of this genus elsewhere on the mountain.

Brachythecium rutabulum (L.) B. & S. Wet bank by brook, lower
altitude in Hopper.

Didymodon rigidulus Hedw. (Barbula rigidula Mitten). On
rocks in Hopper. This species appears to be very uncommon in the
eastern United States and I was for that reason inclined to regard my
specimens as Barbula gracilis (Schleich.) Schwaegr., which is not dis-
similar, and according to Dixon ! may show similar brood-bodies in
the axils of the upper leaves. Dr. G. N. Best, to whom I sent a
specimen, calls my attention to the fact that the leaf-costa is not ex-
current in the upper leaves as in В. gracilis and names it as above.

Fissidens minutulus Sulliv. Оп rocks (schist) of brook-beds,
higher altitudes.

Homalia Jamesi: Schimp. In crevices of rocks by brook-beds,
higher altitude.

Hypnum montanum Wils. Rock of brook-bed, higher altitude.
Fruited. Dr. Best kindly confirmed my identification of this un-
common and beautiful moss.

H ypnum. stellatum Schreb. In wet place at base of mountain in
Hopper.

Leskea nervosa (Schwaegr.) Myrin. On stump by carriage-road,
higher altitude. К

Mnium spinulosum В. & S. On decaying logs at middle altitude.
Capsules not aggregated.

HEPATICAE.

Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dumort. From decaying log by brook
higher altitude.

1Student’s Handbook of British Mosses? p. 217.

118 Rhodora [JUNE

Diplophylleia taxifolia (Wahl.) Trevis. On rock, higher altitude.
This species is not common on Mt. Greylock or in the vicinity.

Harpanthus scutatus (Web. f. & Mohr) Spruce. On rotten log by
brook, higher altitude.

Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb. Rocks by brook, higher altitude.
Uncommon on Mt. Greylock.

Lophozia marchica (Nees) Steph. Wet bank by carriage-road near
summit.

Nardia hyalina (Lyell) Carringt. Rocks in brook-bed. Dr.
Evans kindly named the specimen.

Riccardia sinuata (Dicks.) Trevis. Wet rocks by brook, higher
altitude.

Sphenolobus exsectus (Schmid.) Steph. Rocks of brook bed,
higher altitude.

Sphenolobus Michauxti (Web. f. & Mohr) Steph. Decaying log by
brook, higher altitude.

ITHACA, New YORK.

NOTE ON OXALIS STRICTA VAR. VIRIDIFLORA.
HARLEY HARRIS BARTLETT.

Mr. Henri Hus has described ' a green-petaled variety of Oxalis
stricta from the vicinity of St. Louis. During the summer of 1907 this
variety was found, in plenty, growing among piles of dead brush at
the edge of a pine barren near Thomson, Georgia. The effect of
the habitat was to make the plants long and spindling, but otherwise
they could have been distinguished from the typical form of neighbor-
ing fields only by floral characters.

The petals of Oxalis stricta var. viridiflora are light green in color,
obcordate, much broader than those of the typical form, and of some-
what firmer texture. They do not close after having once opened, and
remain at the base of the developing fruit for several days before
wilting. In the typical form the petals open in the morning and close
toward mid-day. They wilt while closed, and are often borne up as

1 Report Mo. Bot. Gard, xviii, (1907) 99.

1909] Bartlett, — On Oxalis stricta var. viridiflora 119

а cap on the tip of the lengthening fruit. At the type station of Oxalis
stricta var. viridiflora Mr. Hus found only a few individuals. ‘The
occurrence of the plant in greater abundance at a distant locality
strongly confirms its worth as a systematic variety. Although it has
doubtless had an independent origin at different places, its characters
are definite and show no greater range of individual variation than do
those of typical Oxalis stricta.

The green petals resemble sepals in the presence of chlorophyll in
the sub-epidermal tissue and in the increase in number of stomata
and hairs. They differ not only from sepals but also from typical
yellow petals in the shape of the epidermal cells, which are prevailingly
isodiametric instead of narrowly oblong. ‘The breadth of the petals
may be correlated with this character of the epidermal cells. Results
of hybridization experiments with typical Oxalis stricta and var.
viridiflora will be looked forward to with interest, since it is difficult
to see, if it be true, as Mr. Hus believes, that var. viridiflora is a varia-
tion differing in only one essential character from the parent species,
just how the modified shape of the epidermal cells can be interpreted
as a consequence of the presence of chlorophyll, or vice versa. It is
not as though the variation were true sepalody, for in that case the
development of two instead of one whorl of sepals might be a unit
character, which would be exclusive with regard to the development
of petals.

According to Dr. Small’s treatment of the species of Yantho.alis,!
certain species are classed into two groups, depending upon whether
the longer filaments are glabrous or pubescent. Oxalis stricta falls
in the group with glabrous filaments. Although this character does
not hold perfectly in the material from Thomson, there is a sufficient
difference in degree of pubescence so that a species like Oxalis filipes,
which belongs to the group with pubescent filaments, can be very
readily distinguished from Oxalis stricta. In var. viridiflora, however,
the filaments are fully as pubescent as those of Oxalis filipes. If
there should be found variations of other species of Oxalis parallel to
Oxalis stricta var. viridiflora, this fact ought to be allowed for if the
attempt is made to place them by means of Small's key.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

1 N, Am, Fl. xxvi. (1907) 50.

120 Rhodora [JUNE

AN INLAND VARIETY OF PROSERPINACA PALUSTRIS.— Proserpinaca
palustris L. as it occurs in the coastal districts of eastern America has
the fruit acutely angled and with three essentially flat faces. In the
interior of the continent, however, where typical P. palustris is at
least local, there occurs a plant which is so like it in foliage-character
that it has passed without question as good P. palustris, but which in
its extreme development, as shown by plants from the Great Lake
region and Missouri, has the fruits rounded and plump, with scarcely
defined angles. The fruit is also slightly smaller than in the best-
developed P. palustris, but comparison shows several of the eastern
specimens in which the fruit is scarcely larger. Other specimens from
the Great Lakes have the fruit definitely though not very sharply angled
so that, although in its extreme development the plump-fruited plant
appears quite distinct, it seems more properly treated as an inland
variety rather than a species, and it may be designated

PROSERPINACA PALUSTRIS L., var. amblyogona, n. var., fructu
subgloboso vel ellipsoideo 3.5-4.5 mm. longo 2.5-3.5 mm. crasso,
angulis obtusis vel rotundatis.— ONTARIO, shore of Georgian Bay,
Lake Huron, July 31, 1871 (J. Macoun): INp1aNa, wet ditch, Roby,
July 18, 1906 — түрЕ (O.. E. Lansing, no. 2569): Missounr, swamps,
Butler County, July 27, 1892 (Н. Eggert), October 15, 1905 (B. F.
Bush, no. 3700).— М. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Two Inrropucep PLants.— Early last summer Mr. W. P. Rich
and I, while exploring the made land at South Boston, near the water
front, came across large quantities of a fleshy annual. Its general
appearance was that of young Suaeda, and some of it was actually
growing under halophytic conditions. About the middle of Septem-
ber I secured specimens in fruit, not fully matured. When I compared
it with the true Suaedas it seemed very different, nor did it agree with
any of the other genera of Chenopodiaceae described in the Manuals.

Dr. B. L. Robinson of the Gray Herbarium has identified it for me
as Bassia hirsuta (L.) Aschers. Its synonymy shows that at one time
or another it has been placed in several different genera of the family.
It is easily distinguished from Suaeda by its pubescence, and its ovoid
axillary fruit. It is especially interesting to find a European plant
adapting itself so readily to halophytic conditions in the New World.
So far as I know, this is its first appearance here.

1909] Another Mushroom Book 121

In Ruopora XI, 83. 1909, Prof. К. M. Wiegand reports Bromus
inermis Leys. from Needham, Massachusetts, and also from Ithaca,
New York. I collected some specimens of this introduced grass from
a small roadside station near the golf links, at Hyannisport, July 15,
1905.— C. H. Kxowrrow, Boston.

AN INTERESTING ADDITION TO THE FLORA or New JEnsEv.— Along
the eastern shore of Barnegat Bay south of Seaside Park, Ocean Co.,
New Jersey, the usual mud flats are not much in evidence and vegeta-
tion hugs the tide line very closely.

Associated with such characteristic plants as Chenopodium album L.,
Atriplex patula L., var. hastata Gray, Polygonum exsertum Small,
Cyperus esculentus L. and Salsola Kali L. the writer last fall found
a plant having some of the characters of a Suaeda but with apparent
differences that were puzzling. Through the courtesy of Prof. M. L.
Fernald the plant has been identified with a common European species,
Bassia hirsuta (L.) Aschers.

It seems to be restricted to a narrow belt along the Bay shore and in
the late summer and fall assumes a spreading and very much branched
habit. In this locality the fruit is not ripe until the latter part of
September when the plants are more or less covered with a mat of
Zostera marina L. cast up by the combined action of wind and tide.—
Epwin B. Barrram, Wayne, Pennsylvania.

AxorHER Моѕнкоом Book.— Mr. M. E. Hard, a school superin-
tendent. of the middle west, has published ап illustrated book on
mushrooms, the purchase of which ‘is now being urged upon the
public of New England. As the work comes among us with much
heralding and insistent claim to merit, some notice of its probable
value and serviceableness to amateurs of mushrooms is justifiable in
this journal. It may be said at once that as a popular book it will
prove helpful, first because it contains a large number of descriptions
convenient to have between the covers of one book, and second because

1The Mushroom, Edible and Otherwise— by M. E. Hard, M. A., Superintendent of
Public Instruction, Kirkwood, Missouri. The Mushroom Publishing Company, Colum-
bus, Ohio, 1908. Quarto, 609 pages, 505 figures.

122 Rhodora [June

it presents an abundance (505) of photographs, nearly all life size,
which present, at first sight, a good appearance. When this has been
said there is little more to say in commendation; yet it may be added
that the publishers have done their part well, for the paper, and press-
work leave little to be desired. ‘The book appears fairly compendious.
The inquisitive mushroom hunter, impatient to tag his finds, has here
a larger number of names to choose from than in other popular works
(barring Mellvaine's, perhaps), and will probably succeed to his
satisfaction in selecting a label two times out of three for the particular
toadstool in hand. He will not be heard to say quite so often: “I
can't find it in the book." Whether his toadstool and his label will
really belong together is quite another matter, which cannot greatly
concern him, for in this pursuit ignorance (except of fatally poisonous
sorts) is truly bliss, and greater knowledge — to be avoided by com-
placent self-respect — brings only greater discontent.

Perhaps it would be wrong to say that complacency is a characteristic
of the book, for the impression conveyed at the opening by the full-
page portrait of the author (somewhat reduced from life — the work
is only a small quarto) is tempered by a deprecatory introduction by
the late W. A. Kellerman, and by a modest preface. From the in-
troduction we learn, with a sense of the fitness of the verb, that the
author “has meddled for years with the various kinds" of mushrooms
"which are edible and otherwise," and that the resultant inevitable
desire to publish is only of recent growth, fostered, we infer, by too
kind and too laudatory friends; in the preface and in the first chapter,
on "Why Study Mushrooms," we are told from what simple, natural
beginnings the impulse grew. Early botanical studies under Dr.
Nelson, a deep-seated love of nature, the sight of the children of recent
Bohemian immigrants to Ohio gathering mushrooms with blind,
unerring instinct in a new land, awakened in the author a desire which
developed a hobby, and finally the unrestrainable ambition to smooth
and illuminate the path of his stumbling, groping countrymen. In
this he says he follows the example of certain “ministers of the gospel
‚+. -famous in the mycological world,....Rev. Lewis Schweinitz of
Bethlehem, Pa.; Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. John Stevenson of
England. Their influence for good and helpfulness to their fellowmen
will be lasting." ‘The heart, we see, as well as the head, is enlisted in
the work; shall we say also the yearning to be ranked among the
world's benefactors and to fill a niche in the Hall of Fame?

1909] Another Mushroom Book. 123

If the last suggestion is true, it is a pity that the author's desire —
should not have found him better

a worthy one, all will agree
equipped, for we need a good book on mushrooms, such a book as no
competent American authority has yet had confidence to prepare.
The demand from the public is real, and growing stronger, and is no
longer satisfied by a partial response to it such as we find in the Reports
of the New York State Botanist, in Government Bulletins, or in Prof.
Atkinson's deservedly popular book. While we wait for an American
Fries or Gillet to do for the United States something better than they
did for Sweden or for France, the opportunity for cheaply earned
gratitude and a passing renown lies open to any one who has learned a
few names, copied a few descriptions, assembled a few pictures, and
found a publisher who sees that there is a market for such a compilation.

It is hardly worth while to say much in detail of Mr. Hard's per-
formance. He has undoubtedly done his best, with much labor,
sarnestness, and enthusiasm. But it is not Mr. Hard's best that we
want. His failure, for instance, to provide keys in the genera where
species are numerous, and even to arrange those species he selects
in the order of relationship, shows a fundamental lack of capacity
for making a book of this kind. ‘Thirty-seven Boleti, for example,
out of the hundred or more known in the United States, are thrown
together hap-hazard. As a result, Boletus alveolatus, B. & C., and
Boletus Frostii, Russell, thought by some to be identical, and, at any
rate, indistinguishable by an amateur, are placed 14 pages apart.
B. edulis, Bull, is separated from its variety, clavipes, Pk., by three
unrelated species.

His attempt to give an English name to every species, and to give
the derivation of the Latin name leads to some infelicities, as ‘ће
stemmed-massed Marasmius" (M. cohaerens, p. 40); “‘Androsaceus
means an unidentified sea-plant or zoophyte" (p. 138); “Marasmius
is a Greek participle" (p. 136); ‘“Galericulata, a small peaked сар”
(р. 120); *' Ditopoda is from two Greek words, di-totos, living in two
places (7), and pus or poda, foot” (p. 99).

To return to the photographs, which the writer was inclined to
accept with favor, it must be said that closer examination shows them
in many cases to be below the standard. In saying this the reviewer
feels bound to remark that his eyes were opened to the defects of the
pictures by a friend who has been engaged for many years in pains-
taking efforts to perfect the pictorial record of our fleshy fungy, and

124 Rhodora [JUNE

who consequently knows better what to look for and what to miss.
A word may be said, too, in general in regard to the truth of the photo-
graphic record. Leaving out of account the loss of color, the reduction
of everything to terms of black and white, we inevitably find an altera-
tion of values, particularly, for instance, in the yellows and violets.
With the best that the photographer can do, then, his Amanita caesarea.
and some of his yellow Pholiotas are bound to be almost unrecogniza-
bly blackened, and his Cortinarius violaceus and other similar species
have all true likeness washed out of them.

Some of Mr. Hard's photographs suffer from other causes. Too
frequently, as he mentions in certain instances, his material was not
in good condition, having, perhaps, been received from a distance
(Nos. 63 and 173, from Boston), or having been poorly selected,
(No. 112). Many suffer from poor illumination or from indistinctness.
It is to be regretted that the exigencies of publication demand the
reproduction of anything but the best, such as no. 142 (from Prof.
Atkinson), and numbers from C. С. Lloyd. ‘The excellence of these,
and of a few of the author's own, bring up the average. But, all in all
they are disappointing to the trained eye. One, at least, no. 163, is
so good as to show that it does not deserve the name assigned to it,
that of Hygrophorus pratensis.

H. W.

THE ANNUAL FIELD MEETING ОЕ THE VERMONT BOTANICAL AND
Brrp Стлвѕ will be held "Tuesday and Wednesday, July 6 and 7,
1909, at some point on or near the shores of Lake Champlain easily
accessible from Burlington. Members desiring to attend should apply
to Dr. H. F. Perkins, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont,
for the circular giving details as to the plans.

Vol. 11, no. 125, including pages 85 to 108, was issued 4 May, 1909.

Gray’s New Manual of Botany — 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian. By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
versity. Thoroughly revised and largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
SON, Ph.D., Asa Ġray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, §.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist's Edition. Limp leather, 5x74 inches. Price, $3.00.
AMERICAN botanists, who have been pni awaiting the

revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.

AMERICAN BOOH COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
eral home life of 327 species of birds. As a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.
Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. д.
STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT,
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \

WILLIAM PENN RICH l

Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Í

Vol. 11. July, 1909. No. 127.
CONTENTS:
On the Flora of lower Cape Cod. F. S. Collins 125
North American Species of Barbarea. M. L. Fernald 134
Epilobium alpinum and E. Hornemanni. А. A. Moore 141
A Teucrium new to Massachusetts. Ё. В. Bartram Р е 148
Federation of Natural History Societies, — Field Meeting 148
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1l.

1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

u
e

/ RHODORA.—^ monthly journal óf RAO V devoted primarily to the flora of New

England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume r, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.

| Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the

pt.

northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
К, W. P. RICH, 360 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles т and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetalae (Ranunculaceae to l'olygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

WASHINGTON’S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. SUKSDORF - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

^

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Povket size. Invaluable for
collectors’ memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific

Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Yol. 11. July, 1909. No. 127.

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF LOWER CAPE COD.

F. S. COLLINS.

Durine the years 1906, 1907 and 1908 I was in the town of Eastham,
Massachusetts for longer or shorter periods from April to September,
and while flowering plants were not the principal object of my observa-
tions, I made the attempt to record and collect specimens of all the
species that I noticed. ‘The resulting list, while not containing many
notable rarities, shows curious limitations and other peculiarities,
and though the full list is not worth printing, some notes may be of
interest to readers of RHODORA.

In the trip from Boston to Cape Cod, a gradually increasing sandi-
ness of the soil is noticeable, from Middleboro on; this increase is
nearly uniform all the way; at Provincetown, at the extreme end, it
is not so striking to the traveler, as the latter comes to a compact town,
the houses with little lawns and gardens; but all the soil for these
lawns and gardens was brought from more fortunate places, and over
the ridge that lies back of the town 1s an expanse of sand as desolate
as апу desert in Asia. At Truro, the next town up, the desolate
character 15 most manifest to the ordinary traveler, the sand cliffs
and dunes being unrelieved by any town, only by scattered houses here
and there. Eastham is about twenty miles from the tip of the Cape,
and while the scenery 1s not so impressive as that in ‘Truro, the condi-
tions must be practically the same as to vegetation, and its flora may
be considered as fairly representative of lower Cape Cod.' The town
is six miles long, two to three miles wide; the eastern side is all com-
posed of larger or smaller sand dunes, a somewhat higher bluff facing

1 By lower Cape Cod is here meant the part beyond the elbow at Harwich; upper on
the map, but lower as being farther from the mainland,

126 Rhodova [Jury

the ocean, with a narrow, sharply sloping beach of coarse, loose sand
at its base. ‘The sea is continually eating away the base of this cliff,
carrying the material out to sea, and building shifting and dangerous
bars off shore. ‘The western side of the town is flatter, apparently
largely salt marsh covered with sand; near the shore it is still marsh,
and the water is very shallow for a long distance, not reaching a depth
of 18 feet until five miles from the shore. This shore of the Cape
seems to be gradually moving to the west, the increase here probably
compensating for the loss on the east shore. On this side of the town
there are a few small brooks, apparently on the lines of the salt water
creeks of the former marsh; but in the eastern part of the town there
is absolutely no drainage system; the surface is dotted over with
rounded depressions of all sizes and depths, with steep slopes, which
quite cut them off from each other, so that there is no connection
whatever between them. What vegetable matter there is collects at
the bottom of these hollows, which vary in size and depth, from a
shallow depression a few yards in diameter, with the grass greener at
the bottom than on the surrounding surface, to large and deep ponds.
In the richer ground at the bottom of the smaller hollows, and around
the swamp or pond in the larger, are to be found species that could
not exist on the barren sands above. There being no connection of
one such hollow with another, each has a character of its own, inter-
esting species being often found in one such hollow but not in others
near by. Collecting in this region is wearisome, as one must contin-
ually climb up from one hollow to go down into the next; and there
is a curious loneliness in these hollows, nothing in sight beyond their
edge, and few sounds to be heard other than the wind and the surf.
The climate is, on the whole, milder than that of the vicinity of
Boston, extremely low temperatures being unusual in winter, and the
wind from either the ocean or the bay tempering the heat of
summer. ‘lhe poverty of the flora is due to soil conditions, not to
climate.

The plants may be roughly classified into four groups; those of
general distribution, which one sees everywhere on the sandy roads
and fields; marine species, growing in places under the influence of
salt water; domestic species, living in the neighborhood of houses and
barns; and "specialties," species to be found only in particular,
limited stations. The marine species, those of the beaches and marshes,
are practically the same as in the vicinity of Boston, the conditions

|

1909] Collins,— On the Flora of lower Cape Cod 127

being about the same; Salicornia ambigua, however, rare near Boston,
is here as common as 5. europaea and S. mucronata. Solidago semper-
virens is very luxuriant, the heads being sometimes double the size of
any I have seen in Essex or Middlesex. Ammophila arenaria is
omnipresent on the sand dunes, and around the clumps one often sees
the curious ares of circles traced by the leaves, whipped about by the
wind that seems always to blow there.

'The domestic species do not differ much from those of more
favored localities, but some of the more delicate or exac ing ones are
absent. There are balm of Gilead trees near every house, and near the
older houses lilac bushes. At the place where I lived the lilac bush
was as large as a small house, a dense thicket of stems below, a mass of
leaves and flowers above; the catbird built its nest there, while the
birds of the barnyard found it an excellent roosting place by day or
night. Leonurus Cardiaca was about all the old barns, and Marrubium
vulgare, equally common, seemed to take the place of catnip, which I
saw nowhere. Saponaria officinalis and Pastinaca sativa were common,
and Malva rotundifolia formed a narrow strip close to the walls of the
houses and barns, seldom going far from them; Tanacetum vulgare,
usually var. crispum, could often be found in places where now there
was no apparent sign of human life, but in every case a search would
show some old well or other indication that a home had once been
there. The tansy seemed never to stray beyond the boundaries of the
old yard, though the fence had gone a hundred years ago. On the
slope of a hollow near my house there came out, after a rain, a carpet
of little red, white and yellow stars; Anagallis, flowers about normal;
Mollugo, flowers exceptionally large; Potentilla, flowers unusually
small; so that all the flowers were nearly of a size.

The species of general distribution, those that one would notice
along the road or from the train window, are comparatively few, but
each represented by many individuals. The first to attract attention
in spring is the beach plum, Prunus maritima; it is a rather dense
shrub, growing by roadsides or in fields, seldom as high as a man’s
head; before the leaves appear it is covered with white flowers the
whole length of the branches, so closely set that one can hardly touch
the branch between them. In late summer and early autumn the
fruit ripens, about as large as a small cherry; it is at first pale green,

lAs the names of plants mentioned in these notes are those used in the seventh
edition of Gray's Manual, I have not thought it necessary to add the authors' names,

128 Rhodora [JuLY

then waxy yellow, pink, red, purplish, and finally almost black; all
these shades at once in a small bush, sometimes covering it as com-
pletely as did the flowers in April or May; it is a most attractive shrub,
and the fruit, prepared by some native Cape Codder, makes delicious
pies and preserves. In May and June the lupine abounds, growing
in dense clumps on sandy stretches; it seems even more luxuriant than
in more favored stations, and the racemes range in color from nearly
true blue to pinkish purple. In stations too desolate even for the
lupine the Hudsonias abound, both И. tomentosa and Н. ericoides.
‘They usually grow in dense clumps, each a single plant, the branches
twisted like a Japanese dwarf tree; often there is nothing but bare
sand between the clumps. When the wind blows, as it almost always
does in Eastham, the sand drifts and catches among the branches of
the Hudsonia, forming a dome-shaped heap inside the clump, some-
times only the tips of the branches projecting; in such cases the plant,
without enough leaf surface free to maintain its life, throws all its
energies into a dense and brilliant coating of yellow flowers. The
bearberry, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, is very abundant, the shining
leaves carpeting large stretches of sand; the wild carrot, Daucus
Carota, is everywhere in the fields; in summer and early autumn
Chrysopsis falcata abounds, with its own particular shade of yellow.
Corema Conradii is frequent and showy in spring, but not so general
as the other plants just mentioned. Few species of trees occur, but
the pitch pine is everywhere, forming dense forests of stunted indi-
viduals; some fifty or sixty years ago it was planted extensively in the
most barren places, and one can still trace the regular rows in which
it was set out. Now it is continually spreading, covering large areas
that were cultivated fields fifty years ago. Black snakes are plentiful
among the pines, and have the pleasing habit of hanging by the tail
from a limb, looking like a broken branch until you come in contact
with them. The locust, Robinia Pseudo-Acacia is common, evidently
long ago escaped; there are some scrub oaks, but few other trees,
Of cryptogams other than algae, there are few noticeable species. In
moist places are often stretches of densely packed Woodwardia vir-
ginica; common brake grows under the pines; other ferns are not
much in evidence. Trees and fences are often completely covered
with a lichen of the bright yellow that one sees only near salt water;
crisp Cladonias alternate with the blackberry vines in the fields, but
there are no rock lichens, as there are no rocks to support them.

1909] Collins,— On the Flora of lower Cape Cod 129

Fleshy fungi vary in frequency; in damp seasons there is sometimes a
most abundant growth of Amanita muscaria and one or more species
of Boletus, all through the pine woods; giants, all of them.

'l'he three classes, marine, domestic and general, include only а
minority of the species noted; more were found in special limited
stations. There is absolutely no drainage in the eastern part of the
town, and in each pond or swamp, within its own hollow, lives a flora
independent of the others and with a character of its own. The water
was very low in the summers of 1907 and 1908, and there was an
excellent chance to study the floras of these neighboring but isolated
stations. Meeting-House Pond may be taken as an example; Castalia
odorata was plenty; at times the water was so low that the dry leaves
crackled under my foot as I walked near the shore; its duplicate in
miniature, Nymphoides lacunosum, floated in a band, a short distance
from the edge. Pontederia cordata, Lobelia Dortmanna and Erioca ulon
septangulare covered quite a zone, from where the water had been in
the spring, to some distance below its summer level. Around the blue
water was a broad belt of white sand, like the cornea about the iris;
this was variegated by vines of flowering cranberry, and geometrical
patterns made by a prostrate purple grass. Hydrocotyle umbellata
grew where there was any shade, Gratiola aurea and Xyris caroliniana
were plenty near high water line. In July, all around the pond,
among the grass, was the beautiful Sabatia dodecandra; I did not
find it at any other station in the town; as this passed away, its place
was taken by Coreopsis rosea, and in late summer two white Eupato-
riums, E. hyssopifolium and E. perfoliatum, formed adjacent con-
centric rings, the former on the inside. No other pond had just this
combination, and each had some special character of its own. One
was fairly alive with Myriophyllum tenellum, which was absent from
the others; another made a specialty of Potamogeton, which was lying
in great windrows on the shore.

The limitation of species to single localities makes it rather unsafe
to say that any species does not occur in Eastham, but I feel sure that
any species I did not see, if occurring at all, must be rare. As species
of single stations may be noted, among others, Apios tuberosa, Vitis
labrusca and Spiraea tomentosa; S. latifolia was not seen at all. Epilo-
bium coloratum and E. adenoclaulon were found, but no E. angusti-
folium. Asclepias incarnata var. pulchra was not uncommon, 4.
amplexicaulis was generally distributed, 4. tuberosa I saw once only;

130 Rhodora [Jury

farther up the cape it is abundant, and there was no A. syriaca. Of
Solidago I saw only five species; S. sempervirens already mentioned,
S nemoralis in dry fields, S. tenuifolia common by roadsides, S.
ulmifolia once near a swamp, and S. odora, common in fields. Hiera-
cium was represented by H. Marianum, H. venosum and H. Gronovii,
all common; no introduced species were seen. ‘There was an abun-
dance of Antennaria in the fields, varying much in size and appearance,
but it proved to be all A. plantaginifolia. Gerardia paupercula was
the only representative of that genus; Ranunculus repens was the only
crowfoot, and that I saw only in one station; the Ranunculaceae in
general were poorly represented. I saw no Oenothera except O.
muricata; there was a much condensed form of Cirsium pumilum and
some fairly good C. discolor, but no C. lanceolatum nor C. arvense;
it speaks much for the poverty of a soil when it will not support Canada
thistle. Of the Saxifragaceae I saw only a few plants of Ribes oxya-
canthoides, and the Cornaceae were quite unrepresented. So were
the genera Rudbeckia, Arctium, Geranium, Thalictrum, Anemone,
Aquilegia, Berberis, Desmodium and Crataegus. Та riding on the train
to Boston it is interesting to notice, one after another, the appearance,
often in abundance, of the species lacking in Eastham; a great patch
of Thalictrum in Brewster; Rudbeckia in Harwich, and soon. I would
have added succory as appearing near the old glass works in Sand-
wich, but for one plant that I found in Eastham in what had been a
strawberry bed, but now run to weeds; beside it were two tall black-
berry bushes, the only high blackberries in the region, where the
common blackberry is Rubus villosus var. humifusus, lying flat on the
ground and working havoc with shoes and stockings, but supplying
what seems to me the finest fruit of all the blackberries, large grained,
sweet and juicy. The flat artificial level of another deserted straw-
berry patch was a dense mass of Verbena hastata, as high as a man’s
head; I did not see this species elsewhere in the town. Even as
regards weeds there are peculiarities. A few stunted plants of Amar-
anthus retroflexus and А. graecizans were the only representatives of the
genus; occasional plants of Anthemis Cotula and Linaria vulgaris
were to be seen, but they were by no means common. Artemisia
Stelleriana abounded along the shore, A. caudata everywhere; the
latter species seems at home in sand inland as much as at the shore.
Some of the more recent importations in weeds were well established;
Bromus tectorum, Brassica arvensis and B. juncea, Sisymbrium altissi-

1909] Collins,— On the Flora of lower Cape Cod 131

mum as well as the old S. officinale var. leiocarpum. Euphorbia
Cyparissias had. spread from old gardens, and in many cases had
bracts of a very deep orange, brighter than I remember seeing elsewhere.

The family Cistaceae seemed to find conditions fairly comfortable,
as Helianthemum canadense and H. majus, Hudsonia tomentosa and
Н. ericoides, and Lechea maritima were all abundant. Of the Irida-
ceae, Iris versicolor was not uncommon; Sisyrhinchium angustifolium
and S. atlanticum seemed about equally frequent. Of Liliaceae
I saw only Lilium philadelphicum (in 1906 only; 1907 and 1908
were dry seasons and it did not appear), Smilacina stellata, Smilax
rotundifolia and Asparagus officinalis, the last escaped from cultivation
and common. In nearly every family curious absences could be
noted, which it would take too long to detail. I secured only six
species of Carex, three of Cyperus and six of Juncus; evidently the
locality is better suited to Juncus than to the others. Violets were
not common, but in one place I found Viola fimbriatula growing and
fruiting freely in pure quartz sand, no other plant in its vicinity but
Ammophila. The common Oxalis was O. stricta, with large flowers
of a deeper yellow than in O. corniculata, our usual species near Boston.
The most showy flower was Hibiscus Moscheutos, whose large, Holly-
hock-like flowers seemed strangely out of place in their impoverished
surroundings.

It remains to mention a few species, whose occurrence here is of
definite interest. Along the roadsides all through the town, was a
plant with dense tufts of gray-green linear leaves, which in early sum-
mer bloomed and proved to be the old-fashioned garden pink, Dianthus
plumarius. It does not appear in the Manual, but is evidently quite at
home here. Trifolium dubium, not a common plant generally, was
not infrequent. The only Amelanchi r was the rather unusual А.
oblongifolia var. micropetala; Plantago aristata var. Минат, a form
not mentioned in the Manual, was not uncommon in dry fields. In
Кнорока, Vol. ХІ, p. 58, will be found mention of a small Aster
which I found here, which has proved to be of interest in settling :
doubtful point as to A. surculosus; and the occurrence here of Agropy-
ron pungens considerably extends its range, and probably establishes
its title, which has been disputed, to native American citizenship.
The finding of Lactuca Morssii also extends a range, in this case of a
“Ruopora species." In closing this list of species, I must add the
consecrated formula. “Through the kindness of Prof. Fernald of the

132 Rhodora [JuLY

Gray Herbarium the specimens in question have been identified" ete.,
ete. In this case the number of specimens was large, the proportion
of interesting ones small, and more than the usual thanks are due for
the work involved. АП the specimens have been incorporated in the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.

What general conclusion, if any, can be drawn from these notes?
In Eastham the conditions of sterile sandy soil, lack of drainage or
water courses, remoteness from active human influences, and increased
influence of saline conditions are carried to an extreme, as compared
with the region near Boston, with much the same climate; and we
find: — within the range of salt water, practically the same flora;
strictly aquatic plants, practically the same; domestic plants, not
cultivated but thriving near cultivation, largely the same but keeping
close to house or barn; weeds, many absent, a few, Spergula for
instance, more abundant than usual, but most species in a reduced
form; trees few and stunted but covering much ground; few fruit-
bearing plants, but two, the beach plum and the low blackberry,
luxuriant and with delicious fruit; herbaceous plants with few species
but often many individuals, grasses, sedges and rushes especially few
species; of the larger families Cistaceae and Leguminosae apparently
best represented, Labiatae, Ranunculaceae, Cornaceae and Saxifra-
gaceae with poorest representation; ferns, fungi and lichens, not
strong; algae, marine and fresh water, well represented. On the
whole, probably not half so many species as would be found in
Swampscott, Cohasset or any similar seashore town near Boston.
Poverty everywhere when out of reach of fresh or salt water.

Is time likely to bring any change? It is hard to say, but when we
compare the desolate appearance of the town today with the accounts
of what it has been, it seems to be going to the bad generally. Asa
boy I remember great fields of corn and rye where now are only dense
woods of pitch pine; I have seen linen cloth, spun and woven on the
spot, from flax raised there. Of course much of this change is due to
changed social conditions; a farmer's family can no longer produce
most of what it needs; work is specialized, and two or three acres of
asparagus, tended by one man for three or four months of the year,
now bring more actual money to the family than the whole labor of a
family on a large farm did in the old times. But for the town as a
whole, the diminution of fertility has been marked. In the History
of Eastham by the Rev. Enoch Pratt, published in 1844, changes

1909] Collins,— On the Flora of lower Cape Cod 133

of this kind are noted. Speaking of a part of the town he says, “This
barren tract, containing about 1700 acres, which now has hardly a
particle of vegetable mould, formerly produced wheat and other
grain." But of the part of the town under cultivation he says “The
raising of grain is the principal business to which farmers attend.
More corn is produced than the inhabitants consume. More than a
thousand bushels are sent to market, and in years past more than three
times that quantity has been exported. ‘This is the only town in the
county that raises sufficient for its own consumption." No grain
whatever is now raised. ‘‘ Except a tract of oaks and pines adjoining
the south line of Welfleet, and which is about a mile and a half wide,
no wood is left in the township. ‘The forests were imprudently cut
down many years ago, and no obstacle being opposed to the fury of
the wind, it has already covered with barrenness the large tract above
The pitch pines

5

described, and is still encroaching on other parts.’
are now covering not only the deforested area to which he refers, but
also much of the ground which produced the grain for export. ‘The
sand no longer blows over this area, and in time, probably a long time
from a human point of view, vegetation might find more favorable
conditions, but a new element has entered the problem, of which the
Rev. Mr. Pratt never dreamed. Every year wood fires are started
by sparks from the locomotives, often killing the trees over hundreds
of acres, and what is worse destroying all the leaf mold and other
vegetable matter that has accumulated, so that it is doubtful if another
growth, even of pitch pine, is possible. On the whole, it seems
probable that less favorable rather than more favorable conditions
are to be looked for as to the plants of general distribution. ‘The
little local floras of the ponds, however, will probably long continue.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

134 Rhodora [JuLy

THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF BARBAREA.
M. L. FERNALD.

A recent attempt to determine satisfactorily some specimens of
Barbarea from different regions of North America has led the writer
to make a somewhat detailed study of the genus. In the course of
this study it has become apparent that the species, which are notori-
ously difficult of delimitation, have more definite characters of foliage
and fruit than we have generally supposed, and that in some cases our
interpretation must be changed by a more accurate knowledge of
certain of the older species. In the interpretation of the European
species the writer has gained much assistance from the treatment of
the genus and the critical notes of Rouy & Foucaud ! and the earlier
observations of Des Moulins.”

As commonly interpreted, Barbarea in America consists of B. vulgaris
R. Br. (including arcuata) with divergent or arcuate-ascending pods,
introduced eastward but said to be indigenous from Lake Superior
northward and westward; B. stricta Andrz., with closely appressed
pods, occurring across boreal America and coming south to Virginia,
the Great Lake region, Missouri, and along the Rocky Mts.; and
B. verna (Mill.) Asch. (B. praecox Sm.), an introduced garden-plant.
Recently, however, Dr. Rydberg has characterized the plant of the
Rocky Mts. as B. americana.

Ап inspection of all the American material in the Gray Herbarium
and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club shows that our
Barbareas fall into two rather clearly marked groups. Тһе first group
consists of plants which are represented in these collections only by
specimens from the older settled portions of America (chiefly in the
East) and which, although now naturalized, were probably introduced
from Europe. In all these plants the beak of the silique, formed by
the persistent style, is very slender and elongate (2-3 mm. long) and
the uppermost leaves of the stem are coarsely dentate, angulate, or
lobed, but very rarely pinnatifid. ‘These plants include the introduced
Barbarea vulgaris; another probably introduced plant which has been
passing in the Eastern States as B. stricta; and a singular short-

1 Fl. de France, i, 196-203 (1893).

? Catalogue raisonné des Phanérogames de le Dordogne, 2e, fasc, du Suppl., 20-54
(1849). ы

1909] Fernald,— North American Species of Barbarea 135

podded plant from Seattle, Washington, which is specially commented
upon in the Synoptical Flora.

The second group is typified by the sometimes cultivated European
Barbarea verna (Mill.) Asch. (B. praecox Sin.), the silique of which has
a characteristically short broad beak (0.5-2 mm. long) and the cauline
leaves of which are lyrate-pinnatifid. Besides this introduced B.
verna, however, we have in America a number of well marked indig-
enous plants with short thick beaks and usually lyrate-pinnatifid
upper leaves. The most widely distributed of these is the plant
named by Dr. Rydberg B. americana, but taken by many other recent
authors to be indigenous forms of both B. vulgaris and B. stricta.

The relationships and identities of certain of these plants demand
special consideration and they may be most appropriately discussed in
the order mentioned in the two groups above.

Barbarea vulgaris, the common introduced plant of the East, 1s
fairly well understood, but the status of B. arcuata Reichenb., some-
times distinguished as a subspecies or a variety from B. vulgaris is
more doubtful. B. arcuata is often separated, at least varietally, by
the slightly larger flowers which are more loosely disposed in anthesis,
the slightly arcuate and more slender siliques, and the narrower seeds;
but in the American specimens examined these characters do not seem
sufficiently marked to make it clear that we have two different plants.

The plant which has been passing in the eastern United States as
Barbarea stricta Andrz. differs, as already intimated, from the more
northern indigenous plant which has been identified with it in the
longer slender beak of the pod and the angulate or coarsely toothed
but rarely pinnatifid upper leaves. ‘This plant of the Eastern States,
like B. vulgaris, is found chiefly in the neighborhood of settlements,
and though it is commonly recognized by its closely appressed and
crowded siliques it is often found with some of the pedicels spreading
in such a way as to suggest B. vulgaris. With its foliage, siliques, and
beaks essentially as in B. vulgaris, and differing only in having the
siliques closely appressed, this plant seems more appropriately con-
sidered a variety of the latter species than specifically distinct. But
that the plant is really B. stricta Andrz., with which it has generally
been identified, is very improbable. True B. stricta of Europe (B.
parviflora Fries) as shown by specimens from Fries, Blomberg, Anders-
son, and Heimerl and as treated by recent European writers on the
genus, is a plant of northern and northeastern Europe with the upper

136 Rhodora 1 [JuLy

cauline leaves oval, crenate, and slightly if at all lyrate or angulate,
and the stoutish beak of the silique only 0.5-1 mm. long. Our com-
mon plant of the East which has passed as B. stricta has the upper
cauline leaves coarsely angulate-dentate and the beak of the silique
is rather slender and 2-3 mm. long. In these characters it matches
material from England and western and central Europe which has
been erroneously passing as В. stricta, but which is treated by Rouy
& Foucaud as B. vulgaris, subsp. vulgaris, var. longisiliquosa Carion.

The other plant with elongate slender style, the plant from Seattle,
Washington, specially noted in the Synoptical Flora ' on account of its
very short siliques, is apparently the var. brachycarpa of Rouy & Fou-
caud.

Of the plants of the second group, i. e., those with the upper cauline
leaves mostly lyrate-pinnatifid and with short thick styles, Barbarea
verna (В. praecox) needs no discussion. ‘The indigenous species,
however, demand special comment. ‘The most broadly distributed of
these has short thickish pedicels and is the plant thought by early
students of our flora to be identical with the European B. praecox
(B. verna). Richardson, Chamisso & Schlechtendal, Sir Wm. Hooker,
Torrey & Gray, and their contemporaries all considered it B. praecox,
Hooker separating it from B. vulgaris by the “stigma short,
nearly as broad as the valve.” ” Nuttall apparently considered
it a distinct species, his B. gracilis,’ from “Oregon,” but subsequent
authors have generally identified it with the European B. vulgaris
or B. stricta. From B. verna (B. praecox), to which the indigenous
plant is very closely related, it differs in its basal leaves; those of the
former plant having very numerous small leaflets, those of our northern
species very few or none. From В. vulgaris and its variety longi-
siliquosa our plant is quickly separated by the characters already
emphasized. From true B. stricta the plant is readily distinguished
by its much longer pods and by the narrower more lyrate-pinnatifid
upper leaves. Recently this distinct plant with ‘pod 2-2.5 em. long
and scarcely 2 mm. wide, slightly angled, ascending, or at first nearly
erect, on pedicels 2-3 mm. long; style very short, scarcely 0.5 mm.
long," * has been named by Rydberg B. americana. The plant

! Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. fasc. 1. 150 (1895).
2 Hook, Fl. Bor.- Am. i. 40 (1829).

3 Nutt. ex Torr. & Gr. Fl. i. 75 (1838).

4 Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 174 (1900).

1909] Fernald,— North American Species of Barbarea 137

covered by his description varies in the degree to which the pods are
appressed, but as Rydberg’s description indicates, there is no clear
line to separate these minor variations. As described by Rydberg his
B. americana occurs from “Northwest Territory” to Montana and
Nevada; but the plant is widely distributed in our boreal and mountain
regions, occurring from Ungava Bay, Labrador, south to river-banks
and mountain-ravines of northern New England, northwestward to
arctic Alaska, the Aleutian Islands, and adjacent northeastern Asia,
and southward in western America to Colorado, and southern Cali-
fornia. But clearly defined as is this plant, which is so typically :
species of our boreal flora, it seems to have had but one well established
“name (excluding the doubtfully published B. gracilis of Nuttall !)
prior to that assigned to it bv Rydberg. In 1824, Ledebour published
the Siberian B. orthoceras? with the pedicels of the siliques erect.
Material of this species collected in Amur by Maximowicz is quite
identical in basal and cauline leaves, strongly ascending pods, and
short thick styles with American material which has been determined
by Dr. Rydberg as B. americana; and there seems no reason why the
name В. orthoceras Ledeb. should not be taken up for the plant which,
widely distributed in our boreal and montane regions, extends, like
so many of our other plants, by way of the Aleutian Islands and
northwestern Alaska to the northeastern regions of Asia.’

In the southern part of its range Barbarea orthoceras is less char-
acteristic than northward, the siliques tending to be longer, more
divergent, and somewhat remote instead of strongly ascending or
appressed and forming a dense slender raceme. Many transitional
tendencies occur, however, and the longer-podded extreme seems best
considered a variety of B. orthoceras, standing in the same relation to
it as B. vulgaris to its var. longisiliquosa.

Another indigenous species, of unusual interest because of its peculiar
habit of bearing in the lower part of the primary racemes leafy bracts

1 Nuttall apparently did not formally publish Barbarea gracilis though it is ascribed
to him by Torrey & Gray with the remark that ' Mr. Nuttall thinks that the var, В [уаг,
gracilis from “Oregon "] is a distinct species which he calls B. gracilis. Nuttall’s plant,
labeled distinctly in his own handwriting “ Barbarea gracilis. B vulgaris, B. gracilis
DC. Oregon woods,” is in the Gray Herbarium and has been re-labeled by Dr. Rydberg
“В. americana Rydb. P. A. К.”

? Ledeb, Hort. Dorp.(1824) and Fl. Ross i. 114 (1841).

3 It is probable that Barbarea orthoceras occurs across the colder regions of Eurasia to
arctic Europe. Rouy & Foucaud, discussing the European species say: “La forme des

régions arctiques est le B. orthoceras Ledeb."; and Nyman's Conspectus and the Index
Kewensis treat Fellman's B. stricta from Lapland as B. orthoceras.

138 | Rhodora [Још

which subtend the flowers, is confined to the southern Alaskan and
Aleutian region, extending by way of the Aleutian Islands to the coast
and islands of Kamchatka and Amur. ‘This distinct plant, which,
in the presence of well developed floral bracts suggests the local
Barbarea bracteosa Guss. of Sicily and the Neopolitan district, differs
from that southern plant in many details. It seems, with little question,
to be C. A. Meyer's B. planisiliqua, originally described from the
region of the Ochotsk Sea but stated by Tiling in his more detailed
account of the plant to occur also on Unalaska.! The citation of B.
planisiliqua from Unalaska is significant since, of the numerous
specimens of Barbarea examined from Alaska, only one species — the
plant under discussion — has been found from Unalaska. During the
Jaggar Expedition to the Aleutian Islands in 1907 Dr. Edwin C.
Van Dyke collected both B. orthoceras and the plant with leafy-bracted
inflorescence; and it is notable that he, like earlier collectors, found on
Unalaska only the latter species.

The conclusions reached in this study of Barbarea in North America

may be summarized as follows,

* Beak of the silique slender, 2-3 mm. long: uppermost leaves incised,
coarsely dentate, angulate, or lobed, but rarely pinnatifid.

BarBAREA VULGARIS R. Br. Glabrous throughout: radical and
lower cauline leaves green, rarely purple-tinged, usually pinnatifid;
the terminal lobe large, suborbicular to elliptic-oblong; lateral lobes
2-4 pairs (rarely none), the upper pair larger than the lower: middle
leaves lyrate-pinnatifid: uppermost leaves obovate or oblong, coarsely
dentate or angulate above the middle, often incised but scarcely pinnati-
fid below: flowers orange-yellow, showy: siliques 2-3(-4) cm. long,
subterete to quadrangular, on more or less divergent or spreading-
"ascending slender pedicels.— R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, iv. 109
(1812); Am. auth., as to the introduced plant of the East. Eyrsimum
Barbarea L. Sp. Pl. ii. 660 (1753). Sisymbrium Barbarea Crantz,
Stirp. Austr. fasc. i. 54 (1769). Erysimum lyratum Gilib. Fl. Lith.
li. 59 (1782). В. taurica DC. Syst. її. 207 (1821)! B. arcuata
Reichenb. Flora, v. 296 (1822).! В. vulgaris, y. arcuata Fries, Novit.
Fl. Suec. 205 (1828); Gray, Man. ed. 2, 35 (1856) in part. B. lyrata

1 “Ich sah Pflanzen aus verschiedenen Gegenden Ost-Sibiriens, aus Kamtschatka, von
den Kurilen und aus Unalaschka” — Regel & Tiling, Fl. Ajan. 46 (1858).

? Barbarea taurica and В. arcuata are treated by Old World students of the genus as
identical, and by many the plant (under the name B. arcuata) is kept separate from B.
vulgaris. If such separation is maintained the name B. taurica, it should be noted, will
have to be used instead of B, arcuata, which was published in the succeeding year,

1909] — Fernald,— North American Species of Barbarea 139

Asch. Fl. Brandenb. i. 35 (1804).! B. Barbarea [as barbarea] MacMil-
lan, Met. Minn. Val. 259 (1892). Campe Barbarea [as barbarea] W. F.
Wight in Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 303 (1906) as to syno-
nyms but not as to plants cited.— Broo ksides, meadows, roadsides,
and waste places, chiefly near settled regions, abundantly naturalized
from Eurasia; New England to Michigan, Kansas, and Virginia.—
A double-flowered form is established about the city of Quebec.’

Var. hirsuta (Weihe), n. comb. Basal leaves and often upper leaves
and stem hirsute.— B. hirsuta Weihe, Flora, xiii. 257 (1830). B.
vulgaris, 8. bracteata, sub-var. hirsuta Rouy & Foucaud, Fl. Fr. i.
198 (1893) — Introduced in fields at North Berwick, Maine (Parlin).

Var. BRACHYCARPA Rouy & Foucaud. Foliage as in typical В.
vulgaris: siliques 1-1.5 em. long.— Fl. Fr. i. 198 (1893). B. stricta,
form, Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i, fasc. i, 150 (1895). Campe stricta
W. F. Wight in Piper, Contrib. U. 5. Nat. Herb. xi. 303 (1906) as to
plant, but not as to name-bringing synonym.— Introduced at Seattle,
Washington (Piper).

Var. LONGISILIQUOSA Carion. Foliage as in B. vulgaris: siliques
closely appressed to the rhachis, 2-3 em. long.— B. vulgaris, subsp.
B. rivularis. 8. longisiliquosa Carion, PI. Saóne-et-Loire, 16 (1859)
according to Rouy & Foucaud, Fl. Fr. i. 199 (1893) — original
description not seen. B. vulgaris, var. stricta Gray, Man. ed. 2, 35
(1856) and subsequent authors, in part, not Regel. B. stricta Bor.
Fl. Centre de la Fr. ii. 48 (1840); Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. fasc. i.
150 (1895) as to the eastern plant in great part, not Andrz.— Natural-
ized from eastern Quebec to Michigan, Missouri, and Virginia.

* * Beak thickish, 0.5-1 (rarely 2) mm. long: uppermost leaves usually
lyrate-pinnatifid.

+ Basal leaves with numerous (10—20) lateral leaflets.

B. verna (Mill) Asch. Leaves all pinnatifid; the basal with
rounded-oval or -oblong terminal lobe and numerous smaller lateral
lobes: petals 6-8 mm. long, bright yellow: pedicels 3-8 mm. long, as

1 Barbarea lyrata Asch. was based on Erysimum lyratum Gilib. (1782), a name which
antedates the maintained Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. (1812) by thirty years. But by
Article 48 of the Vienna Code “the first specific epithet....must be retained or must be
re-established, unless, in the new position there exists one of the obstacles indicated in
the articles of section 7." and by Article 51 (1). “ Every one should refuse to admit а
name....when the name is applied in the plant kingdom to a group which has an earlier
valid name," Our plant as an Erysimum already had the valid name Erysimum Bar-
barea L. (1753). therefore the specific name lyratum is inadmissible, For discussion of
this principle of 'still-born (totgeborenen)” names see Schinz & Thelung, Bull. Herb.
Boiss. Sér. 2, vii. 101 (1907), also circular-letter of 10 December, 1907; and Rendle &
Britten, Journ. Bot. xlv 433 (1907).

2 In June, 1895. Dr. B. L. Robinson collected at Waverly, Massachusetts, a plant which
closely simulates the Asiatic B. plantaginea DC., but its immature condition renders it
unwise so to name it with positiveness, B. plantaginea, which appears only varietally
separable from B. vulgaris has all but the lowermost leaves elliptic or oblong and merely
dentate, the principal cauline leaves ot B. vulgaris (excluding the uppermost) being
lyrate-pinnatifid,

140 Rhodora [JuLy

thick as the long (4-8 cm.) slightly flattened rigid ascending siliques.—
Fl. Brandenb. 36 (1864). Erysimum vernum Mill. Dict. ed. 8, no. 3
(1768). Erysimum praecox Sm. Fl. Brit. ii. 707 (1800). B. praecox
R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, iv. 109 (1812).— Somewhat cultivated
as a salad under the names BELLE ISLE Cress, EARLY WINTER C REss,
and Scurvy Grass, and locally naturalized in the Eastern and South-
ern States.

-— + Basal leaves simple or with 2—6 lateral leaflets.
++ Stems or branches leafy only to the base of the finally elongate racemes.

B. orrHoceras Ledeb. Grabrous, strict, the stem and lower
leaves often purple-tinged: basal leaves oblong or elliptic, simple
or with 2 or 4 small lateral leaflets: lower and middle cauline leaves
more decidedly lyrate-pinnatifid, ordinarily with 4-12 small leaflets:
uppermost oblong or narrowly obovate, lyrate-pinnatifid, with few
basal lobes: racemes in anthesis densely flowered, in fruit elongate and
slender:. sepals pale: petals pale yellow, 2.5-5 mm. long: siliques
subterete or compressed, not conspicuously angled, 2-3.5 ст. long,
somewhat crowded, strongly ascending or appressed, on thick pedicels
3-8 mm. long.— Hort. Dorp. (1824), and Fl. Ross i. 114 (1841).
B. praecox Richardson, Frankl. Jour. App. 15 (1823); Hook. Fl.
Bor.-Am. i. 39 (1829); T. & G. Fl.i. 75 (1838); not Sm. B. vulgaris,
B. gracilis T. & С. 1. c. (1838), perhaps not DC. B. gracilis Nutt.
ex T. & G. l. c. (1838). B. vulgaris, var. stricta Gray, Man. ed. 2,
35 (1856) and subsequent Am. auth. in part, not Regel. JB. stricta
Кейт. Pl. Vase. Lapp. 6 (1864-1869); Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i.
fasc. i. 150 (1895) in part ; not Andrz. B. Barbarea [as barbarea], var.
stricta MacMillan, Met. Minn. Val. 259 (1892) in part, but not as to
name-bringing synonym. B. americana Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. i. 174 (1900). Campe Barbarea [as barbarea] W. F. Wight in
Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 303 (1906) in part, but not as to
name-bringing synonym.— Banks of streams or in swamps, northern
Labrador to northwestern Alaska, south to the St. John River, Maine,
Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, shores and islands of Lakes Huron
and Superior, Colorado, and southern California; also from north-
eastern Asia to arctic Scandinavia. Passing by numerous gradations to

Var. dolichocarpa, n. var., siliquis patulis vel adscendentibus remotis
vel subremotis subincurvis 2.5-5 em. longis.— Siliques spreading or
ascending, remote or subremote, somewhat incurved, 2.5-5 em. long.—
British Columbia to Wyoming, south to Lower California and central
Mexico. Type collected on wet ground in woods, western Klickitat
Co., WasriNGTON, May 19 and July, 1891 (W. N. Suksdorf, no. 2022).
Some other numbered specimens are Wyoming, Union Pass, August
10, 1894 (A. Nelson, no. 864): CALIFORNIA, near summit of Mt.
Sanhedrin, Lake Co., July 20, 1902 (A. A. Heller, no. 5925): ARIZONA,
vicinity of Flagstaff, altitude 7000 feet, June 1, 1898 (D. T. Mac-
Dougal, no. 24): Mexico, Cuantillan, Valley of Mexico, May 13, 1899
(C. G. Pringle, no. 7740).

1909] — Moore,— Epilobium alpinum and E. Hornemanni 141

++ ++ Lower pedicels of the comparatively short and thick raceme sub-
tended by leafy bracts.

B. rrLANISILIQUA C. A. Meyer. Similar to B. orthoceras but with
the shorter racemes bearing during anthesis 4-8 conspicuous lyrate-
pinnatifid leafy bracts, which are somewhat deciduous in the mature
plant; the sepals deeper-colored or purple-tinged; the petals 7-9 mm.
long; the secondary racemes corymbiform; and the flattish ascending
or erect siliques on comparatively slender pedicels and with more
pronounced subconical beak.— С. A. Meyer in Middendorff, Reise, 1.
pt. 2, 14 (1856); Regel & Tiling, Fl. Ajan. 45 (1858). B. vulgaris,
var. arcuata Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. fasc. i. 149 (1895) as to
Alaskan plant, not Fries.— Southern Alaska and the Aleutian Islands to
Kamtchatka and Amur. In its distribution very typical of the range
of a considerable portion of the Aleutian flora — Erigeron salsuginosus
(Richardson) Gray, var. wnalaschcensis (Less.) Macoun, Arnica
unalaschcensis Less., Hieracium triste Cham., е. which occurs
from southern Alaska through the Aleutian Islands to the islands or
mainland of Kamtchatka or Amur.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

STATUS OF EPILOBIUM ALPINUM AND EPILOBIUM
HORNEMANNI.

ALBERT HANFORD MOORE.

While studying the alpine willow herbs from the White Mountains
in connection with a flora of Coós County upon which Prof. Arthur
Stanley Pease and the writer are engaged, [ found that they presented
a number of problems about which the widest differences of opinion
have existed, the solution of which was by no means simple.

The opinion advanced, and I believe originated, by Haussknecht,
that the seeds of Epilobium alpinum L. and E. Hornemanni Reichenb.
are different, has been generally accepted since the publication of his
monograph. He says of the seeds of К. lactiflorum Hausskn., by
which name he calls E. alpinum, "testa glabra, lacunoso-impressa,”” !
but of the seeds of E. H ornemanni he says, “testa tenuiter papillosa.” ?
Trelease in his Revision of the Genus Epilobium ? accepts this view

! Haussknecht, Monographie der Gattung Epilobium, 158 (1884).

2 [b. 174.
з Missouri Botanical Garden Reports, ii, 75-116 (1891).

142 Rhodora [Ттт

but admits having seen some smooth-seeded examples of E. Horne-
manni. When I examined the seeds of these two species by reflected
light under a moderately high power of the microscope, I found that
some of them, indeed, plainly answered to the description lacunoso-
impressa. A number of times I believed that I had a papillate seed
before me, but by carefully focussing and varying the light I observed
that it was an illusion. ‘The seeds of both Epilobium alpinum and E.
Hornemanni are in fact covered with pits, the walls of which are more
or less prominent according as the seeds are old and shrivelled or in
good condition. ‘The former appear more strikingly papillate. This
effect is produced by the light falling in a certain way on the margin
or corners of the irregularly circular impression. How it is possible
for a pit to look like a papilla is fairly well shown by some of the
figures in Barbey’s Epilobium Genus a Cl. Ch. Cuisin Illustratum.
The artist has drawn shaded circles which on the margins of a seed
resemble papillae.! In Haussknecht's monograph, plate 1, figure 13,
represents a seed of E. lactiflorum, figure 18 one of E. Hornemanni
Reichenb. ‘The cuts show that so low-powered a lens was used that
no certain judgment of the facts could have been formed.

The upper surface also of the seeds often looks papillate when the
lighting is too bright. Any one familiar with a microscope knows
that a too brilliant illumination makes it difficult to determine the true
nature of structures which one apparently observes. I also investi-
gated the seeds after they had been wet for a while, to see if they would
look papillate after swelling, but with no different result. However,
the most important thing for the present purpose is that the seeds of
the two species do not differ in any respect.”

The only real characters suggested to distinguish the plants which
have proved satisfactory are of relatively little importance, and I
could find no others to supplement them. ‘These differences are easy
to see when the specimens are fresh, but difficult after they are dried,
yet notwithstanding they can in many cases be made out with a fair
degree of certainty even then. Collectors, however, should be urged
to make careful notes on their labels.

In E. alpinum L., as that species has recently been understood by

1 See, e. g., Epilobium Khasianum C. B. Clarke, pl. 16, fig. 5.
? Trelease in his monograph says that the seeds of E. alpinum are more attenuate, but
this does not seem to hold either.

1909] Moore,— Epilobium alpinum and E. Hornemanni 143
'[' release in his revision or in the seventh edition of Gray's Manual,
for instance,! the flowers are white,’ and the leaves are light green.
The leaves have also been described as thinner than in E. Hornemannt
Reichenb., but it is quite likely that this effect is optical, due to the
greater translucency of the coloring matter. At bes: it is a very un-
certain character, as the apparent difference is so slight that the leaves
of E. Hornemanni may become thinner on pressing, if they are not
sometimes so to begin with. In the last named species the flowers
vary from rose or lilac to deep purple, the leaves being darker and
often suffused with purple.?

‘In view of these facts it seems best to treat one of the species as a
color form of the other, but before doing this it is necessary to make
sure that E. alpinum, which is obviously the older name, has been
correctly interpreted. In the Species Plantarum * Linnaeus says
nothing about the color of the flowers, but refers to a description in
his Flora Lapponica ë which reads as follows:

EPILOBIUM foliis ouato-oblongis integerrimis.
? Chamenirium alpinum alsines foliis. Scheuch. alp. 59.
a Plantulam hane bis vel terin Alpibus lapponicis legi, preesertim
ad latera earum, preecedentibus congeneribus mixtam.
8 Caulis simplex, vix dimidii digiti longitudine, parum
rubescens.
Folia opposita, inferiora minora ouata, superiora maiora
& magis oblonga, integerrima omnia.
Flores duo, rubri, parui, caulem terminantes, petalis emargi-
natis purpureis.
Conueniunt hee & antecedentes dus (148.149.) florum
corolla parua, petalisque bifidis & sequalibus.
Linnaeus likewise refers to Epilobium foliis ovalibus, superioribus
attenuatis L. Flora Suecica, 111 (1745), which throws no light on the
subject of color. From what has gone before, it would appear plain
that it was E. Hornemanni which was meant and not the white-flowered
form as has been supposed, but the matter is not quite so simple.
Although this was apparently the older view (for if we turn to Flora

1 Cf. also E. lactiflorum Hausskn, Monographie, 158; Gray Mannal, ed. VI, 189 (1890).

2 According to Gray Manual, ed. VII, 597 (1908) also “ pinkish.”

3 Mr. H. H. Bartlett assures me that it has been demonstrated in a number of analogous
cases that it is the same purple coloring matter as in the flowers which makes the leaves
darker or purplish.

4 р. 348.

5 p. 114 (1737),

6 Note the uncertainty.

144 Hhodora [JULY

Danica, ii, pl. 322 (1766) or to Sowerby’s English Botany, xxvii, pl.
2001 (1819), for example, we find Epilobium alpinum L. represented
as having purple flowers and various synonyms of E. alpinum prove
to have had colored ones), nevertheless Haussknecht ' adopts the name
lactiflorum for the white-flowered plant, describing it as having milk-
white flowers (flores lactei), maintaining that the Linnaean E. alpinum
was a species mixta consisting of two elements, a white-flowered form,
represented by two specimens in the herbarium of Linnaeus, the one
doubtfully, the other certainly identified, and the Chamaenirium
alpinum alsines foliis Scheuch. questioningly cited in the Flora
Lapponica, but unfortunately taken over into the Species Plantarum
without any mark of interrogation. In this Haussknecht says that
Scheuchzer first included E. anagallidifolium Lam. and E. alsine-
folium Vill., but subsequently the latter only. In his monograph,
under the caption of E. lactiflórum, Haussknecht says, “Nach Ansicht
der meisten Scandinavischen Botaniker wäre in dieser Pflanze das
eigentliche E. alpinum L. zu erblicken, weil dieselbe sowohl in Linné's
Herbar als E. alpinum vorhanden ist und die Phrase in Fl. Lapp. und
in Fl. Suec. nur auf diese gedeutet werden kann,’ abgesehen von den
dabei gegebenen, zu E. anagallidif. gehórenden Citaten." Further on
he continues, "In Annotat. pl. Scand. herb. L. 1849 sagte bereits
Hartman, dass das E. alpinum im Herb. Linné vóllig mit der obigen
Art [E. lactiflorum] übereinstimme." This is what Hartman says,’
E. “alpinum 7 (manu propr.) Nihilo, nisi floribus tribus (pro
‘ duobus ^) foliis subdenticulatis (pro ' integerrimis"), atque caule paulum
altiore a descriptione Linnaeana numeri 150 Fl. Lapp.* differens, hoc
specimen optimum est E. alpinum Suecor. recent." 5 Nor under the
other specimen referred to by Haussknecht does Hartman refer to the
color, but says, “Haec est forma pumila biuncialis, etiam melius ac
praecedens Florae Lapp. І. c. respondens...." At the end he adds the
note, ^ Nullae aliae huius tribus, nec numeris 147 et 149 Fl. Lapp. re-
spondentes, formae in herbario Linnaei adsunt." Under E. alpinum L.
in his Handb. Skand. Flor. ed. XI, 263 (1879) Hartman cites Svensk.

1], c.

? It has already been noted that the Flora Lapponica calls the flowers “rubri,” the
Flora Suecica not mentioning the color.

3 Annotat. Plant. Scand, Herb. Linn. (Ex Act. Reg. Acad, Scient. Holm.) 76 (1849).

4 See quotation of this description, above, p. 143.

5 As we shall see presently E. alpinum Suecor, recent. is no clearer than any other E.
alpinum,

1909] Мооге, — Epilobium alpinum and E. Hornemanni 145

Bo‘. x, pl. 707, 1826-1829 (a most excellent figure of E. Hornemanni)
and the plate, Flora Danica ii, 322, already mentioned, but in the
description he says, “‘kronbl. ....violettréda....ell. hvita” and adds
"Den mer hógvüxta och uppriita formen med flere blr och oftast
hvita аг var. Hornemanni (Reich. pl. crit. 2). + This confused
account does not seem definite enough to deny or affirm the strong
implication of the Annotationes, for the description of the species may
well be intended to include that of the variety. The conception of
the white-flowered element seems thus to be disposed of, and even if
it afterwards proved that the Linnaean specimens really had white
flowers, they are not type specimens in our modern sense, so that such
a discovery could not be taken as controverting the strong evidence
that Linnaeus had a purple-flowered plant in mind when he wrote.
The field now lies between E. anagallidifolium Lam. and E. Horne-
manni Reichenb. The description given by Linnaeus in the Species
Plantarum, as in the Flora Lapponica, answers much better to that of
the leaves of E. Hornemanni, than to that of the narrowly elliptic to
oblong leaves of E. anagallidifolium. In the Species Plantarum,
in addition to the doubtful Scheuchzerian name, is cited the name
Epilobium foliis ellipticis, obtuse lanceolatis Haller Enum. Meth. Stirp.
Helv. Indigen. 1, 408 (1742). Haller writes of it as follows: Folia in
rarioribus conjugationibus, ima ovata, superiora longiusculo mucrone
in obtusam ellipsin attenuata, brevibus denticulis serrata. Flores... .
petalis dilute purpureis....? From this it is evident that E Horne-
manni was included,* and if E. alpinum L. really is a mixed species,
it depends for that character upon the reference to Scheuchzer. It
would be very satisfactory to be able to remove this objection as well,
but unfortunately Scheuchzer's work is not at hand. However,
according to the so-called doctrine of remainders, which has been
generally accepted and which, though it finds no adequate expression
in the Vienna code, seems to be undoubtedly included in it,® the name
E. alpinum must stand for E. Hornemanni, since the latter and its

1 See footnote, 1, below, p. 146.

2 In Е. anagallidifoltum, too, the leaves are almost alike, whereas іп E. Hornemanni
the upper leaves tend to be more attenuate than the lower.

3 N, B. purple flowers again.

* Cf. also the name used in the Flora Suecica, E. foliis ovalibus, superioribus attenuatis
T

5 бее Régles Internat. Nomencl. Congr. Internat, Bot, Vienne Sect, 6, Arts. 44 and
47 (1905). Iam indebted to Dr. B. L. Robinson for invaluable assistance in interpreting
these rules.

146 Rhodora [JULY

oldest synonym E. nutans Hornem.' were both described later than
E. anagallidifolium Lam. or E. alsinefolium Vill.; in other words
it alone is left after the supposed conflicting elements have been re-
moved. Now taking up the synonymy which Haussknecht gives for
his E. lactiflorum; E. alpinum L. and E. nutans Hornem. have already
been discussed. E. alpinum L. 8. fontanum Hornem., not Wahl., is a
pure synonym of E. nutans, having been based directly upon it without
any accompanying description. (Under E. alpinum L. var. fontanum
Wahl. Flora Lapponica, 95 (1812), the author cites as the first synonym
E. alsinefolium Vill? ‘This, as far as one can tell without going deeply
into the matter, is a purple-flowered species of Europe, and certainly
as far as the plate is concerned it is a very distinct species.) E.
alpinum L. 8. majus Wahl. Flora Suec. i, 234 (1824) is also founded
on Е. alsinefolium (and hence is purple-flowered). E. origanifolium
Lam. y. intermedium Lindbl. Physiogr. Tidskr. 1838, is a reference
given by Haussknecht. ‘The periodical appears to be a very rare one,
but an article оп Epilobium by the same author occurs in Flora.?
According to this, Lindblom's variety is based on E. alpinum L. y.
nutans Hartm. Handb. Skand. Flor. ed. III, 91 (1838). (Here is cited
again Svensk. Bot. x, pl. 707 and Flora Danica, ii, 322.) E. alpinum
L. var. majus Fr. Novit. Fl. Suec. Mant. ii, 20 (1839) is the only name
remaining to be considered. In a note Fries says, “in var. majori
semper lacteis." Here then for the first time is a mention of white
flowers, but the only synonym given is E. alpinum L. y. nutans Hartm.
which, as we have just seen, has purple flowers. There seems there-
fore to be no available name for the white-flowered plant except
E. lactiflorum Hausskn.

For convenient reference, I give below the correct names of the
two plants with a summary of their more important synonymy.

EPILOBIUM ALPINUM L. floribus inter lilacinos et purpureos varianti-
bus.— Sp. Pl. ed. I, 348 (1853); Flora Dan. ii, pl. 322 (1766); Svensk.
Bot. x, pl. 707 (1826-1829); Sowerby Engl. Bot. xxviii, pl. 2001
(1819); Hartm. Annotat. Plant. Scand. Herb. Linn. (ex Act. Reg.
Acad. Scient. Holm.) 76 (1849).

! E. Hornemanni Reichenb. Iconogr. Bot. seu Plant. Crit. ii, 73, pl. 180, f. 313 (1824)
was based on E. nutans Hornem. Flora Danica, viii, pl. 1387 (1810) which is an illustration
of a plant with lilac flowers, in all respects resembling our common alpine species. It is
interesting to note that the Index Kewensis correctly includes E. Hornemanni as a syno-
nym of E. alpinum.

? Figured, Flora Dan, xv, pl. 2587 (1861).

3 xxiv, 596 (1841).

_ 1909] Moore,— Epilobium alpinum and E. Horngmanni 147

E. foliis ovato-oblongis integerrimis L. Flora Lapp. 114 (1737).

E. foliis ellipticis, obtuse lanceolatis Haller Enum. Meth. Stirp.
Helv. Indigen. i, 408 (1742).

E. foliis ovalibus, superioribus attenuatis L. Flora Suec. 111 (1745).

E. nutans Hornem. Flora Dan. viii, pl. 1387 (1810).

E. alpinum L. 8. fontanum Hornem. Hort. Reg. Bot. Hafn. 365
(1813), not Wahl.

E. Hornemanni Reichenb. Iconogr. Bot. seu Plant. Crit. 11, 73, pl.
180, f. 313 (1824); Hausskn. Monogr. Gatt. Epilob. 174, pl. 1, fig. 15
(1884); Trelease Mo. Bot. Gard. Rep. ii, 105 (1891); Gray Man. ed.
VI, 189 (1890); Id. ed. VII, 597 (1905).

E. alpinum L. var. nutans Hornem. Nomencl. Flora Dan. Emend.
66 (1827) (incorrectly attributed by Haussknecht to Lehmann).

E. alpinum L. y. nutans Hartm. Handb. Skand. Flor. ed. IIT, 91
(1838).

E. origanifolium Lam. y. intermedium Lindbl. Physiogr. ‘Tidskr.
1838; Flora xxiv, 596 (1841).

E. alpinum L. var. majus Fr. Novit. Fl. Suec. Mant. ii, 20 (1839).

E. acprxum L. f. lactilorum (Hausskn.) A. H. Moore comb. nov.
floribus lacteis vel raro colore roseo paulum tinctis.

E. alpinum Auct., not L.

E. alpinum L. var. majus Fr. Novit. Fl. Suec. Mant. ii, 20 (1839),
as to note following description, but not as to synonym.

Е. lactiflorum Hausskn.. Monogr. Gatt. Epilob. 158, pl. 1, fig. 13
(1884); 'Trelease Mo. Bot. Gard. Rep. ii, 108 (1891), under the head of
E. alpinum L.; Gray Man. ed. VL 189 (1890); Id. ed. VII, 597
(1908), under E. alpinum L.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

1 Citation quoted from Haussk necht.

148 ‘ Rhodora [JuLy

A Teucrium NEW TO Massacnuserts.— While botanizing on
Cape Ann, Massachusetts, last September I noted with particular
interest a species of Teucriwm established a short distance east of
Rockport very close to the shore. ‘The plant was subsequently identi-
fied by Prof. M. L. Fernald as Teucrium occidentale Gray, var. boreale
(Bicknell) Fernald. ‘The colony comprised possibly 6 or 8 individual
plants in various stages of maturity. Several were even then in full
flower while others with mature spikes illustrated the characters in
the calyx-lobes very plainly. The record seems of interest in that it
extends the known range of the plant quite appreciably to the east
and south.— Epwin B. Bartram, Wayne, Ра.

THE NEW ENGLAND FEDERATION ОЕ NatuRAL History Soci-
ETIES will hold a field meeting at Portland, Maine, July 6-12. A
series of attractive excursions has been arranged to the neighboring
beaches, islands, to Sebago Lake, the tourmaline quarry at Auburn,
etc., also a dredging expedition. Headquarters of the meeting will be
at the rooms of the Portland Society of Natural History, 22 Elm
Street, near Monument Square, Portland. For further information
persons interested should apply to J. H. Emerton, 194 Clarendon
Street, Boston.

Vol. 11, по. 126, including pages 109 to 124, was issued 7 June, 1909.

Gray's New Manual of Botany — 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian. By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
р À Thoroughly revised and largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
зом, Ph.D., Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, S.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups, With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist's Edition. Limp leather, 5 х7} inches. Price, $3.00.
AMERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the

revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.

AMERICAN BOOH COMPANY
New York Cincinnati Chicago Bostcn

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
eral home life of 327 species of birds. Аз a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. gr.

STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT,
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

родова

JOURNAL ОЕ THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \

WILLIAM PENN RICH l

К Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. 11. August, 1909. | No. 128.
CONTENTS:
On Balls of Vegetable Matter (Second Article). W. F. Ganong 149
A Color Form of Potentilla pumila. б. A. Weatherby 152
Notes on Monotropsis odorata. б. C. Plitt 153
Ranges of certain Junci Poiophylli. H.H. Bartlett 155
Salix pedicellaris and its Variations. M. L. Fernald 157
Hairy-fruited Rhus Toxicodendron. А. H. Moore 162
Viola pallens with pure white Petals. L. R. Perkins 164
Juncus articulatus, var. nigritellus in Maine. M. L. Fernald 164
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1,

1052 Exchange Buildiag. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume r, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in

© which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles т and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetalaze (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. Suxsporr - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for
collectors! memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray НЕввАвгом, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publieations are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. August, 1909. No. 128.

ON BALLS OF VEGETABLE MATTER FROM SANDY
SHORES.

(Second Article).
W. К. GANONG.

In this Journal for March, 1905 (7, 41-47), I gave such data аз
I had been able to collect concerning the occurrence, composition and
mode of formation of those somewhat interesting, even though not
very important, objects described by the title to this paper. Since
that article was published some additional facts have come to my
knowledge, and are presented herewith.

In the first place, even before the publication of the former article,
Professor Farlow, in response to a question of mine, had written me
that such balls occur on the French shores of the Mediterranean. But
for some reason or other, probably because his communication hap-
pened to fall upon the blind spot which our intellects as well as our
eyes seem to possess, I did not understand that these marine balls are
homologous in origin with the kind I was describing from freshwater
lakes, and accordingly I failed to include them with the latter. But
since then I have been able, by aid of notes kindly sent me by Pro-
fessor Farlow and by Mr. F. S. Collins, to trace out the subject with
some completeness, with results which, in so far as they concern our
present subject, are as follows. Balls of vegetable matter formed
by action of the waves upon sandy shores, both of lakes and the sea,
are known in Europe, and from early times have been called Aegagro-
pila by naturalists. ‘The best known of these balls are those found
on the French shores of the Mediterranean, where they are known as
Aegagropiles de тет, or Aegagropiles marines, or Pelotes marines.

150 Rhodora [AvavsT

Under the supposition that all such balls were of similar origin and of
algal nature, they were included in an algal genus Aegagropila, which
comprised also some fresh-water confervoid Algae of a radiating-
globular mode of growth. ‘The real nature of the Aegagropiles marines
was apparently first pointed out in print by Weddell in 1879. He
showed that they are not Algae at all, but principally the fringed-out
and balled up fibrovascular bundles of Posidonia Caulini, a naiadaceous
phanerogam (Actes du Congrès international de botanistes, d'horti-
culteurs, de négociants et de fabricants de produits du règne végétal,
tenu à Amsterdam, en 1879, 58-61; as abstracted in Just's Jahres- _
bericht, 9, 1879, 333). But Professor Farlow tells me that their `
real nature was understood before this, for in 1872 he collected speci-
mens at Antibes, France (one of which is now in the Botanical Museum
of Harvard University), and their formation from Posidonia was then
known to the botanists of that place. A different explanation of the
materials of which they are mainly composed was given in 1892 by W.
Russell, who stated that they consist chiefly of the remains of pine cones
(Revue générale de Botanique, 4, 1892, 545). ‘This conclusion was
denied by Sauvageau, who again pointed out their composition from
Posidonia bundles (Journal de Botanique, T, 1893, 34, 95). In the
meantime, however, Russell had published a second article, repeating
his statement about the pine cones, and giving a classification of the
various materials composing such balls, both from fresh and from salt
water, so far as known to him. He finds that, in addition to the pine-
cone kind, some do consist of Posidonia with or without Algae and
sponge remains, some of Zostera, some (in English lakes) of larch cones,
some (in the lakes of the Engadine) of fir cones and fir needles, some
(in the Lake of Geneva) of wood shavings. (Revue générale de
Botanique, 5, 1893, 65, as abstracted in Beihefte zum botanischen
Centralblatt, 8, 1893, 444). ‘This list, by the way, has much interest
in connection with that given for American balls in my first article.
Russell was in error as to the pine cones, and the Aegagropiles marines
are now universally known to consist mainly of Posidonia, and they are
thus described under that genus in Engler and Prantl’s Die natiirlichen
Pflanzenfamilien, II, 1, 207. The distinction between the algal and
the **kunstliche" Aegagrophila is also well brought out by С. de
Lagerheim in Nova Notisaria 1892, Ser. III, 89.

But other marine balls, of very different materials, have recently
been reported from another direction. Under the title ** Water-Rolled

1909] Ganong,— On Balls of Vegetable Matter 151

Weed-Balls," Dr. A. H. MacKay describes fully, with photo-illustra-
tions, some typical balls from the coast of Nova Soctia, and finds them
composed of Algae, mainly Dictyosiphon, Desmarestia, Ectocarpus,
Chordaria, and Chorda, with some other accessory materials (Pro-
ceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Science, 11,
part 4, 1908, 667). Professor Farlow writes me that such balls occur
also on the coast of New England.

I find also, by the way, that in the former article I did not do justice
to one of the references given by J. Adams in Science (19, 1904, 926);
for his note clearly points to the occurrence of the balls in a lake of the
Hebrides. Another, material unstated, is reported from a Nova
Scotia lake by Dr. MacKay in the article above cited. And Professor
Barrows, in the letter next to be quoted, mentions the occurrence of
balls composed of tamarack leaves, in a lake in Oakland County,
Michigan.

Finally another, and very different, composition for balls of exactly
similar mode of formation has been communicated to me by Professor
Walter B. Barrows of the Michigan Agricultural College, along with
several specimens. The balls are composed almost wholly of hair,
and their origin is thus described in Professor Barrows’ letter (of Oct.
7, 1908).

The hair comes from a tannery located on the shore of Lake Michi-
gan, a mile or two north of Petoskey, at a point called Kegomic, and
these hair balls are cast up on the beach about a mile further along,
although a few are found at other places around the bay. This beach
forms the easternmost point of Little Traverse Bay апа receives the
full force of the westerly and southwesterly winds, so that there is
often a rather heavy surf on the beach. The hair balls are of all sizes
up to at least five inches in diameter, although my recollection is that
balls of that size are much less common than smaller ones. The shape
also 1s quite variable but there seems to be a marked tendency towards
elliptical outlines, so that the smaller ones often resemble cocoons
quite closely. I am told by people living at Harbor Springs and at
Petoskey that these hair balls have been a constant feature of the beach
for fifteen or twenty years past, and presumably ever since the tannery
was started.

The wave-formed balls, therefore, occur in the sea as well as the lakes
of fresh water, and they are made up of the most diverse materials.
The one feature they have in common is their mode of formation, which
depends upon the rolling action of the submersed parts of waves
working upon fibrous substances resting lightly upon sandy bottoms.

152 Rhodora [AvavsT

"They are, of course, of all degrees of perfection, from loose aggregations
of miscellaneous materials, familiar enough on all beaches and attract-
ing no notice, up to those perfectly rounded forms whose symmetry
and smoothness of outline compel attention and demand explanation;
and it is these more perfect forms which are the subject of these two
articles. Probably they occur, in suitable places, all over the globe,
and, after all, the most curious thing about them is the fact that they
are seemingly so little known, and so rarely mentioned, in botanical
literature.

Smita CoLLEGE, Northampton, Mass.

A COLOR FORM OF POTENTILLA PUMILA.
C. A. WEATHERBY.

THERE is a place in the outskirts of Cambridge which, partly be-
cause of its interesting indigenous plants and partly because of certain
dumping grounds in its vicinity, well repays the botanist for an occa-
sional inspection. In the course of a recent visit to this spot, Professor
Fernald and the writer noticed a peculiar and very pretty Potentilla,
which, on examination, proved to be a form of P. pumila Poir. with
cream-colored petals. ‘There were forty or fifty vigorous plants of it,
chiefly in a dense central colony, but with outlying individuals scattered
over a space some fifty feet in diameter. With their pale petals, they
contrasted strongly with the typical Potentilla pumila which grew
abundantly about and intermingled with them. No intergradients
between the two forms were observed.

The pale-flowered plant differs from typical material of P. pumila
only in the color of its petals. It apparently represents a variation
analogous to the color forms of Gratiola aurea recently described by
Mr. H. H. Bartlett in Кнорока [9: 122]. No white-flowered Poten-
tilla pumila to correspond with Mr. Bartlett’s forma /eucantha has,
indeed, been recorded, so far as the present writer is aware; but the
color-relation between typical P. pumila and its pale-flowered variant
and that between Gratiola aurea and its forma helveola are rather
strikingly similar.

1909] Plitt, — Notes on Monotropsis odorata 153

A somewhat careful search has failed to disclose any previous
record of color forms either of Potentilla pumila or of the closely allied
P. canadensis. | Poiret, indeed, in his original description, speaks of

3

jaune påle”; but it seems

oe

the flowers of P. pumila as pale yellow,
hardly possible that he can have had the form with cream-colored
petals before him. ‘The absence of any record of it and its probable
character as a "'retrograde variety” would indicate that it is unusual
and not likely to have been collected and sent to Europe as early as
1800. Moreover, Poiret is contrasting his plant with the European
P. verna L. from which, he says, “cette espéce....me paroit devoir

' and which has deep golden-yellow flowers. In

être distinguée’
contrast with them, the clear yellow of P. pumila might very naturally
be spoken of as pale. In a similar manner, the latest monographer
of the genus Potentilla, Wolf,” uses the Latin phrase “pallide flavis"
to describe the petals of a form to which a moment later, he refers as
*'hellgelb."

It seems desirable that the Cambridge plant should be recorded
under a definite name: it may, then, be called: —

POTENTILLA PUMILA Poir., forma ochroleuca f. nov.

A forma typica differt petalis albo-flavescentibus.

Roadside in dry, gravelly soil: Cambridge, Mass., May 26, 1909.
M. L. Fernald and C. A. Weatherby.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

NOTES ON MONOTROPSIS ODORATA.
CHARLES C. Putt.

Ir was by a mere accident that I first became acquainted with
Monotropsis odorata, for it was while collecting some leaf mold that
I uncovered a nice lot of this interesting little plant. ‘his was more
than fifteen years ago; since then I have seen it many times and possi-
bly in all of its various habitats. Му first find was made in low chest-
nut woods, but it is in the sandy pine woods where it seems to be most
at home. Like the other plants of the Monotropoideae or Indian Pipe
Subfamily, it is entirely destitute of green foliage. Its clustered stems,

1 Encycl. Meth. Bot. 5; 594. ? Monographie der Gattung Potentilla, 591,

154 Rhodora [AvavsT

seldom more than three or four inches in height, are purplish brown
in color, and clothed with scale-like scarious bracts of a bright brown
color, very closely resembling the dry pine needles in which and under
which it delights to grow. ‘The flowers are light rose-purple, of a
most delightful fragrance, clover-like, I should say, perfuming the air
for some distance around. Even in drying, the plant retains its odor
for a considerable length of time.

It comes into bloom, possibly the earliest of any of the plants of its
kind, being found generally in full bloom during the first week of April.
It was not long after finding the plant, that I learned how it was possible
for it to bloom so early, when, two or three years later, while gathering
chestnuts, I found a nice clump of the plant with blossoms already
apparently fully developed, seemingly only awaiting a few warm days
to open.

Last year, a botanical friend announced to me, what he considered
a most important discovery: — he had discovered that the fruit of
Monotropsis was not a capsule, as stated by Gray, but a berry, and that
it ripened in the fall. I had never seen the fruit so was not well pre-
pared to attack the assertion, especially, as he insisted that he knew
what he was talking about, and while neither of us had specimens to
prove our assertions; however, I was sure that what he saw was the
fully developed flower buds for the coming spring, and awaited with
impatience the fruiting of the plant this year. ‘Thanks to wishing to
supply a friend with specimens of the fruit, I kept the task in mind,
and six weeks after the first flowers appeared, found still a few withered
up fruit stalks with capsules already dehisced.

From the above, I should advise that searchers for Monotropsis
look for the plant during the early part of April, especially in pine
woods. One of its companion plants is Monotropa IH ypopitys. It is
no doubt most abundant in our Coastal Plain, but сап also be found
farther inland in the Piedmont region in mixed woods, most generally
under chestnuts. Four or five weeks later the fruit is ripe. Search
in the same localities in early fall will reveal the plant with flower
buds quite developed, which no doubt accounts for its early blooming
the following spring.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.

1909] Bartlett, — Ranges of certain Junci Poiophylli 155

THE GEOGRAPHIC RANGES OF CERTAIN JUNCI
POIOPHYLLI.

HARLEY Harris BARTLETT.

Juncus VaskEvi Engelm. ‘The most recent statement of the range
of this species (Gray's Manual, Ed. 7) is “northern New Brunswick
to Saskatchewan, south to central Maine, northern New York, Michi-
gan, Illinois, Iowa, and Colorado." ‘The two following stations

“

extend this range well to the northward of Bourgeau's station “оп the

Saskatchewan": — Keewatin; between Echimamash River and
Oxford House, July, 1880, Robert Bell. (Upon this collection are
based the records of Juncus tenuis Willd. in Report Geol. Surv.
Canada, 1879-80, p. 65c and in Macoun, Catalogue of Canadian
Plants, iv. p. 59). Athabasca; North of Peace River, 5 July, 1903,
J. M. Macoun 61281 (distributed as Juncus Dudley Wiegand).

Juncus Duprey Wiegand. ‘The range given for this species in the
Manual, “Quebec to Saskatchewan and the Rocky Mountains,"
etc., should be extended to include Washington. Juncus Dudleyi was
recorded from this state by Wiegand in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxx.
(1903) p. 446, but Piper did not include it in his Flora of Washington.
I have seen the following specimens: — from various stations in
Klickitat Co., Suksdorf 1043, 2523, 3232, 3273, 5052, 5053, 6224, &
6225; Cape Horn, Skamania Co., 19 Aug. 1894, Suksdorf 3594;
Latah Creek, Spokane Co., 28 June, 1889, Suksdorf 1043.

JUNCUS INTERIOR Wiegand. Washington should be included in the
range of this prairie type, on the basis of a specimen from Prosser,
Yakima Co., Cotton 647 (distributed as Juncus tenuis and cited under
this name in the Flora of Washington).

JUNCUS BRACHYPHYLLUS Wiegand. This species is known from
New Mexico (v. infra), the region of the upper Platte (western Ne-
braska, northern Colorado, or Wyoming), Idaho, Oregon, and Wash-
ington. ‘The extension of its range into the two latter states is based
upon beautiful specimens received for determination from Mr. Suks-
dorf, and upon other specimens which were unidentified or incorrectly
identified when received at the Gray Herbarium. These are: — Ore-
gon: Hood River Valley, Wasco Co., Suksdorf 210 & 215. Washing-

ton: moist hillsides, Blue Mountains, Columbia Co., Horner

156 Rhodora [AvGvusT

R198B497; wet places and damp cliffs near Bingen, Klickitat Co.,
Suksdorf 3817, 6221 & 6231.

Dropping Arkansas from the range of this species requires a word
of explanation. In his first paper on the Juncus tenuis allies (Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, xxvii. (1900) p. 520), Wiegand cited the three speci-
mens from which he drew up the original description of Juncus brachy-
phyllus as follows: —

"Arkansas: (Between Morka and Red Fork) (Marcy's Exped.
Herb. G. Thurber); Upper Platte (Hayden in Gray Herb.

type.
tate” Lake Waha) (Heller, no. 3410, 1896).”
Both of the specimens said to be from Arkansas are in the Gray
Herbarium. ‘The original label of the former reads, “Between Moska
and red fork Ark. June-Sept. 1849." A supplementary label,
dating from the time that the Thurber collection was incorporated
with the Gray Herbarium, ascribes the specimen to “ Marcy's Expedi-
tion." When the itinerary of the Marcy Expedition of 1849 was looked
up (The Report of Capt. R. B. Marcy's Route from Fort Smith
to Santa Fe, 31st Congress, Ist Session [Senate] Ex. Doc. no. 64
(1850) p. 169), it was found that the expedition, which started from
Fort Smith on the fifth of April, arrived at Santa Fe, New Mexico,
on the twenty-eighth of June and that the return trip to Fort Smith
was begun about the twenty-fifth of August. The line of march on
the return was southward to Dona Ana on the Rio Grande, and from
there in general eastward and southeastward, until, eight days after
crossing the Pecos River, they “pushed out upon the high plain of
the Llano Estacado." This was on the twenty-ninth of September.
On October sixth they “struck into a creek bottom, followed it down
about three miles to its junction with a large stream, which is the main
Red Fork of the Colorado.....'l'he main Rio Colorado has, near its
head, two principal tributaries — the Concho and the Red Fork."
There can be no doubt that this is the Red Fork of the Marcy label.
It remains to identify his “Moska.” The name is not mentioned in
his report nor is it on his map. So far as there is any evidence, how-
ever, it seems to have been the name of his camp near Santa Fe, for
on U. S. Land Office maps of later date a tract about ten miles north-
east of Santa Fe is called “Sierra Mosca." 'l'his was afterwards the
site of Fort Marcy. It would seem likely, from the montane and
northern distribution of Juncus brachyphyllus, that the Marcy speci-

1909] ernald,— Salix pedicellaris and its Variations 157

men was collected in the mountainous region about Santa Fe, where
the expedition encamped for several weeks, or at least within the present
limits of New Mexico, rather than in the desert region of northwestern
Texas, through which the route lay after the ninth of September.

' station cited in Wiegand's paper is, of

The second ‘Arkansas’
course, erroneous also. The Hayden specimen from the upper
Platte must have been collected in western Nebraska, northern
Colorado or Wyoming. If any herbarium contains a dated duplicate
of the specimen in the Gray Herbarium, it might perhaps be accurately
localized by referring to the lists published in several volumes of the
Reports of the Hayden Survey. Since the specimen is the type of the
species, this would be well worth while.

It is unfortunate that these geographical slips should have been
perpetuated by Buchenau (Pflanzenreich, iv. 36, p. 120), in a manner
which affords no clue to correcting them,— “Bis jetzt nur bekannt aus
Arkansas (Marcy, Hayden) und Idaho (Heller n. 3410).”

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

SALIX PEDICELLARIS AND ITS VARIATIONS.
M. L. FERNALD.

THE attractive bog willow, which for several decades passed in
America as Salix pedicellaris Pursh, was considered by ‘Tuckerman !
to be identical with the European S. myrtilloides L., although with the
concessions that “the Lapland plant is less inclined to be glaucous”
and is "distinguished by the broad, often cordate base of the leaves,
a habit which I have never observed in ours"; * and with the further
comments that “Fries truly calls it elegant; noticing also, as does
Wahlenberg, its resemblance in habit to Vaccinium uliginosum. It
being a very northern and remarkably broad-leaved state of the species,
which suggests this comparison, it is not surprising that our much
larger and narrower-leaved form should not so well compare with our
exclusively alpine and small-leaved form of the Vaccinium. Fries
remarks upon S. myrtilloides, that its leaves do not easily blacken in
drying: this is also true of our plant, which preserves all its beauty in

1 Tuckerm., Ат, Jour. Sci, xlv. 34 (1843).

158 Rhodora [AvavsT

the herbarium.” * In spite of the differences of foliage indicated by
Tuckerman, the American and European plants certainly simulate
one another strongly; and Tuckerman, as above noted, was inclined
to give little weight to the slight differences he detected and to call the
plants identical, especially since he observed no differences in the
aments and since Koch had stated of the European plant “foliorum
forma valde variabilis, occurrunt scil. subrotundo-ovata, basi sub-
cordata apice obtusissima, ovata, oblonga, acuminata, et lanceolata
utrinque acuta." ? The conclusions of ‘Tuckerman, however, were
not accepted by ‘Torrey who said of S. pedicellaris “a low, very distinct
and neat species, which my friend Mr. Tuckerman thinks is not
distinct from S. myrtilloides, Linn., but I am not yet satisfied that they
are the same"; nor by Carey in his treatment of Salix in the first
four editions of Gray's Manual. But in 1858 they were taken up
without perfect confidence by Andersson, * and in the fifth edition of
Gray's Manual (in 1867) the shrub, which up to that time had been
generally known in America as S. pedicellaris Pursh, was treated as S.
myrtilloides L. In 1865, however, Andersson ? indicated very clearly
that he could not accept "'uckerman's view and treated the American
S. pedicellaris as subspecifically separable from the European 8.
myrtilloides; and in the Prodromus * he later kept it apart as an Amer-
ican variety.

In the sixth edition of Gray's Manual, Bebb took the name Salix
myrtilloides for the commonest tendency of the American plant, with
elliptic-obovate leaves, and set off as var. pedicellaris a shrub with
“leaves oblong-linear or oblanceolate,” which, as we shall later see,
could hardly have been the plant originally described by Pursh as 8.
pedicellaris.

In preparing the manuscript for the seventh edition of Gray's
Manual it seemed best to restore to the American plant its earlier
status as a species, S. pedicellaris, distinct from the Old World S.
myrtilloides. 'The reasons for so doing may be briefly stated as follows.
The American shrub is stouter and generally taller than the European,
with nearly erect scattered branches; the short branches of S. myrtil-

1 Тискегт., Am. Jour. Sci. xlv, 34 (1843).
? Koch, De Salic. Eur. Comm. 52 (1828).
з Torr. Fl, М. Y. ii. 213 (1843).

* Anderss, Sal, Bor.-Am, 20 (1858).

5 Anderss, Mon. Sal. 96 (1865).
6 Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 2, 230 (1868).

1909] Fernmald,— Salix pedicellaris and its Variations 159

loides being numerous and divergent. The leaves of the American
shrub, varying from obovate-oblong to linear-oblanceolate (broadest
above the middle), tapering to an acutish base, and usually glabrous
from the first, are in maturity 3-8 em. long; those of true S. myrtil-
loides of Europe, varying from round-ovate to ovate-oblong or oblong-
lanceolate (broadest near the base), rounded or subcordate at base,
and silky beneath when young, are in maturity only 1.5-3.5 cm. long.
The American plant has larger aments and larger capsules, which are
on pedicels 2-4 mm. long; the smaller capsules of the European plant
being borne on pedicels 1-2 mm. long. S. myrtilloides is a shrub of
arctic-alpine and high-northern distribution; * but the American 5.
pedicellaris is unknown from our colder regions, reaching its north-
eastern limit in the St. Lawrence valley and having its great develop-
ment in the boggy meadows of the northern United States and adjacent
Canada. In its geographic range S. pedicellaris is thus to be classed
with Andromeda glaucophylla? which replaces in our bogs of temperate
North America the hyperboreal А. polifolia.

This American species, Salix pedicellaris, has three pronounced
variations. The commonest, and in some ways the most attractive,
is the shrub with the obovate-oblong blunt or acutish leaves very
glaucous beneath, those of the vegetative shoots becoming 1-2.5 сш.
broad. This, the shrub called by Bebb in the sixth edition of Gray's
Manual S. myrtilloides, has the capsules rather plump and bluntish,
and it is widely distributed in sphagnous bogs or wet meadows from
eastern Quebec to British Columbia, south to New Jersey, Pennsyl-
vania, Illinois, and Iowa.

Another variation, similar in foliage and in capsules to the com-
monest tendency of the species, differs rather strikingly in having the
leaves deep green upon both surfaces, only the very youngest, if any of
them, glaucescent. This green-leaved shrub is apparently not com-
mon, the specimens before the writer coming from a few scattered
stations — in Quebec, Vermont, New York, British Columbia, and
Washington. ё

1 Saliz myrtilloides of northern Europe has been reported as occurring in northwestern
arctic America, although Andersson qualifies his report by saying “sed ibi saepe cum
aliis speciebus valde confusa” (Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 2, 229). The writer has
seen no American material which satisfactorily matches the European, but 5. fuscescens
Anderss. of Alaska and of Mt. Albert, Quebec, strongly resembles it. S. fuscescens,
however, has the leaves broadest above the middle, much as in S. pedicellaris, and the

large capsules are on very short pedicels (shorter than the scales).
2 See RHODORA, V. 67-71 (1903).

160 Rhodora d [AvavsT

The third variety is a little shrub, apparently as rare as the green-
leaved plant, with the leaves very glaucous beneath but oblanceolate
to linear-oblong, acute or subacuminate, and mostly less than 1 cm.
broad. As it occurs in bogs along the Concord River in Bedford,
Massachusetts, this narrow-leaved plant is recognized at some distance
not only by its foliage but by the more slender and more prominently
beaked capsules, which give the aments a looser appearance than is
ordinary in the commoner variety. On the Concord meadows it
occurs in small colonies by itself, often in wetter places than the other,
but occasional shrubs present tendencies transitional to the common
variety with obovate-oblong leaves and plumper blunter capsules.
The narrow-leaved extreme is the plant obviously intended by Bebb
as Salix myrtilloides, var. pedicellaris with “leaves oblong-linear or
oblanceolate” and it seems to have formed a small part of Andersson’s
S. myrtilloides, В. pedicellaris. But in order to determine whether
we are justified in applying the name pedicellaris to a plant with
“oblong-linear or oblanceolate” leaves, which are very glaucous
beneath, and with slender subulate capsules it is necessary to examine
Pursh’s original description of S. pedicellaris. This was as follows:
^13. S. ramulis laevigatis, foliis obovato-lanceolatis pedicellaris.

acutis integerrimis utrinque glabris concoloribus,
stipulis nullis, amentis coaetaneis pedunculatis
glaberrimis, squamis oblongis pedicello duplo
brevioribus vix pilosis, germinibus ovato-ob-
longis longissime pedicellatis glabris, stigmati-
bus sessilibus bifidis.

S. pensylvanica Hortul.

On the Catskill mountains, New York. h.
April. v.v. This elegant and singular species
flowered in the garden of G. Anderson, Esq.,
from a plant brought by me from America. Не

has one through another channel, which appears
to be the male to this species." !

From this original description it can hardly be questioned that
Pursh's Salix pedicellaris, with obovate-lanceolate leaves green on both
sides and “germinibus ovato-oblongis" is the rare shrub noted above
as the second variety. The two shrubs with the leaves glaucous
beneath, both of which have been at times referred to S. pedicellaris,
seem to have had no names which can be taken up for them and are here
proposed as new varieties. ‘The characteristics and bibliographic
history of these three variations of S. pedicellaris are as follows.

1 Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. іі. 611 (1814).

1909] Fernald,— Salix pedicellaris and its Variations 161

SALIX PEDICELLARIS Pursh. Small subsimple or loosely branching
shrub: branchlets elongate, strongly ascending: leaves obovate-
oblong to broadly oblanceolate, obtuse or acutish at tip, acutish at
base, green on both surfaces, glabrous from the first; in maturity
subcoriaceous, 2.5-5 cm. long, 1-2 сш. broad: fertile aments thick-
cylindric, on leafy peduncles: capsules reddish or yellowish, ovoid
at base, tapering gradually to the thick blunt beak: pedicels 2-4 mm.
long, twice exceeding the smoothish yellow scale: nectary about 1
mm. long.— Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 611 (1814); Eaton, Man. ed. 2, 415
(1818); Torr. Compend. 366 (1826) and Fl. N. Y. п. 212, t. 120
(1843); Beck, Bot. N. & Mid. States, 319 (1833); Hook. Fl. Bor.-
Am. ii. 150 (1839); Carey in Gray, Man. 429 (1848), in part; Robin-
son & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 324, fig. 655 (1908), in part. S.
myrtilloides ''uckerm. Am. Jour. Sci. xlv. 34 (1843); Anderss. Sal.
Bor.-Am. 20 (1858); Gray, Man. ed. 5, 465 (1867); Britton in Britton
& Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 505, fig. 1204 (1896); in part, not L. S. myrtil-
loides, subsp. S. pedicellaris Anderss. Mon. Sal. 96 (1865), in part. 8.
myrtilloides, 8. pedicellaris Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 2, 230
(1868), in part.— Originally collected by Pursh in the Catskill Mts.,
New York. Specimens examined from QUEBEC, boggy shores of
alpine ponds, Table-top Mt., Gaspé Co., August 4, 1906 (Fernald &
Collins, no. 494): Vermont, Bristol bog, June 12, 1898 (W. W.
Eggleston & A. C. Dyke, no. 360): New Yonk, western part of the
state (Asa Gray): British CoLUMBIA, Telegraph "Trail, latitude 54°,
June 2, 1875 (J. Macoun, по. 1658): Wasuincton, White Salmon,
1879 (W. N. Suksdor]).

Var. hypoglauca, n. var., foliis obovato-oblongis vel late oblanceo-
latis apice obtusis vel subacutis basi acutis vel subacutis supra viridi-
bus subtus glaucis, junioribus rufescentibus tenuibus glabris, demum
subcoriaceis 3-8 em. longis 1-2.5 cm. latis; amentis femineis subdensi-
floris fructiferis 2-3.5 сш. longis 1.5-2 cm. crassis, rhachi 1-2 mm.
crassa; capsulis purpurascentibus vel flavescentibus 5-8 mm. longis
basi ovoideis crassiusculis apice obtusis.— Leaves obovate-oblong or
broadly oblanceolate, obtuse or subacute, acute or subacute at base,
green above, glaucous beneath; the young reddish, thin, glabrous; the
mature subcoriaceous, 3-8 cm. long, 1-2.5 cm. broad: pistillate aments
rather densely flowered, in fruit 2-3.5 сш. long, 1.5-2 cm. thick; the
rhachis 1-2 mm. thick: capsules purplish or yellowish, 5-8 mm. long,
ovoid and thickish at base, obtuse at tip.— S. pedicellaris Auth. in
part, not Pursh. S. myrtilloides Auth. in part, not L.— Sphagnous
bogs and wet meadows from eastern Quebec to British Columbia, south
to New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Illinois, and Iowa. ‘Type collected in
swamp at Cow Island, West Roxbury, Massachusetts, by F. F. Forbes,
May 22 and July 20, 1905. Among the very numerous specimens
examined may be cited the following. Quesec, vicinity of Mont-
morency Falls, June 29, 1905 (J. Macoun, no. 68,788): New Bruns-
WICK, open bog, Bathurst, July 25, 1902 (Williams & Fernald); Kent

162 Rhodora [AvavsT

Co., August 28, 1868 (J. Fowler): Marne, Larch and Arbor-Vitae
swamps, St. Francis River, August 13, 1902 (Eggleston & Fernald);
boggy margin of Chemo Stream, Bradley, July 30, 1895 (Fernald, no.
375): VERMONT, Porter’s Swamp, Colchester, May 13, 1895, June 28,
1896 (A. J. Grout): Massacuuserts, Topsfield (Wm. Oakes, Geo.
B. Emerson); Boxford (J. Robinson, Faxon, Sears); Concord River
meadows, Bedford, May 27, 1906, May 23, 1909 (Fernald); Charles
. River meadows, Needham, May 6 and August 26, 1905 (E. F. Wil-
liams); Brookline, May 10 and 28, 1855 (Wm. Boott); Neponset
meadows, Readville, August 23, 1892 (E. & C. E. Faxon): CoNNECTI-
CUT, in sphagnum, Stafford, September 1, 1903 (C. B. Graves); New
Haven, May 7 and June 2, 1886 (А. L. Winton): New York, Stony
Creek Ponds, July 6, 1899 (Rowlee, W tegand, & Hastings); Junius
(Sartwell): New Jersey, Budd’s Lake, June 25, 1869 (T. C. Porter):
ONTARIO, Peninsula Harbor, Lake Superior, October 3, 1896 (G. S.
Miller: МіснісАМ, Mackinaw to Sault Ste. Marie (Loring): Iuri-
NOIS, Peoria (F. Brendel): MANITOBA, near Sidney, June 12, 1906
(J. Macoun & W. Herriot, no. 70,267): Bnrrisu Cotumsta, Revel-
stoke, May 27, 1890 (J. Macoun).

Var. tenuescens, n. var., foliis oblanceolatis vel lineari-oblongis
utrinque acutis subtus glaucis 6-10 mm. latis; amentis femineis
fructiferis laxifloris, rhachi 1 mm. crassa; capsulis subulatis 7-10 `
mm. longis.— Leaves oblanceolate or linear-oblong, acute at both
ends, glaucous beneath, 6-10 mm. wide: fruiting aments loosely flow-
ered; rhachis 1 mm. thick: capsules subulate, 7-10 mm. long.— S.
myrtilloides, 8. pedicellaris Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 2, 230
(1868) in part; Bebb in Gray Man. ed. 6, 485 (1890); Britton in
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 505 (1896); not S. pedicellaris Pursh.—
Apparently a rare variety, of which material collected by the writer
May 23, 1909, on the meadows of the Concord River, Bedford, Massa-
chusetts, may stand as typical.

Gray HERBARIUM.

HAIRY-FRUITED VARIATIONS OF RHUS TOXICODEN-
DRON.

ALBERT Hanrorp Moore.

Wai Le looking over some material of Rhus Toxicodendron L. at the
Gray Herbarium recently, the writer noticed a very curious specimen
collected by E. B. Chamberlain and G. E. Dinsmore at Bristol, Maine.
The ordinary northeastern Rhus Toxicodendron has, as the seventh
edition of Gray’s Manual rightly says, “berries whitish or cream-

1909] Moore,— Hairy-fruited Rhus Toxicodendron 168

colored, subglobose, glabrous or nearly so," that is hairs, if present at
all, which is rare, few and small. In the Bristol plant, however,
there are numerous and conspicuous soft hairs, a fact which is very
interesting because it is the characteristic of the fruits in most of the
genus to be covered with hairs of some sort. Although a smaller
berried plant with shorter hairs on the fruit occurs in Florida, which
seems to be a distinct variety, if not species, among plants which can
with positiveness be determined as Rhus Toxicodendron the present
specimen seems to be altogether unique.

Ruvs ToxicopENpRON L. f. malacotrichocarpum A. H. Moore,
f. nov. fructu abundanter piloso.

Type Specimen: Marne: in sand growing over bushes, Pemaquid
Beach, Bristol, September 9, 1898 (E. B. Chamberlain, G. E. Dins-
more, no. 832, in Herb. Gray).

The genus Schmaltzia Desv. has been recently taken up for some of
the species of Rhus. The principal reason for doing this seems to have
been the pubescent nature of the fruit. Small in his Flora of the
Southeastern United States separates the genus Rhus from Schmaltzia
in the key to the family Spondiaceae as follows:

Drupe with a glabrous outer coat: stone ribbed. 3. Rhus.

Drupe with a pubescent fruit: stone smooth. 4. Schmaltzia.

However, in the Bristol plant under discussion, as well as in the
Florida plant referred to and in two specimens from Georgia collected
by Mr. Harley Harris Bartlett, we have undoubted congeners of
Rhus Toxicodendron with pubescent fruit, a fact decidedly opposed
to the maintenance of Schmaltzia as a distinct genus on the same
ground.

A modification of the poison ivy not rarely met with is a teratological
form in which the flowers are replaced by tiny leaves, each trifoliolate
in the usual manner. Since this plant is teratological and since it can
obviously not reproduce itself sexually, it does not properly belong in
the sequence of what one may term evolutionary classification; yet it
seems worthy of notice and record. ‘This abnormal development is
common amongst the Krummholz of Pinus sylvestris L. at Wood's
Hole, Massachusetts. Inthe herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club there is a specimen of the same form from Furnace Brook, Blue
Hills, August 15, 1894 (W. H. Manning).

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

164 Rhodora | [AvavsT

VIOLA PALLENS WITH PURE WHITE PETALs.— I have observed an
interesting variation of Viola pallens here in Franklin, Mass. It
occurred in a single bed about five feet in diameter, growing in the
moist muck on the edge of a swamp intimately mingled with the
typical Viola pallens in the proportion of about two hundred blossoms
of the form to six hundred of the type. It differed in having all its
petals pure white, without the purple lines usually characteristic of this
specles and its immediate allies. Careful examination revealed no
difference in leaf, root, or flower, except in this one particular. This
form might perhaps be called

VIOLA PALLENS (Banks) Brainerd, forma alba f. nov. Petalis
omnino albis, non striatis.— LLEWELLYN R. PERKINS, Franklin, Mass.

JUNCUS ARTICULATUS, VAR. NIGRITELLUS IN MAINE.— Among
some Junci collected by Miss Kate Furbish in July, 1902, at Cutler,
Maine, and included in her herbarium recently presented to the New
England Botanical Club, is a plant obviously of close affinity to
Juncus articulatus but with the few branches of the inflorescence stiff
and erect instead of spreading. In its inflorescence the plant thus
strongly simulates J. alpinus of our northern borders, but its perianth
and capsule are distinctly those of J. articulatus. A study of the group
shows it to be with little question the rare plant, hitherto known only
from the mountains of Scotland and Scandinavia, originally described
by Don as J. nigritellus, but by all recent botanists considered a variety
of J. articulatus. The plant has had several varietal names but the
earliest treatment of it as a variety seems to have been in 1837 when
it was called J. lampocarpus, var. nigritellus (Don) Macreight, Man.
Brit. Bot. 242. It is now generally agreed that the Linnean name,
J. articulatus, must be maintained for the plant which has passed in
Europe as J. lampocarpus Ehrh., so that the variety with strict in-
florescences and very dark capsules should be called J. articulatus
L., var. nigritellus (Don) Druce, Brit. Pl. 71 (1908). ‘This variety,
formerly known only from boreal Europe, is an interesting addition to
the flora of the outer coast of eastern Maine, a region already nota-
ble for its boreal flora — Elymus arenarius L., Eriophorum opacum
(Bjórnstr.) Fernald, Carex norvegica Willd., Iris setosa Pallas, var.
canadensis Foster, Comandra livida Richards., Rumex occidentalis Wat-
son, Stellaria humifusa Rottb., Montia fontana L., Rubus Chamaemorus
L., Empetrum nigrum L., etc.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 11, no. 127, including pages 125 to 148, was issued 1 J uly, 1909.

Gray's New Manual of Botany —7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the E United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian. By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
р ше де revised апа largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
SON, Ph.I Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, "ud Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist's Edition. Limp leather, 5 х7} inches. Price, $3.00.
AMERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the

revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared Yo attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include atiis, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
eral home life of 327 species of birds. Аз a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. gr.

STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT.
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief,
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH |

Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. 11. September, 1909. No. 129.
CONTENTS:
Paracedroxylon, a new Araucarian Wood. E. И. Sinnott. 165
The Habitat of Rhodora. 0. P. Penhallow l р А А 173
Color Form of Сагит Carvi. А. H. Moore . : i : 178
Meeting of the Josselyn Society. Ё. B. Chamberlain . Я 179
Habenaria dilatata, an omitted Record. . А : 179
Fimbristylis Frankii. v. brachyactis. M. E-*"Eennaia с . 180
Boston, Mass. Providence, TR. T,

1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co,

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume І, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles т and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

WASHINGTON’S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. Suxsporr - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for
collectors! memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space o]
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. September, 1909. No. 129

PARACEDROXYLON, A NEW TYPE OF ARAUCARIAN
WOOD.

EpMvND W. SINNOTT.

(Plates 80 and 81.)

Pror. J. B. WoopwonTH, of Harvard University, collected in 1906
some specimens of lignite from the clays of Second Cliff, Scituate,
Massachusetts. This material was recently turned over to the writer
for investigation. It consisted of several good-sized pieces, the largest
of which was about 8 em. long, З em. wide and З cm. thick. ‘There
were also a number of smaller bits. his fossil wood was treated
with 95% alcohol in a paraffin bath over night, and then left for 24
hours іп a 4% solution of caustic potash in 95% alcohol. The solu-
tion was afterwards neutralized with weak hydrochloric acid. The
lignite was now softened by a three days’ stay in 20% hydrofluoric acid,
in wax bottles. All traces of this acid were removed by leaving the
material for а day under a tap of running water. ‘The wood was now
carefully dehydrated and embedded in celloidin in the usual way,
after which microtome sections of it were cut.

The lignite exhibits an excellent state of preservation. ‘Though it
has been distorted somewhat by pressure, the details of its anatomy,
such as the tori of the bordered pits, are still to be made out very
clearly. А

In the transverse section (Fig. 1), the wood is seen to be composed
entirely of tracheids, traversed by thin-walled resinous medullary rays.
The annual rings, in what is apparently the normal condition, are
broad and not well marked, only the last few rows of cells of the

1Contributions from the Phanerogamic Laboratories of Harvard University, No. 18.

165

166 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

summer wood being noticeably smaller than the rest and having slightly
thicker walls. 'The radial walls of the tracheids are well provided with
bordered pits, and half-bordered pits occur between ray-cells and
tracheids. Pits on the tangential walls appear in only the last two
or three rows of the summer wood. Resin-canals and resin-paren-
chyma seem to be normally quite absent, though tracheids filled with
resin or mucilage occur irregularly throughout the wood.

A longitudinal radial section shows the tracheids crossed by medul-
lary rays, which vary in height from two to twelve or more cells.
"There are no marginal tracheids. ‘The ray-cells have very thin walls,
and are often filled with “resin,” thus presenting a close resemblance
to those of the modern Araucarineae (Fig. 2). The only pits observ-
able are the half-bordered ones between the rays and adjacent trach-
eids, there being none on the horizontal and terminal walls of the
ra y-cells. There are from four to six lateral pits from a ray-cell to
each tracheid with which it comes into contact. "These pits are circular
in outline, and each has an oblique, slit-like mouth. "Тһе radial pits
between tracheids show clearly in this section (Fig. 4). They are
rather large and have elliptical openings, which are set obliquely,
those on opposite sides of the same pit thus appearing to cross one
another. No cases were observed in which a tracheid had more
than one row of pits. In a few places the pits are flattened some-
what by mutual contact, but in the great majority of instances they
are circular in outline, though often occurring close together in long
rows. А careful search was made for bars of Sanio between the pits,
but in no instance were these discovered. "l'rabeculae were found in a
few cases (Fig. 5), as were also septate tracheids. No wood-paren-
chyma, however, was observable, though as above remarked resin-
filled tracheids occur irregularly (Fig. 6). ‘The tangential pits on the
face of the summer wood show clearly in this section.

The longitudinal tangential section shows the rays to be composed
of cells with oblong cross-section, resembling those of most of the
modern Conifers (Fig. 3). The very thin walls of the ray-cells are
evident. Where the section passes through an annual ring, the
tangential pits appear in face view. They are smaller than those on
the radial walls, and sometimes occur in more than one row to à
tracheid. In such cases, however, there seems to be no regular ar-
rangement of the pits.

- The structure of the normal wood is therefore very simple. A num-

1909] Sinnott,— Paracedroxylon, a new Araucarian Wood 167

ber of pieces which were examined, however, appear to have been
taken from the vicinity of one or more healed wounds. In such cases,
the annual rings are much narrower than normally, and rows of very
thick-walled, flattened cells oceur on the face of the summer wood.
Here and there throughout the wounded area are distorted clusters of
thin-walled cells, in rows at right angles to the rays. The structure of
these cells is hard to make out, either in transverse or in longitudinal
sections. They are probably parenchyma, though possibly very
much modified tracheids. These groups of cells strongly suggest the
clusters of parenchyma representing abortive resin-canals in certain
of the Abietineac, notably Tsuga. They may possibly be open to the
same interpretation.

At two places observed, there was a band of wound-tissue at the
annual ring (Fig. 7). In the transverse section, this is seen to begin
as a narrow strip of cells which increases in width toward the apparent
position of the wound, though no piece showing the actual wound was
found. The tissue is composed of very thick-walled, much-pitted
parenchyma. Where the band is wide, large mucilage-filled spaces
appear in it, surrounded by the parenchyma. ‘hese cavities are
sometimes nearly circular in cross-section, but are more often some-
what flattened laterally. In the intervals between them, the rays
cross the wound-tissue (Fig. 8).

A longitudinal radial section exhibits these mucilage-filled spaces
interrupted here and there by the passage of rays across them (Fig. 9).
In this region, the horizontal and often the end walls of the ray-cells
are much thickened and pitted, in strong contrast to their normal
condition (Fig. 10). The mucilaginous contents of the spaces is often
'acuolated, and contains here and there masses of material much
darker than most of it. The wound-tissue is usually bounded, next
the normal wood, by rows of septate tracheids (Fig. 11).

A longitudinal tangential section through the wide part of the band
of traumatic tissue, where these cavities appear, shows that they form
a net-work of mucilage-spaces, separated only by the rays or groups
of rays which cross them (Fig. 12). In the narrower part of the strip
of wound-tissue, the cavities grow much smaller, cease to be connected,
and finally disappear.

The resemblance between these cavities and traumatic resin-canals,
especially when seen in cross-section, is close, and as wound structures
are often abnormal and monstrous, it seems safe to infer that the

168 i Rhodora i [SEPTEMBER

traumatic spaces in this lignite represent modified resin-canals. ‘They
appear to be intermediate between typical traumatic canals and the
wound-tissue of the modern Araucarineae, in which canals are never
formed.

One piece was observed which showed an apparent bit of wound-
callus tissue, such as is formed in the wound cap of all the Conifers.

We may now discuss the probable affinities of this interesting fossil.
Its general anatomy places it unquestionably among the Conifers.
One of the earliest scientific classifications of the woods of this group,
but one which, in its main aspects, is largely adopted by most anato-
mists of the present day, was put forward by Knavs (1). He divides
coniferous woods into five main groups or "genera." The type
Araucarioxylon comprises those forms in which the pits on the radial
walls of the tracheids are closely adjacent and mutually flattened, and
when occurring in more than one row, alternating with one another.
The modern Araucarians represent this condition. All other conifer-
ous woods, according to Kraus, possess circular, unflattened pits
which, when in two rows, are opposite one another. The group
Taxoxylon, with Taxus for its type, he separates on its possession
of spirally thickened tracheids throughout. The genus Pityorylon
includes all those forms in which resin-canals are present. ‘The
remaining Conifers, which are considerably more simple in their struc-
ture, are comprised under two groups — Cedroxylon, represented by
such forms as Abies, Cedrus and Tsuga, in which resin-parenchyma is
absent or nearly so; and Cupressoxylon (or Cupressinoxylon) in which
occur the numerous forms of the Cupressineae and Taxodineae, where
resin-parenchyma is abundant.

According to the classification of Kraus, our fossil would clearly
come under the head of Cedroxylon, for its pits are neither alternate
nor noticeably flattened, its tracheids are not thickened spirally, and
it possesses neither resin-canals nor resin-parenchyma in the normal
wood.

This classification, however, has recently been altered to some
extent by GorHAN (2). Among other objections to the system of
Knavs he remarks that as resin-parenchyma has been found rather
abundantly in several of the forms commonly included under Cedroxy-
lon, such as certain species of Abies, it does not form a good criterion
for separating this type from Cupressinoxylon. He observes, how-
ever, that the character of the wall of the ray-cell is quite distinctive

1909] Sinnott,— Paracedroxylon, a new Araucarian Wood 169

in the two groups. In Cedroxylon, the horizontal and end-walls are
frequently perforated by simple pits. In Cupressinoxylon, these pits
are absent or poorly developed, and the walls of the ray-cell are con-
sequently smooth. 'The criterion of the presence of wood-parenchyma
can be used, according to GOTHAN, only with caution and in connection
with this more distinctive character of separation. Gorman would
certainly include our lignite under Cupressinoxylon, for the horizontal
and end walls of the ray-cells are entirely smooth and free from pits.

Until a few years ago, the Araucurineae were supposed to be an
isolated family, with wood-structure clearly distinct from that of the
rest of the Conifers. Only recently have forms connecting the Arau-
carineae with the other Conifers been observed. In 1906, Нотллск
and JEFFREY (3), on investigating the anatomy of the Cretaceous
genus Brachyphyllum, found it to be an undoubted Araucarian, as
shown by its flattened pits and thin-walled rays, but differing from the
modern members of the family in the absence of wood-parenchyma,
the scarcity of alternate pitting, and the presence near wounded regions
of traumatic resin-canals. In a recent memoir by these investigators
(4), the name Brachyoxylon is given to this type of wood. It is char-
acteristic of a number of genera, not hitherto believed to have been
connected with the Araucarineae, which have been described by them
from the Cretaceous deposits of Staten Island, New York.

In 1907, Jerrrey (5) described an interesting new fossil genus,
Araucariopitys, which, while clearly an Araucarian conifer, approaches
much more closely than does Brachyoxylon the structure of the Abieti-
neae. It possessed deciduous shoots, thick-walled, much-pitted ray-
cells, and abundant traumatic resin-canals.

In 1907, also, GorHan (6) described a new species of Cedroxylon,
C. transiens, in which the alternating and flattened pits of the Arau-
‘arians are very often present. Wood-parenchyma occurs at the end
of the year’s growth, the ray-cells are thick-walled and pitted, and
one “anomalous” resin-canal was observed. GorHaw also refers
to Larix Johnseni of Ѕснвбтек, which possessed alternating pitting
but numerous resin-canals.

It is instructive to look at our fossil in the light of these recent obser-
vations. As above remarked, it would ordinarily be classed as a
Cedroxylon or a Cupressinoxylon. We have already noticed, how-
ever, the thin-walled and Araucarian-like structure of the rays. Such
extreme thinness and smoothness of wall is very rare, if not quite ab-

170 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

sent, in any other group of Conifers except Pinus. The pitting, how-
ever, is not of the characteristic Araucarian type, and the traumatic
resin-canals strongly suggest the Abietineae.

Another character, however, not striking but apparently very im-
portant, seems to place our wood unquestionably among the Arau-
carineae. Miss GERRY (7), working in this laboratory, has investi-
gated the occurrence in the Conifers of bars of Sanio between the
radial pits of the tracheid wall. She has completely failed to find these
in either of the living genera Araucaria or Agathis, or in the fossil
Araucarians such as Araucarioxylon, Araucariopitys and a number of
forms with the Brachyoxylon type of wood. In all other living genera
of the Conifers, however, and in a number of closely related fossils,
including the recently described Prepinus, bars of SANIO were dis-
covered. In the fossil wood here under investigation, as above
noticed, they are entirely absent.

This lignite, therefore, appears to be another addition to that inter-
esting group of Conifers on the border-line between the Araucarineae
and the Abietineae, the occurrence of which seems to warrant us in
believing that the families are related, and that one has probably given
rise to the other. "The prevalent view at present considers the Arau-
carineae, largely because of the resemblance of their pitting to that
of the Cordaites, to be the most primitive Conifers, and the Abietineae,
from their more complicated structure, to be the most recent members
of the group. JEFFREY, however, on the testimony presented by the
very primitive Prepinus, and on the general principle that wounds
bring about reversions to more ancient structures, as well as on other
evidence, believes the Abietineae to be the oldest Conifers. ‘The
traumatic canals of Araucariopitys and of the Brachyoaxylon type, un-
doubted Araucarians, are explained as relics of a structure normally
present in their Abietineous ancestors. Perhaps the thickened and
pitted ray-cells in the traumatic tissue of the lignite here under con-
sideration may be a reversion to the typical ray of the Abietineae.

Accepting the correctness of JEFFREY’S views, the phylogenetic po-
sition of our lignite seems reasonably clear. Its structure approaches
that of Brachyoxylon more closely than it does that of anything else.
In its resin-canals, it shows less resemblance to the Alietineae than
does this fossil, though in its pitting it approaches the Abietineae much
more closely. Perhaps the most logical explanation of its position is
to consider it a member of an extinct group of the Araucarineae which

1909] Sinnott,— Paracedroxylon, a new Araucarian Wood 171

separated from the ancient Abietineous stock, on the line of ascent
toward the Araucarineae, before: ће appearance of flattened pitting;
and in which the traumatie canals have been on the whole more
reduced than in Brachyoxylon, having progressed still farther from the
condition found in the Abietineae.

The occurrence at Second Cliff, Scituate, of a primitive Araucarian
Conifer, such as the one under investigation, is interesting in the light
it throws on the age of the geological formation at this place. None
of the fossils nearest in structure to our lignite, such as the widely dis-
tributed Brachyphyllum, and numerous others whose wood structure
has been shown to be of the Brachyoxylon type, have ever been found
in deposits more recent than the Cretaceous. It seems quite probable,
therefore, that the clays of Second Cliff, the age of which have been
much in doubt, may also be referred to this period. This confirms
the conclusions reached by JEFFREY and CHRYSLER (8) with regard
to Third Cliff, Scituate.

As the structure of this fossil wood is markedly different from that
of anything heretofore described, it has been thought best to include
it under a new genus. From its superficial resemblance to the Ced-
roxylon type, as described by Kraus, and from the place of its dis-
covery, the name Paracedroxylon scituatense is proposed for it.

SuMMARY.

1. Paracedroxylon scituatense is the wood of an Araucarian Conifer
from the clays of Second Cliff, Scituate, Massachusetts.

2. Its normal structure consists of tracheids and medullary rays.
The cells of the latter are thin-walled and pitless, except next the ad-
jacent tracheids. The annual rings are poorly marked, and on the
face of the summer wood occur tangential pits. The radial pits on
the tracheid walls are in almost every case circular in outline and not
flattened by mutual contact. Bars of SANIO are entirely absent.

3. In wounded regions occur groups of thin-walled cells which
possibly represent abortive resin-canals.

4. Bands of traumatic tissue may also appear near wounds. ‘These
consist of very thick-walled parenchyma, usually bounded next the
normal wood by septate tracheids. Where they are widest, large
anastomosing mucilage-spaces appear in them. These probably

172 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

represent somewhat modified traumatice resin-canals. As the rays
cross the wounded area, their cells become thick-walled and pitted.

5. Paracedroxylon is another primitive Araucarian, on the border
line between this group and their ancestors, the primitive A bietineae.
It probably left the ascending Araucarian line before the appearance
cf flattened pitting. Its traumatic canals were subsequently much
reduced from the typical Abietineous condition.

б. ‘The presence of Paracedroxylon in the Second Cliff clays makes
it probable that they are of Cretaceous origin,

I desire to express my sincere thanks to Prof. E. C. Jerrrey for
advice during the course of the work.

This investigation was carried on in the Phanerogamic Labora-
tories of Harvard University.

А BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Kraus, G., in Schimper's Traité de paléontologie végétale, Bd.
V. pp. 363-385.

2. GorHaN, W. Zur Anatomie lebender und fossiler Gymnosper-
men-Hólzer. Abhandl. der kénigl. preussisch. geolog. Landesan-
stalt. Neue Folge, Heft 44. Berlin, 1905.

З. Ношалск, А. and Jerrrey, E. С. Affinities of certain Cretaceous
Plant remains commonly referred to the genera Dammara and
Brachyphyllum. American Naturalist, vol. XL. pp. 189-215.
1906.

4. HoLuickK, А. and Jerrrey, E. C. Studies of Cretaceous Coni-
ferous remains from Kreischerville, New York. Memoirs of the
New York Botanical Garden, vol. ITI. 1909.

5. Jerrrey, E. C. Araucariopitys, a new genus of Araucarians.
Botanical Gazette, vol. XLIV., pp. 435-444, 1907.

6. GorHAN, W. Die fossilen Hölzer von König Karls Land.
Kungl. Svenska. Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar, Bd. XLII.
No. 10, 1907.

7. Gerry, Miss E. The distribution of the bars of Sanio in the
Conifers. Annals of Botany (ined.)

8. JErrnEY, E. C. and Curysiter, M. A. On Cretaceous Pity-

i oxyla. Botanical Gazette, vol. XLII, pp.1-15, 1906.

1909] Penhallow,— The Habitat of Rhodora 173

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 80 AND 81.

Fig. 1. Transverse section, showing the rather faintly marked annual
ring. X 40.

Fig. 2. Radial section, showing structure of a typical ray. X 200.

Fig. 3. Tangential section. X 200.

Fig. 4. Radial section, showing character of bordered pits and absence of
Bars of Santo. X 500.

Fig. 5. Radial section, showing trabeculae. X 200.

Fig. 6. Radial section, showing mucilage-filled tracheids. X 120.

Fig. 7. Transverse section, showing a broad band of traumatic tissue. X 40.

Fig. 8. Transverse section, showing three of the traumatic canals, enlarged.
Xx 120.

Fig. 9. Radial section, showing mucilage-spaces. X 40.

Fig. 10. Radial section through the traumatic tissue showing the much
thickened and pitted walls of the ray-cells in this region. X 200.

Fig. 11. Tangential section through the margin of the traumatic tissue,
showing septate tracheids, tangential pits, and thick-walled ray-
cells. Note the beautiful preservation of the bordered pit. X 500.

Fig. 12. Tangential section through the wide part of the traumatic band,
showing the anastomosing mucilage-cavities crossed by the thick-
walled rays. X 40.

AN ACCOUNT OF CERTAIN NOTEWORTHY FEATURES
IN THE HABITAT OF RHODORA.

D. P. PENHALLOW.

Fon the enthusiastic collector, a large amount of interest always
centers in Rhodora, not only because it is one of the most brilliant and
fascinating of our early flowers, but also because it is commonly
associated with bogs, of which it is generally held to be typical. For
these reasons, any deviation from its recognized habit at once attracts
attention and calls for some explanation. During the present spring
large areas of this species have come under notice, and in some instances
the size of the shrub and its particular habitat have presented such
strong deviations from what one is accustomed to, as to suggest the
importance of placing the principal facts on record.

At Shelburne, New Hampshire, in the valley of the Androscoggin,

174 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

there is a characteristic bog of somewhat more than an acre in extent,
known as Wheeler’s Bog. The central portion is at present occupied
by a perfectly clear water field, while the margin, which is extending
rapidly toward the centre, and occupies about two-thirds the entire
area, affords an exceedingly fine example of the Cassandra stage in
bog development. Here and there, however, small islands have gained
a slight elevation above the Cassandra growth and exhibit the com-
mencement of the next stage, that of broad-leaved trees, in which the
common birch is represented. All about the margin of the bog, and
extending into the interior of the Cassandra growth, there is an abun-
dance of Rhodora which attains to a height considerably above 6
dms. Owing to the inaccessible character of the bog, it was not pos-
sible to take actual measurements, but there was a very strong im-
pression that some of the bushes must be at least 9, and possibly
12 dm. in height. The particular point I wish to emphasize is the
fact that this location affords a striking illustration of the typical
habitat of Rhodora, which is described in the manuals as inhabiting
“Cool bogs.” !

A few days later, on the occasion of a visit to St. Andrews, New
Brunswick, an opportunity was afforded for the examination of
certain localities there. St. Andrews is somewhat farther north than
Shelburne and is in close proximity to salt water, but judging by the
character of vegetation, there is reason to believe that there can be no
great climatic difference between the two places and for our present
purposes, they may be regarded as essentially the same.

Geologically speaking, Shelburne is to be regarded as representing a
much older geological formation than St. Andrews. The surface
deposits consist of drift material derived in the main from Laurentian
gneisses, intrusive granites and other rocks extending into the early
Palaeozoic as far as the Cambrian. То this must also be added the
material derived from erosion of innumerable trap dykes which inter-
sect the older rocks everywhere.

At St. Andrews, on the contrary, the surface structure has been
derived chiefly from red sandstone, usually regarded as Devonian,
with which there has been mixed to some extent, the detritus of granite
and trap dykes. How far this difference in the character of the soil
may be a factor, it is at present impossible to say, as no observations
in that direction have been made.

1 The latest revision of Gray's Manual specifies '' swamps and moist slopes."

1909] Penhallow,— 'The Habitat of Rhodora 175

Within the limits of the St. Andrews peninsula, Rhodora is abundant
and widespread, occurring under somewhat widely different condi-
tions of exposure and moisture; and as a detailed discussion of these
features is desirable, it will be most profitable to deal with each locality
studied. These are:—

Indian Point.
The eastern slope back of O’Neill’s slaughter house.
The Protestant Cemetery. '

4. The eastern slope near the Algonquin hotel pumping house.

The lower end ef the St. Andrews peninsula is known as Indian
Point, and for our present purpose, may be regarded as embracing
all that portion which lies to the south of the Canadian Pacific Railway.
This area lies at a low level and is only slightly undulating. ‘The
rather thin soil rests directly upon red sandstone, and it is so slightly
above high water mark that the margin suffers marked erosion under
the action of winter storms and tides, to such an extent that special
means are required for the protection of the road skirting the beach.

The drainage is, on the whole, good. Within the timbered area
there is practically no bog land. At one or two points near the margin
of the woods, soft spots are to be observed, but these dry out in early
summer. Elsewhere, the floor of the forest is the same as that generally
characteristic of moist woodlands, i. e. it is covered with moss, Cornus
canadensis and the herbage usually found in such situations. Numer-
ous roads are cut through the wooded area, and these show the best
of drainage.

The open areas are occupied chiefly by grasses and sedges, with
scattering growths of Spiraea latifolia and Kalmia angustifolia. Apart
from a small sink hole and a shallow bog of about one acre in extent,
occupied entirely by Typha latifolia, there is nothing within the entire
area of Indian Point, which falls under the designation of bog-land.

At least three fourths of the entire area at Indian Point is occupied
by a dense growth of wood. ‘This is composed, for the greater part,
of black spruce and fir, and white cedar. With these there is mingled
a large amount of the common alder. The trees within this area are
all small, probably not exceeding 6-8 m., but the growth is so dense
as to make it very difficult for one to penetrate to the interior. The
floor is level, and wherever an opening admits sunlight, it is at once
occupied by Diervilla Lonicera, Cornus canadensis and other plants
common to open woodlands.

CO N n

176 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Rhodora does not penetrate to the interior of the wood, but is con-
fined to the margin from which it has spread into the open areas. At
one place, the shrub occurs where there is a slight bogginess in spring,
though it does not attain its best development. At this time — the
first of June — the locality is quite dry. Following the margin of the
copse specimens occur more frequently toward the drier ground, and
are constantly found in association with Cornus canadensis, Diervilla,
ferns and mosses. On the south side where there is an extended open
area toward the beach the shrub has passed much beyond the trees into
the open and dry ground, where it appears to be extending.

In the open area just described, the shrubs are rarely over 30—40
cm. in height. On the western side of the woods, it is more commonly
6--9 dm. high. Here, however, several shrubs were found to have a
height of 12 dm., while on the southern, western and northern sides,
they were considerably taller. Careful measurements showed a number
at least 1.5 m. high, while in one instance 1.6 m. was the result ob-
tained. A noteworthy feature connected with these variations, was
observed in the fact that the plants were always smallest in the open,
while on the edge of the wood, where sheltered by the trees, they
invariably attained their greatest height and stoutest stems.

'The second locality studied, lies on the eastern slope of a rather high,
gravelly ridge near its southern extremity, back of O'Neill's slaughter
house and just above the Canadian Pacific tracks. The soil is per-
fectly well drained, and shows no indication of a swampy condition
at any season of the year. The area was, until very recently, occupied
by the common alder. Rhodora shows an abundant growth over a
tract about two by eight rods in extent, but scattering specimens are
found over three or four acres. None of the shrubs are over 6 dm.
in height, and they therefore conform to the dimensions usually assigned
to the species. No other Ericaceous plants occur in the immediate
vicinity.

The Protestant Cemetery lies on the summit of a high, gravelly
ridge opposite Minister’s Island. On the top of this ridge, and within
the limits of the Cemetery, there is a slight depression occupied by a
shallow bog which becomes dry in summer, and, even on the first of
June, shows very little moisture. This basin is about one acre in
extent. Throughout its entire area, there is a good growth of Iris
versicolor, and indifferent specimens of Spiraea latifolia. Osmunda
cinnamonea and Onoclea sensibilis are abundant about the margin.

N

1909] Penhallow,— The Habitat of Rhodora 17

Rhodora is sparingly developed through the central area, but about
the margin it becomes abundant and thence extends in scattering
groups, into the adjacent drier areas of the summit. None of the
specimens are large, with little or no variation in size, and it may be
said that they conform very well to the general description of one metre
or less. As one leaves the Cemetery and ascends the opposite slope
on the summit of which the Algonquin hotel is situated, a noteworthy
growth of the shrub is encountered at the position of the pumping
station. The specimens spread over an area of one or more acres.
The soil in this locality is a loose sand and gravel affording perfect
drainage. The vegetation consists of poorly developed grasses, mixed
with mosses and an abundant growth of the mountain cranberry
(Vaccinium Vitis-idaea, var. minus). On the very summit of this
ridge, on a dry gravelly bank close to the roadside, there were two
very fine and vigorous clumps of Rhodora about 6 dm. in height.

Passing in review, the facts noted, it is to be observed that no locality
has yet been found in the neighborhood of St. Andrews where Rhodora
appears to assume the typical bog habit. The only apparent excep-
tion appears in the occurrence of a single specimen on the edge of a
bog near Joe's Point, on the road to the Biological Station; and in
another specimen near the Canadian Pacific Station, which also grows
on the edge of a small bog. Оп the other hand, it is of interest to note
that the most frequent occurrence is in well drained areas, and this
fact is consistent with the occurrence of the plant on the high edges
of gravel banks in deep railway cuttings, as was frequently noted on
the line of the Maine Central before reaching Vanceboro, Maine.

The distribution of this species in the bog at Shelburne, as well as its
frequent occurrence under typical bog conditions through northern
Maine, is ample justification for the character usually assigned to it.
But, that it is not necessarily a bog plant; that it commonly occurs
in areas which are not at all swampy, and that its unusual height is
best displayed under the protection of small trees, are facts of interest
and importance which deserve further study. As, at this writing, the
foliage is but feebly developed, it is impossible to determine how the
external morphological features are correlated with the environment,
but it may be possible to ascertain some facts bearing upon this ques-
tion at a later date.

McGILL UNIVERSITY.

178 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

A COLOR FORM OF CARUM CARVI.
ALBERT HaNronp Moore.

In July, 1903, Prof. Arthur Stanley Pease and the writer made a
short botanical excursion to northern Maine and Quebec. "То those
who have never been in this delightful region, it may be of interest to
state that not merely the native flora, but also the introduced flora,
differs very much from our own. Among the weeds common there
which are not so abundant with us none are more conspicuous than
Vicia Cracca L. and Carum Carvi L. The former lines the railroads
with an almost solid strip of blue for long distances, while the other,
which is only an occasional dooryard escape here, grows profusely
in the fields and meadows and appears to take the place of our Queen
Anne’s Lace. The analogy to this plant seems even closer when we
note that both show an occasional tendency to bear rose-tinted flowers.
Dr. Millspaugh, in his Flora of West Virginia, 369 (1892), described
Daucus Carota L. f. rosea Millsp. No name could be found for the
rose-colored form of the Caraway, although a number of European
and American floras refer to it. Lange, Haandb. Dansk Flora, ed. I,
174 (1851), describes Carum Carvi L. 8. atrorubens as having purple
corolla and leaf-sheaths. A figure of it in the Flora Danica shows
purple flowers. I was at first uncertain whether this phase might not
vary so little and so imperceptibly from the rose-colored form that the
latter would not be worthy of separation. I am greatly indebted to
Dr. С. Н. Ostenfeld of Copenhagen for clearing my doubts on this
matter. He states that the form with light rose flowers is much more
common in Denmark than the other, enclosing, at the same time,
some of the flowers of Carum Carvi L. var. atrorubens Lange, which
prove its distinctness. Не also very kindly informs me that he does
not know of any name for the rose-colored form, the floras merely
saying, "flowers white or rose," or only “white.” It seems appropriate
to supply this lack, so I subjoin the following name and diagnosis:

Савом Carvi L. f. rhodochranthum А. H. Moore, f. nov. floribus
roseis. Type specimen: QUEBEC, 'l'emiscouata County, St. Louis,
July 9, 1903 (А. Н. Moore, no. 1218, in Herb. Moore).

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

1909] | Chamberlain,— Meeting of the Josselyn Society 179

MEETING ОЕ THE JossELYN BorawicAL SocrETY.— The fifteenth
annual meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine was held
at Peaks Island, Portland, Maine, from June 27th to July 2nd, 1909,
with about twenty persons in attendance. Excursions were made to
Old Orchard, Pine Point, Falmouth, Chebeag Island, and the Grand
'Trunk Railway yards in Portland, besides shorter trips to various
parts of Peaks Island. Upon these trips many interesting species of
plants were found, several being previously unknown from the region.
On Tuesday evening Prof. M. L. Fernald of Cambridge addressed
the Society upon the subject of “The New England Flora of the Future,
or Changes in our Flora due to the Destruction of Forests,” illustrating
the address by specimens of the plants mentioned. On Thursday
evening Prof. Fernald gave an informal talk upon some species of
plants recently added to the state flora, showing specimens of the
plants themselves.

The following list represents the more noteworthy species collected
during the meeting. Typha angustifolia L., Carex crinita Lam., var.
gynandra Schwein. & Torr., and var. minor Boott, C. Michauxiana
Boeckl., C. salina Wahl., var. cuspidata Wahl., Sisyrinchium gram-
ineum Curtis at Great Chebeag Island; Panicum Werneri Scribn.,
Thalictrum polygamum Muhl., var. hebecarpum Fernald, Barbarea
verna Asch., Potentilla recta L. at Falmouth; Carex muricata L.,
Rubus alleghaniensis Porter, var. calycosus Fernald, R. idaeus L.,
Hyoscyamus niger L. at Peaks Island; Oxalis stricta L. at Pine Point;
Rumex mexicanus Meisn., Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt., Amar-
anthus blitoides Wats., Coronopus didymus L., Neslia paniculata Desv.,
Tragopogon pratensis L. at Portland.— EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN.

HABENARIA DILATATA, AN OMITTED Recorp.— The following
record should be added to the list of Orchidaceae published in Кно-
poRA XI, 76:

Habenaria dilatata (Pursh) Gray. “A peaty meadow on left hand
of road to South Reading [Wakefield], perhaps a mile from Stoneham
depot" (Wm. Boott, no date. The specimen is in Gray Herb.);
Reading and Stoneham (according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex
Co.,106. 1888); Lexington (according to Baldwin, Orchids of N. E.,
137. 1884).

180 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

In a letter to Mr. Walter Deane, dated April 17, 1909, Mr. Oakes
Ames says of this species: “H. dilatata is extremely rare in Massachu-
setts, I have only seen specimens from Middlesex Co. (Hb. Gray) and
from Franklin Co. (Sunderland, in Hb. Ames)."— Locar FLORA
COMMITTEE.

FīmBRISTYLIS FRANK Steud., var. brachyactis, n. var., spiculis
glomerulatis.— Spikelets glomerulate; otherwise as in the species.—
In hard clay soil by the Stillwater River, Orono, Maine, August 18,
1908 (M. L. Fernald). Closely simulating the southern F. Vahlii
(Lam.) Link, but with the 3-cleft style and the trigonous achene
exactly of F. Frankii which, in its ordinary form abounds in the neigh-
borhood where the variety occurs.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 11, no. 128, including pages 149 to 164, was issued 9 August, 1909.

Plate бо.

——

-—-— nn m

c/a = I WT

со

Rhodora

p ——

PAR ACEDROXYLON SCITUATENSE.

Rhodora Plate 81.

PARACEDROXYLON SCITUATENSE.

Gray's New Manual of Botany— 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United States and Canada east of the 96th
meridian, Ву Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
versity. Thoroughly revised and largely rewritten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
son, Ph.D., Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, S.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures,

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo, 928 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist's Edition. Limp leather, 5x7) inches. Price, $3.00.
AMERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the

revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. Н. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
‘eral home life of 327 species of birds. As a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. or.

STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT,
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

Hovova

- JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \

WILLIAM PENN RICH l

Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. i1. October, 1909. No. 130.
CONTENTS:
American Crataegi in the Species Plantarum. б. S. Sargent 181
Status of Arenaria stricta in New Hampshire. M. L. Fernald 184
Notes on New England Hepaticae,— VII. 4. W. Evans 185
An algological Prophecy fulfilled. F. S. Collins 196
The Exoperidium in Calostoma Ravenelii. A. H. Bartlett 197
Plants new to Vermont. W. Р. F/ynn 198
A Form of Kalmia latifolia. G. £. Stone Р н 199
Scirpus lineatus in New Hampshire. F. W. Batchelder 200
Boston, (Mass. | Providence, IK. T,

1052 Exchange Building, | Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—4A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume r, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 3oo Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from *

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
| 1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. А critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetalae (Ranunculaceæ to Polygalacea) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. N. SuksponF - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. ^ Pocket size. Invaluable for
collector memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

‘Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. October, 1909. No. 130.

AMERICAN CRATAEGI IN THE SPECIES PLANTARUM OF
LINNAEUS.

C. S. SARGENT.

SINCE the publication last year in Кнорока (x. May, 1908) of Mr.
Eggleston's notes on the species of Crataegus described by Linnaeus
I have had the opportunity to examine again the specimens of Cratae-
gus in the Plukenet Herbarium at the British Museum and the speci-
mens of this genus preserved in Linnaeus's own herbarium.

Three of the four species of Crataegus described by Linnaeus in the
first edition of the Species Plantarum are what may be called book
species, that is there is no evidence that Linnaeus had ever seen a
specimen of these plants when his descriptions were published in 1753,
these having evidently been based on the descriptions and figures of
earlier authors. Of the fourth species, Crataegus viridis, there is a
specimen in the Linnaean Herbarium collected by Clayton in Vir-
ginia which Linnaeus may have seen before his description was written.
Several years ago I made out that this specimen represented the plant
described later by Elliott as Crataegus arborescens, although at that
time this species had not been rediscovered in Virginia. It is interest-
ing to report, therefore, that Crataegus viridis Linnaeus (C. arborescens
Elliott) was found by Mr. Rehder last summer on the bank of the
Blackwater River near Zuni in southeastern Virginia.

Crataegus Crus-galli was described by Linnaeus from Plukenet's
figure and description. The specimen which appears to have served
in part, at least, as the subject for Plukenet’s figure (Alm. Bot. 149, t.
46, f. 1) is preserved in his herbarium. It is a young shoot without
flowers and fruits, and although I suspect that it is not the plant which
is now usually considered to be Crataegus Crus-galli, it is impossible

181

182 Rhodora [OCTOBER

to say what it is except that it is from one of the Crus-galli Group of
species. The specimen labeled Crataegus Crus-galli in Linnaeus’s
Herbarium is also only a barren shoot. It was collected by Kalm
and no locality is given. It is: certainly one of the Crus-galli Group,
and probably represents a different species from the specimen in the
Plukenet Herbarium. In spite of the doubt which these specimens
raise on the identity of Crataegus Crus-galli of Linnaeus, it does not
seem desirable or necessary to abandon his name as no confusion is
likely to occur by retaining it.

It is not possible to guess even at the plant described by Linnaeus as
Crataegus tomentosa. His species was based on the specimen collected
by Clayton in Virginia and, unfortunately, this is one of the few of
Clayton's specimens which is not preserved in the British Museum.
On the sheet labeled Crataegus tomentosa in Linnaeus's Herbarium
there are two specimens collected by Kalm without locality. One is
evidently what is now generally called Crataegus tomentosa and the
other is one of the thick-leaved ''omentosae species. It is of interest,
perhaps, that there is a thorn on the first of these specimens as Cra-
laegus tomentosa is usually thornless, although “ramis spinosis"
appears in Linnaeus's description of his Crataegus tomentosa. As
no confusion is likely to arise from retaining the name of Crataegus
tomentosa for the plant now generally considered to be that species,
there appears to be no good reason for abandoning the name.

Crataegus coccinea was established by Linnaeus on Plukenet’s
figure (Alm. Bot. t. 46, f. 4.). The figure well represents one of the
three specimens so numbered preserved in Plukenet’s Herbarium.
The numbers published by Plukenet have been written below the
specimens of his herbarium by some one now unknown and perhaps
after the collection had become the property of the British Museum.
Under the specimen which is the type of Linnaeus’s Crataegus coccinea
there is a note by Robert Brown confirming the determination. Mr.
Eggleston's statement that the type of Crataegus coccinea was an
unnumbered specimen found by Mr. Britten is not clear. All the
specimens in Plukenet's Herbarium are numbered and Mr. Britten
assures me that he has no recollection of having made such a state-
ment. It is probable, however, that the fruit that he sent to Mr.
Eggleston is from the specimen represented on plate 46, f. 4, as one of
the seven fruits figured by Plukenet is missing. ‘The leaves of this
specimen are only slightly villose on the upper surface; the fruit is

1909) Sargent,— American Crataegi of Linnaeus 183

glabrous and the pedicels are slightly hairy; and it cannot, as Mr.
Eggleston has suggested, represent Crataegus modesta. "е specimen
is thornless and the detached thorn in the Plukenet figure may have
been taken from one of the two other specimens in the Plukenet Her-
barium which the same unknown person has referred to the plant
figured on t. 46, f. 4. The thorns on one of these specimens are
slightly thicker and on the other they are more recurved than that
figured by Plukenet. ‘These three specimens in the Plukenet Herba-
rium referred to t. 46, f. 3, certainly all represent different species either
in the Molles or Lobulatae Groups, and I am unable to identify any
of them. ‘The matter is further confused by the fact that Linnaeus
also referred to his Crataegus coccinea the plant figured in the Hort.
Angl. t. 13, f. 1, which is Crataegus cordata. Тһе specimen labeled
Crataegus coccinea in the Linnaean Herbarium was from a plant
cultivated in the Upsala Garden, and, being unable to determine any
of Plukenet's specimens, it was this specimen that I formerly considered
the type of Crataegus coccinea and referred to it a common species of the
New England coast and the St. Lawrence Valley (see Bot. Gazette,
xxxi. 11). Aiton's specimen of Crataegus coccinea in the British
Museum is a barren shoot of some Molles species.

Under Rule 51 of the Vienna code it is provided in Section 4 that
every one should refuse to adopt a name “when the group which it
designates embraces elements altogether incoherent or when it becomes
a permanent source of confusion and error." ‘This is the case of
Crataegus coccinea. Certainly the type of Crataegus coccinea cannot
be determined and a large number of different species have at different
times been called Crataegus coccinea. It appears therefore desirable
to abandon the name entirely and to find a new name for the plant
figured as Crataegus coccinea in The Silva of North America and in
the Manual of North American Trees. A glabrous form of this which
I have called Crataegus coccinea rotundifolia was first described in
1785 by Moench (Bäume Weiss. 29, t. 1) as Crataegus rotundifolia,
which would therefore be the name of the species if the hairy and the
glabrous forms are considered to belong to one species; and the hairy
plant which I have described as Crataegus coccinea may then become
Crataegus rotundifolia var. pubera.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

184 Rhodora [OCTOBER

THE STATUS OF ARENARIA STRICTA IN NEW
HAMPSHIRE.

M. L. FERNALD.

AMONG the specimens which came to the New England Botanical
Club in the transfer of the herbarium of the Middlesex Institute to the
Club was a sheet of Arenaria with the label “Arenaria Groenlandica
Spreng. Mt. Washington, Aug. 7, 1881. W. H. Manning." The
sheet which, besides the complete label, bears the small penciled
field-label of Mr. Manning, has upon it a single flowering branch which
is unquestionably 4. stricta Michx. Although A. stricta is very rarely
met east of the calcareous regions of western New England and
diligent search by many active botanists has failed to show other
evidence of it upon Mt. Washington, the known occurrence in the
White Mountain area of a few limited calcareous outcrops and the
recent discovery there of local plants formerly unknown in the region
made it advisable to give Mr. Manning's specimen due record in the
seventh edition of Gray's Manual.

Recently, however, in looking over a package of specimens from out-
side New England which came from the collections of the Middlesex
Institute, I have found a sheet which throws new light upon the matter.
This sheet has Mr. W. H. Manning's field-label: “Arenaria stricta.
Glens Falls, N. Y. June 22, 1881. W. Н. М”; but the specimen
beside which the label is glued is very characteristic A. groenlandica!
It is quite evident, therefore, that the record of A. stricta from Mt.
Washington arose through a transposition of labels; for A. groen-
landica is one of the commonest plants of Mt. Washington, but in
New York is known almost exclusively from the highest summits of
the Adirondack, Catskill, and Shawangunk Mountains; and А.
stricta, otherwise unrecorded from the White Mountains, is in New
York common “particularly on the banks of rivers and lakes; northern
and western counties." !

Although Arenaria stricta is thus withdrawn from the list of Mt.
Washington plants, there is a station for it at the southwestern edge of
the White Mountain area which should be recorded. This colony on

1 Torr. Fl. М. Y. i. 95 (1843).

1909] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—VII 185

*the summit of a hill, Holderness, N. H." was discovered in July,
1891, by Dr. R. C. Manning, Jr., who brought plants to the late Sereno
Watson. These specimens are now preserved in the Gray Herbarium
and, so far as the writer is informed, represent the only known station
for the species in New Hampshire.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— VII.

ALEXANDER W. EVANS.

Tue eight species discussed in the present paper include five distinct
additions to the New England flora. ‘The three remaining species
have already been noted from New England, but their records have
been either uncertain or incomplete. ‘lhe North American species of
Cephaloziella, two of which are mentioned below, are in need of
further study, and it is probable that other members of this genus will
eventually be detected in New England. It is difficult, however,
to treat them fully at the present time because most of them occur
also in Europe, and European writers still disagree about their limits
and relationships.

1. METZGERIA FURCATA (L.) Dumort. Recueil d'Obs. sur les Jung.
26. 1835. Jungermannia furcata L. Sp. Plant. 1186. 1753. Metz-
geria glabra Raddi, Mem. Soc. Ital. delle Sci. in Modena 18: 45.
pl. 7, f. 1. 1818. On rocks and trees. Maine: Buckfield (J. A.
Allen); Cumberland (Е. B. Chamberlain). New Hampshire: Cornish
(Miss Haynes); Jackson (A. W. E.). Metzgeria furcata was con-
sidered а common North American species until the publication of
Lindberg’s Monographia Metzgeriae in 1877. The earlier writers
accepted it in a broad sense and referred to it all the northern forms of
the genus which were distinguished from M. pubescens by being
destitute of cilia on the antical surface of the thallus. According to
Lindberg the old M. furcata, as thus understood, was an aggregate and

1 Acta Soc. Faun. Fl. Fenn. 1: 1-48. 2pl. 1877.

186 Rhodora [OCTOBER

he separated off, as distinct species, M. conjugata, M. hamata, and M.
myriopoda, largely on the basis of characters drawn from the structure
of the thallus, the distribution and peculiarities of the marginal and
postical cilia, and the nature of the inflorescence. He restricted the
name M. furcata to what he described as the commonest of all European
hepaticae but stated that he had never seen typical specimens of this
species from North America. To M. conjugata, on the other hand,
the only one of his new species which need now be considered, he
ascribed a wide distribution on both sides of the Atlantic. Since this
time the majority of writers, including such recent authorities as
Stephani? and C. Müller? have accepted Lindberg’s statements with
regard to the absence of M. furcata from North America and have
consequently considered M. conjugata as our common representative
of the genus. In 1892, however, Miss Boatman * recorded M. furcata
from various localities in North America, extending from North
Conway, New Hampshire (James), into Mexico, and Underwood ?
soon afterwards published similar observations independently. On
the basis of these records the species ought properly to have been
included in the writer's Preliminary List of New England Hepaticae,’
but it was omitted because Underwood himself expressed some doubt
as to the correctness of the determinations, most of which were based
on thallus characters only. Apparently the specimens quoted above
represent the species clearly, so that M. furcata may now be definitely
reinstated as a member of our flora. Equally clear specimens have
been examined also from Indian Brook, Cape Breton (G. E. Nichols),
and from Onteora Mountain, New York (Miss Vail).

All writers agree that M. furcata and M. conjugata are very closely
related. In both species the costa presents the same type of structure,
being bounded above by two rows of cortical cells and below by from
three to five rows. Lindberg finds the most important difference
between the two plants in the inflorescence, M. furcata being dioicous
and M. conjugata autoicous, but he also calls attention to differences
in the structure of the thallus, to which he attaches considerable import-
ance. In M. furcata, the less robust of the two, the thallus is said to be

1 This species was first published in Acta Soc. Sci, Fenn, 10: 495. 1875.
? Bull. de l'Herb. Boissier 7: 941. 1899.

? Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 349. 1908.

4 Bull. De Pauw Sci. Assoc. 1: 3. 1892.

5 Bull. Torrey Club 19: 301. 1892,

6 RHODORA 5: 170-173. 1903.

1909] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— VII 187

plane, the marginal cilia to occur singly, and the postical surface of the
wings to be usually pilose. The marginal cilia are further distin-
guished by being slightly displaced to the postical surface and therefore
not clearly visible from above. In M. conjugata, on the other hand,
the thallus is said to be convex, the marginal cilia to occur frequently
in pairs, and the postical surface of the wings to be practically free
from cilia. Unfortunately, as Limpricht and others emphasize, most
of these vegetative characters are subject to a good deal of variation,
and it is not infrequent to find specimens in which the cilia are either
sparingly developed or absent altogether. Even when present they do
not always show the peculiarities of arrangement detailed above.
Marginal cilia in pairs, for example, may occur in combination with
scattered postical cilia, and wings of the thallus which are smooth
on both surfaces may show marginal cilia borne singly. Тһе position
of these unpaired cilia, moreover, may also vary, being sometimes truly
marginal and sometimes displaced to the postical surface. On ac-
count of the inconstancy of these vegetative characters Limpricht *
was inclined to look upon M. conjugata as nothing more than a robust
and normally developed form of M. furcata, due to a favorable environ-
ment, and Boulay,’ still more recently, was unwilling to accord it more
than subspecifie rank. Most writers, however, accept both species
without question, and this seems the wisest course to pursue since
specimens with sexual branches usually show the specific characters
clearly. The impossibility of determining all sterile material is by no
means unusual in other genera of the hepaticae.

Although certain of the characters already mentioned are seen to be
untrustworthy, M. furcata often produces peculiar organs of vegetative
reproduction, which enable us to determine sterile specimens without
difficulty. These organs have long been known but it is only lately
that they have been at all emphasized from a taxonomic standpoint.
They are in the form of marginal gemmae, or propagula, and are ovate
to ligulate in outline according to the stage of their development.
They are at first only one cell thick throughout but usually acquire a
median costa sooner or later. ‘The gemmae are frequently developed
in great abundance, and Goebel? considers their production to be a
direct result of unfavorable conditions. Lindberg described these

1 Cohn, Krypt.-Flora von Schlesien 1: 441. 1876.
2 Musc. de la France 2: 170. 1904.
з Flora 83: 69-74. 1898.

188 Rhodora [OCTOBER

marginal gemmae clearly for M. furcata but made no allusion to them
in his description of M. conjugata, thus implying that they did not
occur in this species. Goebel! goes still farther; he associates marginal
“adventive branches” definitely with M. furcata, and says that M.
conjugata is characterized: by the occasional production of gemmae
of an entirely different type. Miss Boatman, to be sure, describes
marginal gemmae for M. conjugata, but her statements have not been
confirmed by subsequent writers and it seems probable that her
descriptions were not drawn from the true M. conjugata. On the
whole the evidence at present appears to indicate that the marginal
gemmae of M. furcata yield important differential characters, and it
seems safe to assume that such gemmae do not occur in M. conjugata.
The writer hopes to discuss the vegetative reproduction of Metzgeria
more fully in another connection.

2. Metzgeria crassipilis (Lindb.) sp. nov. Metzgeria furcata,
subsp. Metzgeria crassipilis Lindb. Acta Soc. Faun. Fl. Fenn. 1: 42,
1877. On rocks. Vermont: Lake Dunmore (W. G. Farlow).
Connecticut: New Haven (D. C. Eaton); Orange (J. T. Phinney).
Although Lindberg, as already noted, saw no specimens of typical
M. furcata from North America, he described a peculiar plant from
the eastern United States under the above name, including it under
M. furcata as a subspecies. He was able to study two specimens of
this plant, one from Laurel Hill, Pennsylvania (Sullivant), and the
other from Ben Lomond, Warren County, Tennessee (Fredriksson).
Neither of these specimens has been accessible to the writer, but
Lindberg’s description is so detailed and so clear that there can be but
little doubt as to the correctness of the above determinations. For
some strange reason M. crassipilis has been completely overlooked or
ignored since its original publication but it is amply distinct from
M. furcata, and Lindberg would undoubtedly have described it as a
distinct species if he had had a more liberal supply of material at his
disposal. It has a fairly wide distribution and the following localities,
‚outside of New England, may also be recorded. New York: Chilson
Lake (Mrs. Smith); Little Moose Lake (Miss Haynes); Shandakan
(Miss Miller). West Virginia: Seebert and Warntown (J. L. Shel-
don). Virginia: Nick's Creek and Walker's Mountain (J. K. Small);
Dickey's Creek and Hungry Mother Creek (Mrs. Britton and. Miss

! Organographie der Pflanzen 275. 1898.

VII 189

1909] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,

Vail). North Carolina: Blowing Rock Mountain (J. K. Small);
Hog Back Mountain (Н. А. Green).!

In its dioicous inflorescence M. crassipilis agrees with M. furcata,
and the costa is built up on the same type in the two species. The
thallus of M. erassipilis, however, is more or less convex, the postical
surface of the wings is usually densely pilose, and the marginal cilia
(although occurring singly) are not displaced to the postical surface.
The cells of the thallus, also, average less than 35 y in diameter, whereas
in M. furcata they average more than 35 и. But the most remarkable
structures found in M. erassipilis are the gemmae. ‘These are fre-
quently produced in great abundance and arise on the antical surface
of the wings and not on the postical surface as Lindberg described.
Each gemma is in the form of a circular disc, one cell thick throughout
and usually showing a single two-sided apical cell. The surface of
the gemma is smooth but the margin usually bears a few straight cilia,
irregularly distributed. ‘Che gemmiparous branch is not strongly
modified in appearance, but the development of the gemmae tends
to limit its growth. Lindberg describes the female branch as being
smooth, but it shows this condition only when immature; as it grows
older it becomes sparingly setose or pilose along the margin and
occasionally develops a very few short surface cilia. The antheridial
branch is smooth, and the calyptra and sporophyte are still unknown.

According to Lindberg M. crassipilis is to a certain extent inter-
mediate between M. furcata and M. dichotoma (Swartz) Nees, a tropi-
cal species known from the West Indies and Brazil. In М. dichotoma,
which is rather more robust than M. crassipilis, the costa is bounded
above by from three to five cells and below by from five to eight, the
cells average about 50 у in diameter, the cilia are longer and more
abundant, and the female branch is pilose. The gemmae of M.
dichotoma, so far as Lindberg describes them, are similar to those of
M. crassipilis and also arise from the surface of the thallus-wings.

3. PeLLIA FABRONIANA Raddi, Mem. Soc. Ital. delle Sci. in Modena
18: 49. pl. 7. f. 5. 1818. Jungermannia calycina 'Tayl.; Mackay,
Fl. Hibern. 2: 55. 1836. Рета calycina Nees, Naturgeschichte
der europ. Leberm. 3: 386. 1838. Wet bank of brook; Newfane,
Vermont (A. J. Grout). The species is sometimes known as P.

1 The specimens from several of these localities have been listed elsewhere as M.
conjugata. See Mem. Torrey Club 4: 195. 1893. Also Adirondack League Club
Year Book for 1904: 45.

190 Rhodora [OCTOBER

endiviaefolia (Dicks.) Dumort. ‘The original Jungermannia endiviae-
folia of Dickson (Pl. Crypt. Brit. 4: 19. 1801) was apparently based
on an old figure of Vaillant, and there is so much uncertainty about it
that most of the recent European writers have given it up in favor of
the later name of Raddi, about which there seems to be no doubt.
In the Bryologist for May, 1905, Grout refers his specimens with some
hesitation to Р. Neesiana (Gottsche) Limpr. Since they are entirely
destitute of mature capsules their determination is beset with difficul-
ties and we are obliged to rely on characters derived from the thallus.
Fortunately the internal cells of the median region afford structural
differences which are available even in sterile material. In P. Nee-
siana, as well as in P. epiphylla (L.) Corda, many of these cells show
vertical bands of thickening in their walls, and these bands are often
pigmented with purple or red. ‘They can be most easily demonstrated
by cutting longitudinal sections through the thallus, although they are
sometimes seen almost as clearly in transverse section. In P. Fabro-
niana bands of this character are not developed, the cells of the thallus
being everywhere thin-walled. Since Grout's specimens are also
destitute of these bands they are here referred to P. Fabroniana instead
of to P. Neesiana. Comparatively few of the publications relating to
Pellia make use of these bands in distinguishing the species, although
attention was called to them many years ago by Leitgeb.! С. Müller?
however, emphasizes their importance and gives an excellent figure
of them as they appear in P. epiphylla.

4. Pera NEEsIANA (Gottsche) Limpr.; Cohn, Krypt.-Flora von
Schlesien 1: 329. 1876. Pellia epiphylla, forma Neesiana Gottsche,
Hedwigia 6: 69. 1867. On wet rocks; Wintergreen Falls, Hamden,
Connecticut (4. W. E.). The species is probably widely distributed
in New England but is easily confused with P. epiphylla. All three
species of the genus are common in Europe and Asia. "The striking
difference in the structure of the thallus, which separates P. Neesiana
from P. Fabroniana, is supplemented by still more striking differences
in the structure of the capsule. In P. Neesiana the cells forming the
inner layer of the capsule-wall develop local wall-thickenings in the
form of incomplete rings; the elater-bearers at the base of the capsule
are 15-25 и in diameter and number from 20 to 30; while the elaters

1 Unters. über Lebermoose 3: 53 (footnote). 1877.
? Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 9. f. 2. 1906.

1909] — Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— VII 191

themselves are about 8 » in diameter and show two spirals. In P.
Fabroniana, on the other hand, the inner layer of the capsule-wall is
without local thickenings; the elater-bearers are only 5-8 џи in diameter
and number about 100; while the elaters themselves are 10-12 y in
diameter and show three or four spirals. The differences in the
structure of the capsule are fully discussed by Jack.!

The relationships between P. Neesiana and P. epiphylla are very
close indeed, both thallus and capsule showing the same structure in
the two species. ‘There are, however, two important differences
between them. In P. Neesiana the inflorescence is dioicous, and the
involucre is in the form of a short but complete sheath with an irregular
margin. In P. epiphylla the inflorescence is monoicous (paroicous),
and the involucre is represented by a short flap of the thallus on the
basal side of the sporophyte. P. Fabroniana agrees with P. Neesiana
in being dioicous and in developing a tubular involucre, but the latter
is long and extends beyond the calyptra, whereas in P. Neesiana the
calyptra extends beyond the involucre at maturity. ‘The differences
just noted are very clearly shown by C. Müller ! in a series of schematic
figures? It will be seen from the foregoing statements that sterile
specimens of Pellia with bands of thickening in the internal cells of the
thallus are quite indeterminable.

5. CEPHALOZIELLA ELACHISTA (Jack) Schiffn. Lotos 48: 338.
1900. Jungermannia elachista Jack; Gottsche & Rabenhorst, Hep.
Europ. 474 (with figures). 1873. Cephalozia elachista | Lindb.
Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 502. 1875. On a decayed stump in a bog;
Reading, Massachusetts (C. C. Kingman). Not before recorded for
America. Widely distributed in Europe but apparently rare. This
delicate little species seems to be confined to bogs and is characterized
primarily by an autoicous inflorescence and by distant, sparingly
dentate leaves. The plant is pale green in color and the prostrate
stems are sparingly branched. ‘The deeply bifid leaves are almost
transversely inserted and tend to spread widely from the axis. ‘Their
lobes are slender and sharp-pointed, usually from four to six cells long
and from two to four cells wide at the base, and they are frequently
inflexed at the apex. The leaf-cells have a smooth cuticle and are
thin-walled; in the middle of the lobes they measure 19-24 и in length

1 Flora 81 (Ergánz.-Band): 1-16. pl. 1. 1895,
2 Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 369. /. 218. 1908

192 Rhodora [OCTOBER

by about 12 и in width. The marginal teeth are sometimes absent
altogether, and it is rare to find more than one tooth on a lobe, con-
sisting usually of a single projecting cell. ‘The underleaves are minute
and are not always present. ‘The lobes of the perigonial bracts are
toothed, but the teeth are more numerous and better developed on the
perichaetial bracts; they differ in length and extend irregularly in
various directions. ‘The perianth is long and in the form of a triangu-
lar prism, minutely crenulate at the mouth from projecting cells.
Gemmae are frequently present and are usually borne at the tips of
more or less elongated branches where they form spherical masses.
They are elliptical in form with thin walls and rounded ends; they
measure about 17X9 у and are usually bicellular. As a rule it is quite
impossible to distinguish leaves in the gemmiparous region, although
this is not always the case.

The original specimens of Jungermannia elachista, collected by
Jack at Salem in Baden and distributed by Gottsche and Rabenhorst,
are badly mixed with a second species of Cephaloziella, which Schiffner
refers to C. byssacea (Roth) Schiffn. (— the C. divaricata of many
authors). In the set of the Hepaticae Europaeae in the Eaton her-
barium, No. 574 is made up almost entirely of this second species, but
the few sterile stems which seem referable to J. elachista agree with the
Massachusetts specimens. ‘The range of variation and the relation-
ships of the species are not yet clearly understood.

6. CEPHALOZIELLA HAMPEANA (Nees) Schiffn. Oesterr. Bot.
Zeitschr. 54: 256. 1904. Jungermannia Hampeana Nees, Natur- _
geschichte der europ. Leberm. 3: 560. 1838. Cephaloziella trivialis
Schiffn. Lotos 48: 341. 1900. C. erosa Limpr.; Warnstorf, Krypto-
gamenfl. der Mark Brandenburg 1: 233. f. 6. 1902. Cephalozia
erosa Massal. Malpighia 21: 36. 1907. On a rotten log in a
swamp; near Schoodic Lake, Piscataquis County, Maine (A. W. Е.).
On moist rocks; Naugatuck, Connecticut (А. W. E.), sterile; speci-
mens with male and female flowers afterwards collected in the same
locality by Miss Lorenz. Not before recorded from North America
but widely distributed in Europe. The above synonymy is mostly
quoted from Schiffner, who suggests that it be accepted somewhat
tentatively, the relationships between the present species and the
closely allied C. bifida (Schreb.) Schiffn. being not yet definitely
established. ‘The specimens which are here referred to C. Hampeana
agree closely with the type material of C. trivialis, collected by Dreesen

€

1909] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— VII 193

near Bonn and distributed in Gottsche and Rabenhorst's Hepaticae
Europaeae, No. 598, under the name Jungermannia divaricata. ‘They
are deep green in color with oceasionally a tinge of brownish. ‘The
stems are sparingly and irregularly branched, while the leaves are
distant and widely spreading with broad triangular lobes acute at the
apex. The lobes are usually from eight to twelve cells long and from
six to ten cells wide at the base; their margins are either entire or
vaguely and irregularly crenulate. The leaf-cells average about 15X
11 апа have thin walls. Underleaves may or may not be present.
The inflorescence is autoicous. The female branch varies more or
less in length but is usually elongated, and the leaves gradually increase
in size toward the archegonia. ‘The lobes of the bracts are sometimes
entire or nearly so and sometimes minutely and irregularly denticulate.
The lobes of the perigonial bracts also show minute teeth or crenula-
tions occasionally but are more frequently entire. Gemmae are
sometimes very abundant and closely resemble those described for
C. elachista.

As thus described C. Hampeana is a variable species agreeing with
C. elachista in its autoicous inflorescence. It is, however, more robust,
the lobes of its leaves are broader and less sharp-pointed, the leaf-cells
are smaller, and the margins of both leaves and bracts are less toothed.
When Schiffner first published his C. trivialis he suggested that the
Cephalozia divaricata described by Heeg ' might also be regarded as :
synonym. Warnstorf* considers this open to doubt from the fact that
Heeg's plant seems to be distinctly dioicous, and Schiffner has made
no further allusions to the matter in his more recent papers. Heeg’s
species differs from the true C. divaricata, as understood by Schiffner
and others, and has not yet been definitely reported from North America.
'l'he various ways in which C. divaricata is interpreted by European
botanists is discussed by Miss Lorenz ? in a recent publication.

7. CarvPoGEIA NEEsiANA (Massal. & Carest.) C. Müll. Frib.;
Loeske, Verhandl. Bot. Ver Prov. Brandenburg 47: 320. 1905.
Kantia Trichomanis, 8 Neesiana Massal. & Carest. Nuovo Giorn.
Bot. Ital. 12: 351. pl. 11, f. 3. 1880. Calypogeia Trichomanis, var.
Neesiana C. Müll. Frib. Beih. zum Bot. Centralbl. 10: 217. 1901.
Cincinnulus Trichomanis, var. Neesiana С. Müll. Frib. tbid. 13: 97.

1 Verhandl. der k. k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien 43: 95. 1893.
2 Kryptogamenfl. der Mark Brandenburg 1: 227. 1902
3 Bryologist 12: 25-27. 1909.

194 Rhodora [OCTOBER

1902. Kantia Neesiana Migula, Kryptogamen-Fl. von Deutschland,
etc. 1:462. 1904. Calypogeia integristipula Steph. Bull. de l'Herb.
Boissier II. 8: 662. 1908. On rotting logs in a cedar bog; Monk-
ton, Vermont (L. W. Riddle). Not before recorded from North
America but probably with an extensive range. Widely distributed
in Europe and northern Asia. Although C. Neesiana has been con-
sidered a mere form or variety of C. Trichomanis until very lately,
European writers are now showing a marked tendency to accept it as
a valid species. It is a robust plant, equalling C. Trichomanis in size,
and is characterized by oval leaves, rounded or truncate at the apex,
and by large orbicular or reniform underleaves, usually quite un-
divided but sometimes emarginate or bluntly bifid to about one fourth,
these various conditions being often found on a single stem. ‘The
underleaves are further distinguished by their more or less elongated
cells with thin walls. Unfortunately, as in other members of this
difficult genus, many of the slender and sterile stems fail to show the
characters of the species clearly, but well developed plants are not
difficult to determine. In a recent paper Meylan' discusses C.
Neesiana fully and concludes that its characters are much more con-
stant than those of C. fissa Raddi, which most botanists now recognize
as a specles; he emphasizes, however, its very close relationship to
C. Trichomanis.

8. SCAPANIA GLAUCOCEPHALA (Tayl) Aust. Bull. Torrey Club
6: 85. 1876. Jungermannia glaucocephala Tayl. Lond. Jour. Bot.
5: 277. 1846. Seapania Peckii Aust. Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for
1869: 218. On a rotten log; Waterville, New Hampshire (Miss
Lorenz). Although the present plant has been quoted from New
England this is the only definite station which the writer is able to
cite. The species is peculiar to North America and its known range
extends westward to Minnesota and northward into Canada. Its
most important peculiarities have already been noted in connection
with the closely related S. apiculata Spruce,’ but it may be well to allude
to them briefly again. It is characterized especially by its upright
flagelliform shoots bearing gemmae in abundance. ‘These are oval
and usually unicellular and are deeply pigmented with brown or purple.
The leaves upon which the gemmae are borne have thick-walled cells
without distinct trigones. The normal leaf-cells are much smaller

! Rev. Bryol. 36: 53-58. 1909.
2 RHODORA 9: 71. 1907.

1909] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— VII 195

and are thin-walled throughout or with very minute trigones. ‘The
gemmiparous shoots bear a marked resemblance to those found in
Sphenolobus Hellerianus but are considerable larger. According to
C. Müller ! the perianth is still unknown. Austin, however, describes
it for his S. Peckii, and it is figured by Pearson? ‘The species is
evidently in need of further study.

The following represent additions to local state floras not included
in the preceding notes:— Calypogeia tenuis, Reading, Massachusetts
(C. C. Kingman); Cephalozia pleniceps, Willoughby, Vermont (Miss
Lorenz); Cephaloziella myriantha, Biddeford Pool, Maine (Miss
Lorenz); Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae, Buckfield, Maine (J. A. Allen);
Lepidozia sylvatica, Cape Elizabeth, Maine (А. W. E.); Lophozia
confertifolia, Mount Mansfield, Vermont (Miss Lorenz); L. longi-
flora, Mount Lafayette and Carragain Pond, New Hampshire (Miss
Lorenz); Scapania gracilis, Madison, New Hampshire (H. H.
Bartlett); | Sphenolobus | Hellerianus, Willoughby, Vermont (Miss
Lorenz); S. Michauxii, Mount Greylock, Massachusetts (A. LeRoy
Andrews). From specimens sent by C. C. Kingman the Massachu-
setts records for Chiloscyphus pallescens and Anthoceros punctatus
may now be marked with the sign “ +

The census of New England Hepaticae now stands as follows:
Total number of species recorded, 155; number recorded from Maine,
106; from New Hampshire, 120; from Vermont, 90; from Massa-
chusetts, 85; from Rhode Island, 64; from Connecticut, 110; common
to all six states, 43.

3

YALE UNIVERSITY.

! Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. Carol. 83: 264. 1905.
2 List of Canadian Hepat. pl. 8. 1890.

196 Rhodora [OCTOBER

AN ALGOLOGICAL PROPHECY FULFILLED.
F. S. COLLINS.

I mave lately taken considerable interest in those forms of algae that
show special adaptations to particular conditions, epi- or endophytic,
epi- or endozoic habitat, and the like, of which many are known, both
fresh water and marine, and doubtless many more will be discovered.
One for which I have been looking is Dermatophyton radians Peter,
a green alga that forms a firm crust on the backs of turtles, penetrating
into the crevices; it was first found in Europe, and has once been
found in this country. For the last two or three years I have waylaid
turtles at many ponds, but have found no trace of the alga; the shells
have been bare and smooth. But one day in June last, in Tewksbury,
Massachusetts, I saw a turtle near the edge of a pond, with a distinct
green growth on the shell. I proceeded towards him with the utmost
caution, as turtles are not easily taken unaware, but soon a sense, other
than sight, notified me that he was not likely to escape; he was no ways
superior in appearance to other mud turtles, and yet it would hardly
be incorrect to speak of him as unapproachable. I succeeded in
scraping off some of the growth, which as I had supposed was a green
alga, but it certainly was not the Dermatophyton; the substance was
much softer. Only when I reached home and examined it with the:
microscope did I recognize it; it was Chaetomorpha Chelonum, the
plant that I described in Кнорока, Vol. IX, p. 199, from material sent
me from Michigan, where Dr. Hankinson found it on two species of
turtle. Now in connection with my description I referred to what
Lagerheim said, when describing C. herbipolensis, the first, and until
my note the only certain fresh water species of this genus; that the
desmids that he had studied on specimens of aquatic phanerogams,
collected long ago by B. D. Greene, indicated that the algal flora of
Massachusetts was of almost a tropical character, and that fresh
water species of Chaetomorpha were to be expected here. "The char-
acterization of Massachusetts as subtropical strikes one rather oddly,
but here is this second station for C. Chelonum, the same Round Pond
where Greene collected the plants that Lagerheim examined in the
herbarium in Sweden, and from which he published his very valuable
list of desmids; I had been exploring many ponds all over New Eng-

1909] Bartlett, — Exoperidium in Calostoma Ravenelii 197

land, but only at this one spot had I found the Chaetomorpha; there
could hardly be a more perfect fulfillment of what seemed an improba-

ble prophecy.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

RUPTURE OF THE EXOPERIDIUM IN CALOSTOMA
RAVENELII.

Harvey Harris BARTLETT.

‘THE most interesting find on a recent collecting trip to Falls Church,
Virginia, in company with Dr. Heinrich Hasselbring, was a colony of
Calostoma Ravenellii (Berk.) Massee. "Теге were between thirty
and forty plants, in all stages of development, growing up through
a clump of moss in moderately damp, chestnut woods. ‘The long
coralline bases of the fungus were imbedded in loose, sandy soil under-
neath the moss. Most of the peridia had pushed entirely through the
moss, but a few had reached maturity under ground.

The method of rupture of the exoperidium in Calostoma Ravenelii
seems never to have been satisfactorily described, although the species
is found not uncommonly near Washington, D. C., and elsewhere.
'The following quotations from recent treatments of Calostoma (Mitre-
myces), bear upon this point:—

*....exoperidium remaining attached to the ochraceous endoperi-
dium in the form of irregular warts or scales."

“Although Morgan considers the species [C. Ravenelii] synonymous
with M. lutescens, it appears to differ in....the peculiar mode of
rupture of its exoperidium, which remains attached in scale-like
fragments all over the surface of the endoperidium, the Herbarium
Curtis specimens agreeing in this respect with those of Berkeley, as
figured by Massee,....”’

(Burnap, Bot. Gaz. xxiii (1897) p. 190.)

“Professor Beardsley writes me: ‘Mitremyces Ravenelii, as I have
found it in a dozen stations at Asheville, has no gelatinous coat, but is
always covered with a scurfy coat which breaks away from the base

»

first, the last piece separating like a cap from the apex.’

198 Rhodora [OCTOBER
" Exoperidium breaking into very small flakes, which usually dry
up and remain attached to the inner peridium....At least in our
herbarium specimens, this is a very constant character... . Endoperi-
dium....usually rough with adnate scales, remains of the exoperi-
dium."
(Lloyd, Мус. Notes, No. 13 (1903), pp. 123 & 126.)
“The outer peridium of Mitremyces is of the nature of a more or less
gelatinous volva,.... It presents three types. In cinnabarinus,
insignis and lutescens, it separates from the endoperidium leaving
the latter relatively smooth. In Ravenelii, Tylerii, orirubra and
Junghuhni it breaks into areas and dries more or less as scales on the
endoperidium. In fuscus it falls off as a cap."
(Lloyd, Мус. Notes, No. 20 (1905), p. 238.)
In essentials, my own observations at Falls Church confirm those of
Professor Beardsley. In dry weather, at least, the exoperidium is not
noticeably gelatinous. It is thinnest near the foot-stalks, and thickest
in a zone around the mouth. As a result of this differentiation the
lower part has too little tensile strength to cohere when shrinkage takes
place at maturity. Instead, it breaks into small patches which adhere
to the endoperidium,— a character well shown by herbarium speci-
mens. ‘The upper part, however, is thicker and tougher, so that it
tears away entire from the upper third or fourth of the endoperidium
and drops off as a cap, or as a stellately laciniate plate, leaving a gla-
brous zone around the mouth. There was a detached cap lying near
each mature plant in the colony of Colostoma Ravenelii at Falls Church.
The brilliant coloring of these caps, inside up on the green moss, was
what attracted my attention to the colony. They are vermilion at the
center, surrounded by strongly contrasting yellow. |

BUREAU or PLANT IxpvsTRY,
U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.

PLANTS NEW TO VERMONT.— The Vermont Botanical Club held а
two day's field meeting July 6—7, 1909, with headquarters at Burling-
ton. ‘The first day was given to Au Sable Chasm, New York, and the
second day to the interesting botanizing regions about Burlington, viz:
the sandy beaches and rocky bluffs of Lake Champlain, the old river
bed at High Bridge, and Woodwardia Pond at Fort Ethan Allen.

1909] Stone,— A Form of Kalmia latifolia 199

The last day, along the Rutland Railroad tracks a clump of perhaps
a dozen plants of the low hop clover, Trifolium procumbens L., was
found by myself. Mr. George L. Kirk later reported the finding of
one plant of this clover in the lumber yards, on the same trip.

Later in July, I found six good-sized plants of a western evening
primrose, Oenothera serrulata Nutt., along the same track. ‘These
two are plants new to the state.

A new station for the meadow rue, Thalictrum confine Fernald,
reported by Dr. J. A. Cushman from North Hero! and found at
Gardner’s Island, Lake Champlain, by Mr. Kirk, was rediscovered at
Burlington Bay the second day of September. Prof. M. L. Fernald,
to whom I sent specimens, says, “It is singularly undeveloped for this
season of the year. On the St. John and the St. Lawrence, it flowers
in June and July and the fruit is usually too ripe to collect by the middle
of August. It will be interesting to know whether it develops good
fruit at this season of the year.”

The latter part of September Gypsophila muralis L. and Sedum
telephioides Michx. were found in Colchester. The first was abundant
in what seemed to have been a garden or cultivated place and of the
last one clump had escaped to the roadside. Both were growing in
sandy soil.— NELLIE F. FLYNN, Burlington, Vermont.

A REMARKABLE Form or KALMIA LATIFOLIA.— While returning
from a botanical excursion with members of the Springfield Botanical
Club in June, 1907, the writer with others noticed a curious form of
Kalmia growing beside the road in Leverett not far from Mt. Toby.
The corolla, instead of being of the customary saucer shape, was
divided completely into five or more narrowly linear or in some cases
even thread-shaped petals, giving the plant a unique appearance.

Some years ago a similar plant was discovered by Miss Bryant at
South Deerfield. These were submitted to Dr. Asa Gray, who de-
scribed them under the title “Dialysis with Staminody in Kalmia
latifolia,” in the American Naturalist, Vol. IV, pages 373 and 374,
1871.

Prof. C. S. Sargent, in “Garden and Forest," Vol. II, pages 452 and
453, also describes and figures this curious monstrosity, which was
procured from Deerfield and cultivated in the Arnold Arboretum.

1 Vt, Bot, Cl. Bull. iii. 54 (1908).

200 Rhodora [OCTOBER

He mentions that the plant produces seed freely in cultivation and
can be propagated by grafting on Kalmia.

Dr. Gray mentions the resemblance of some of these petals to fila-
ments, and says this resemblance goes further, for most of them are
actually tipped with an imperfect anther. This we did not notice in
our specimens.

Undoubtedly this sport is not confined to one locality, and further
search may reveal other plants of this interesting form.— GEORGE E.
STONE, Amherst, Massachusetts.

SCIRPUS LINEATUS IN New HawrsuinE.— On July 20, while col-
lecting at Manchester, N. H., in a damp field where species and forms
of Scirpus, especially of the cyperinus group, are abundant, I found a
single tuft of S. lineatus Michx, not as yet reported, I think, east of
Vermont. Among indigenous plants of the locality are Lycopodium
inundatum L., Eleocharis tenuis (Willd.) Schultes., Carex stipata
Muhl., C. stellulata Good., Juncus filiformis L., Spiranthes cernua
(L.) Richard., Liparis Loeselii (L.) Richard. and Drosera rotundifolia
L. Doubtless the species may be found elsewhere in New Hampshire
where similar ecological conditions prevail.— F. W. BATCHELDER,
Manchester, New Hampshire.

Vol. 11, no. 129, including pages 165 to 180 and plates 80 and 81, was issued
29 September, 1909.

Gray's New Manual of Botany— 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United 3tates and Canada east of the 96th
meridian, By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
versity. Thoroughly revised and largely rewri.ten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
son, Ph.D., Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, S.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups. With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo 328 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist’s Edition. Limp leather, 5 х7} inches. Price, $3.00.
MERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the
revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
—a feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
eral home life of 327 species of birds. Аз a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. gr.

STANDARD MATERIAL. IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT,
Physiological Instruments. -How do Plants Work?

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD > Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER f

WILLIAM PENN RICH | mo :
> Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. п. November, 1909. Мо. 131.
CONTENTS:
A new Variety of Abies balsamea. М. L. Fernald : n 201
Flora of the Boston District, — V. : : : A 7 204
The Fruit of Lonicera caerulea. A/fred Rehder . Ў . 209
Key to Cladonia in New England. L. W. Riddle . А : 212
Lists of New England Plants, —XXIII. L. W. Riddle . Я 215
Scirpus Smithii in Massachusetts. М. L. Fernald : : 220
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T.

1052 Exchange Building. | Preston and Rounds Co.

FHODORA.-—4A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, зоо Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. GRAY and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculacea to Polygalacea) 1895-1897. $5.20. —
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & RounpsCo.,
Providence, R. I.

`

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. №. SuxsponF - - Bingen, Wash., U.S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Povket size. Invaluable for
collector! memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray Неввлвіом, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. | November, 1909. No. 131.

A NEW VARIETY OF ABIES BALSAMEA.
M. L. FERNALD.

EARLY in August, 1907, while botanizing in eastern Quebec, the
writer became much interested in two varieties of the Balsam Fir,
Abies balsamea, which differed so strikingly in their cones as to attract
his instant attention. On the slopes of Mt. Ste. Anne and Percé Mt.,
near the tip of the Gaspé Peninsula, the two trees are both abundant
and they were there first noticed in looking from a high level across
the tops of the Firs. In attempting to distinguish in the landscape
the spire-like tops of the White Spruce (Picea canadensis) the Black
Spruce (Picea mariana), and the Fir (Abies balsamea), Professor J. F.
Collins and the writer were puzzled by the unusual appearance of
many of the trees. ‘Though obviously Firs their summits at that
season had a peculiar whitish misty appearance which distinguished
them in the forest from the ordinary Alves balsamea as figured, for
example, in Sargent's Silva (xii. t. 610). Upon felling one of the trees
the source of the unusual whitish appearance (quite different from that
produced by pitch) was revealed, for in all the cones the thin wide-
spreading awns and sometimes the broad erose and emarginate tips
of the bracts were still exserted beyond the thick dark scales. In the
ordinary A. balsamea the pale membranous bracts, during the flowering
season, are much longer than the firmer dark scales, but the latter
quickly develop and by July much exceed their subtending bracts and
those above. ‘This was the condition in the trees upon Percé Mt. which
we had picked out, without question, as the familiar А. balsamea.
During the remaining two weeks of our stay at Percé the Firs were
closely watched and it was found that the two trees were readily dis-
tinguished near at hand (and, by the aid of a glass, in the distance).

201

202 Rhodora [NovEMB ER

Many attempts to correlate slight differences of foliage with the
peculiarity of the cones showed that both trees had the same trivial
variations in the needles and that only in the comparative length of the
scale and its subtending bract were the trees separable.

The cones secured at Percé were not mature and it was felt that,
although the two trees were growing side by side and under conditions
which indicated the same state of development, there still remained
the slight possibility that, as the season advanced, the cone-scales
would further elongate and obscure the difference which was 50 con-
spicuous in mid-summer. The material was consequently pigeon-
holed until further observations could be made. During the past
summer, therefore, while spending some weeks with Professor K. M.
Wiegand in eastern Washington County, Maine, the writer was pleased
to find the same two variations of the Fir. ‘There, however, the trees,
though ordinarily distinct, showed more intergradation in the length
of their bracts than was observed at Percé, indicating that they were
5 be considered varieties of one species rather than specifically dis-
tinet. Again the cones when observed were not fully mature, but
this difficulty has been happily overcome, for through the kindness of
Miss Mary Deane Dexter the writer has received the top of a fruiting
tree collected at Winter Harbor, Hancock County, Maine, on Septem-
Бег 25th. This material sent by Miss Dexter is fully mature and the
cone-scales are rapidly falling. All but the uppermost scales are
equalled or exceeded by the divergent awn of the subtending bract so
that the awns appear wide-spreading and stand out 1 to 5 millimeters
from the cone. ‘This prominence of the awn is due not so much to the
fact that it equals or exceeds the subtended scale as to the failure of
the scale next below to cover it. Material from another station has
also come to hand. This is a fruiting sprig with disintegrating cones
sent from Monhegan Island on September 6, by Mrs. Edwin C. Jenney
to Edward L. Rand, Esquire, as “a Fir which puzzles us because of the
bristles on the cones." Mrs. Jenney writes further: “The tree had
evidently been blown over some years back and was growing in a
horizontal position. In spite of this fact it is a large and healthy-look-
ing tree. We wondered very much about the cones, never having
noticed any with the extended awns before."

In searching the literature of the subject the writer finds that Abies
balsamea is sometimes described as having the bracts “shorter than the
scales or rarely longer," but his own experience in the field and these

1909] Fernald,— A new Variety of Abies balsamea 203

recent observations by others lead him to the conviction that the tree in
which the awns of the bracts are so obvious in fully grown cones should
be separated varietally from the ordinary form of the species. Сош-
parison of the scales of disintegrated mature cones shows that in the
typical А. balsamea the bract (including the erect awn) is ordinarily
about two thirds as long as the lamina of its subtended scale, though
varying from three sevenths to five sixths as long; while in the
variety with divergent exserted awns the bract is ordinarily as long as,
and occasionally a little longer than its subtended scale; and that in
general the variety has slightly smaller cones than the typical form
of the species.! On account of these characteristics of the cones the
tree is here proposed as

ABIES BALSAMEA (L.) Mill, var. phanerolepis, n. var., strobilis
subevlindraceis; laminis ovuliferis maturis suborbicularibus vel
reniformibus 8-13 mm. longis; laminis membranaceis 8-13 mm.
longis, cuspide patenti exserta.

Strobils subeylindric: mature laminas of the ovuliferous scales sub-
orbicular or reniform, 8-13 mm. long; of the membranaceous bracts
8-13 mm. long, with a spreading exserted awn: otherwise as in the
typical form of the species.— QUEBEC, slopes of Percé Mt., Percé,
Gaspé County, August 3, 1907 (Fernald & Collins, no. 860): New-
FOUNDLAND, cool damp soil, Channel, July 27-August 1, 1901;
damp woods, near Topsail, Conception Bay, August 12-19, 1901
(Howe & Lang, nos. 975, 1303): Marne, Pembroke, July 23, 1909
(Fernald); Grindstone Neck, Winter Harbor, September 25, 1909
(Miss Mary Deane Dexter) Monhegan Island, September 6, 1909
(Mrs. Edwin C. Jenney).

This may well be the variation of Abies balsamea which has given
rise to the report at various times of 4. Fraseri from New England.
In that southern species, however, the cones are more ovoid and the
bracts are very much longer than the scales and have strongly recurved
broad tips. In Loudon's Encyclopedia of Trees and Shrubs there is a
fairly characteristic figure (fig. 1053) of the cone of var. phanerolepis,
indicated as an illustration of Picea balsamea.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1 Measurements of mature scales of А, balsamea, taken at random from many cones,
show the laminas of the scales to range from 11 to 15 mm. in length, with a mean of
12.8 mm.; and the laminas of the bracts (including the awn) to range from 6 to 10
mm. in length, with a mean of 8.5. Similar measurements of the scales of the variety
show the laminas to vary from 8 to 13 mm. in length, with a mean of 11 mm.; and the
laminas of the bracts to be of essentially the same length.

204 Rhodora [NovEMBER

REPORTS [ОХ THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—V.

In preparing this list, it seemed to the committee that records of
early collections would add to its value and interest, even where the
species are common ones. Accordingly all existing specimens col-
lected before 1860 have been mentioned.

There has been very little done in collecting Potamogetons within
recent years. Fresh Pond, Cambridge, and Mystic Pond, in Medford
and Winchester, have been changed so much that the stations formerly
reported there are probably in many cases extinct. The ponds in
Wenham should be revisited, however, and there is no reason why
other sheets of water favorably located, should not also be productive.

TYPHACEAE.
TYPHA.

T. angustifolia L. Swamps and salt-marshes near the coast.
Swampscott (Aug. 18, 1902, comm. Susan Minns). Abundant locally
near Boston.

T. latifolia L. Swamps, abundant throughout.

Where the two species grow together there are all kinds of inter-
mediate forms. ‘This is especially noticeable in the big swamps at

West Cambridge.

SPARGANIACEAE.
SPARGANIUM.

S. americanum Nutt. Muddy bottoms of streams and ponds in
shallow water; fairly well distributed throughout.

S. americanum Nutt., var. androcladum (Engelm.) Fernald &
Eames. Growing with the type; very abundant. There are two
specimens of this variety in the Gray Herb., collected respectively at
Beverly in 1856, and in Fresh Pond, Cambridge in 1857 by Asa Gray.

S. angustifolium Michx. Spot Pond [Middlesex Fells] (Wm.
Boott, Aug. 20, 1865. Specimen in Gray Herb.); Crane Pond, West

1909] Flora of the Boston District,— V. 205

Newbury (J. Robinson, Aug. 13, 1879); shallow water, common,
Ponkapaug Pond, Canton (J. R. Churchill, July 26, 1884). This
species probably occurs sparingly throughout.

S. diversifolium Graebner. Bogs and muddy shores, Beverly,
Sharon, Stoneham, Concord, Wellesley, Natick, Framingham, Hyde
Park, Quincy and Randolph.

S. diversifolium Graebner, var. acaule (Beeby) Fernald & Eames.
See RHODORA, x. 56. 1908. “In running water in inuddy-sandy
brook. ‘The station (where the plants are rather plenty) is in a warm
open meadow. Near State Muster Grounds, South Framingham"
(A. J. Eames, Sept. 7, 1907); Bridgewater (E. W. Sinnott, September,
1908).

S. eurycarpum Engelm. Muddy shores and shallow water, fre-
quent.

S. fluctuans (Morong) Robinson. Ponkapaug Pond, Canton
(J. R. Churchill, July 26, 1884); in two feet of water, Whitehall Pond,
Woodville, Hopkinton (T. Morong, Sept. 15, 1887).

S. lucidum Fernald & Eames. Small pond, pasture, close to the
road, Medford (Wm. Boott, July 29, 1860. One of the type specimens
in Gray Herb.); very abundant on muddy shore of Heard Pond,
Wayland (A. J. Eames & C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 6, 1909).

S. minimum Fries. Spot Pond, Middlesex Fells, in good fruit
(Wm. Boott, Aug. 31, 1854. Specimen in Gray Herb.); Waushakum
Pond, Ashland (T. Morong, July 14, 1881; Aug. 7, 1883; Sept. 5,
1887. "Does not fruit here freely, but propagates more by root-
stocks.)

NAJADACEAE.
NAJAS.

М. flexilis (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt. Shallow water of ponds or
slow streams, on sandy or muddy bottoms, common throughout.
Collected in Spot Pond, Stoneham, by Wm. Boott, Aug. 31, 1854.

N. flexilis (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt, var. robusta Morong. “In
four feet of water, reaching nearly to the surface, Sudbury River,
Concord" (T. Morong & W. Deane, Aug. 4, 1886).

N. gracillima (4. Br.) Magnus. Ponds; North Andover, Stoneham,
Winchester, Woburn, Mystic Pond. Collected in Winchester by Wm.

206 Rhodora *(NovEMBER

Boott, Aug. 23, 1853. "In a springy bog at Sluice Pond, Lynn, 1880”
(E. Faxon, according to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 104. 1880); Ash-
land (T. Morong, according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co.
99. 1888).

POTAMOGETON.

Р. americanus C. & S. Running water, occasionally in ponds;
Hyde Park, Natick, ‘Topsfield, Winchester, Mystic Pond.

P. amplifolius 'l'uckerm. Ponds and rivers, frequent in northern
half of district, also occurring in Canton.

P. angustifolius Berchtold & Presl. Fresh Pond, Cambridge,
(J. W. Robbins, Oct. 2, 1851; Wm. Boott, Sept. 5, 1853; collected
by other botanists down to 1886); Mystic Pond (Wm. Boott, Aug. 26,
); Pleasant Pond, Wenham (various collectors between 1875 and
1884). First two stations probably extinct.

P. bupleuroides Fernald. Fresh and brackish ponds; Cambridge,
Lynn, Natick, Wakefield, Wellesley, Wenham, Mystie Pond.

P. crispus L. Pools and ditches among the clay-pits іп Cam-
bridge, abundant; also in Spy Pond, Arlington.

P. dimorphus Raf. Ponds and streams, common north and west,
but no reports south of Canton.

P. epihydrus Raf. Ponds and streams; many records from all
parts of the district.

P. foliosus Raf. Still waters, from scattered stations in eastern
half of district.

P. gemmiparus Robbins. Rivers and ponds. Charles River at
Dedham and South Natick; Neponset River at Dedham; Fresh Pond,
Cambridge; Wenham Pond, Wenham; Mystic Pond (E. Tuckerman,
according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 101. 1888).

P. heterophyllus Schreb. Ponds and streams; numerous stations
in northern half, and as far south as Canton.

P. heterophyllus Schreb., forma graminifolius (Fries) Morong.
Ponds, Stoneham, Cambridge, Wellesley, Natick, Ashland.

P. heterophyllus Schreb., forma maximus Morong. Deep running
water, Charles River, Natick (T. Morong, July 14, 1879 and Sept 5,
1882); Charles River, Dedham (E. & C. E. Faxon, Aug. 2, 1880).

P. heterophyllus Schreb., forma myriophyllus (Robbins) Morong.
Ponds, from six scattered stations in north and west portion.

1909] Flora of the Boston District, — V. 207

P. hybridus Michx. Still water, many stations in northern half of
district, also occurring in Pembroke. Collected in Roxbury, “near
Morlands,” Aug. 10-15, 1820; in Peabody by J. L. Russell, August,
1854; and in Mystic Pond by Wm. Boott, Aug. 15, 1858.

P. lateralis Morong. Charles River, Dedham (Wm. Boott and
E. & C. E. Faxon, July 13, 1879; T. Morong, July 16, 1880; E. & C.
E. Faxon and T. Morong, Aug. 2, 1880).

P. lucens L. Fresh Pond, Cambridge (several collectors between
1865 and 1886); Wenham Pond, Wenham (J. W. Robbins, no date;
Wm. Boott, Sept. 20, 1867); Pleasant Pond, Wenham (J. Robinson,
Aug. 13, 1875); Winchester (L. L. Dame, according to Dame &
Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co., 100. 1888).

P. mysticus Morong. Mystic Pond (T. Morong, E. & C. E. Faxon
and Wm. Boott, various collections between 1865 and 1881); Wenham
Pond, Wenham (E. & C. E. Faxon, Sept. 13, 1880 and Sept. 5, 1882).

P. natans L. Ponds and slow streams; many stations, running as
far south as Canton.

X P. nitens Weber. Wenham Pond, North Beverly (E. & C. E.
Faxon, Sept. 13, 1880, and Sept. 5, 1882; T. Morong & W. Deane,
Sept. 8, 1886).

P. Oakesianus Robbins. Ponds; Beverly, Dedham, Lynn, Natick,
Stoneham, Woburn. Mystic Pond, Medford (Wm. Boott, according
to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co., 99. 1888).

P. obtusifolius Mertens & Koch. Ponds and streams; Newbury,
Wenham and Natick.

P. praelongus Wulf. Fresh Pond, Cambridge (various collectors
between 1865 and 1881); Pleasant Pond, Wenham, 1875 and 1880.

P. pulcher 'l'uckerm. Ponds, streams and ditches; scattered sta-
tions from all parts of district except the northwest and south.

P. pusillus L. Ponds and streams; frequent, but no records from
extreme northern and southern portions.

P. pusillus L., var. polyphyllus Morong. Foster’s Pond, Andover
(A. S. Pease, Sept. 11, 1903); Fresh Pond, Cambridge (E. & C. E.
Faxon, July 22 & 23, 1880); shallow muddy pool, South Natick (T.
Morong, Aug. 29, 1879); Spot Pond, Stoneham, (Wm. Boott, Aug. 20,
1865).

P. pusillus L., var. Sturrockii Benn. Woburn Brook (Wm. Boott,
Aug. 25, 1867); Lake Cochichewick, North Andover (A. S. Pease,
Sept. 24, 1903).

208 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

P. pusillus L., var. tenuissimus Mertens & Koch. Ponds and
streams; eight scattered stations north and west of Boston.

P. Robbinsii Oakes. Deep water of ponds and streams; reported
from thirteen stations north and west of Boston.

x P. spathaeformis Tuckerm. Mystic Pond, Medford; collected
between 1865 and 1881 by Wm. Boott, E. Tuckerman, T. Morong and
C. E. Faxon. See Fernald, Кнорока, viii. 224. 1906.

P. strictifolius Benn. Mystic Pond (Wm. Boott, Aug. 13, 1865).

P. Vaseyi Robbins. Mystic Pond (Wm. Boott, Aug. 6, 1865); Spot
Pond, Stoneham (T. Morong, July 27, 1876; L. H. Bailey, Aug. 1,
1883).

P. zosterifolius Schumacher. Rivers and ponds; Cambridge,
Canton, Lynnfield, Natick, Newbury, Wenham.

RUPPIA.
R. maritima L. Shallow brackish and salt water, along the coast.
ZANICHELLIA.

Z. palustris L. Brackish water, Ipswich; Mystic River and Mystic
Pond, Medford, between 1865 and 1887; Squantum, Quincy; Revere;
Salem. i

Z. palustris L., var. pedunculata J. Gay. Seashore near Boston
(L. H. Bailey, Aug. 25, 1883).

ZOSTERA.

Z. marina L. In shallow salt water, generally below low tide;
common and abundant along the entire coast.

JUNCAGINACEAE.

SCHEUCHZERIA.

8. palustris L. Bogs and ponds, Acton, Canton, Lynn, Natick,
Peabody, rare. Wm. Boott collected this species at Tewksbury on
June 23, 1853. Specimen in Gray Herb.

1909] Rehder,— The Fruit of Lonicera caerulea 209

TRIGLOCHIN.

T. maritima L. Salt marshes, common. ‘This species was col-
lected by Wm. Boott on the “Brookline R. К.” on May 26, 1854.

C. H. KNOWLTON

J. A. CUSHMAN Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

A. K. HARRISON

NOTE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE FRUIT OF LONI-
CERA CAERULEA.

ALFRED REHDER.

Ir seems strange that such a widely distributed and well known
plant as Lonicera caerulea should be so little known in regard to the
morphological structure of its fruit, that even in the most recent
manuals and floras as well of this country as of Europe the description
of the ovaries and fruits is incorrectly given. ‘The fruit is described
everywhere as consisting of two connate berries, but a dissection will
show at once, even without the aid of a magnifying glass, that this is
not the case; the ovaries are entirely separated from each other and
remain so until maturity, the bractlets, however, are united into a
cupula tightly enveloping the ovaries the whole thus presenting the
appearance of perfectly united ovaries without bractlets which in fact
are generally described as wanting.

There have been a few botanists who described correctly the ovaries
and fruits of this Lonicera, but their statements were overlooked and
the old erroneous conception based on superficial observation has
remained the current one until today. The first correct description
as far as I know was given by Petermann in 1849 (Deutschlands Flora
260, pl. 41, fig. 323, К-Т) as follows: Die vier Deckblättchen zu einer
die zwei Fruchtknoten eng und günzlich umschliessenden und endlich
zugleich beerenartig werdenden Hülle verwachsen und so nur einen
Fruchtknoten darstellend [The four bractlets connate into a cupula
enclosing tightly and completely the two ovaries and finally becoming

210 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

berrylike, thus simulating only one ovary]; the accompanying
figures give a fair illustration of these facts. All of the later writers
seem to have overlooked Petermann's statement, until in 1893 Koehne
in his Deutsche Dendrologie 545, fig. 96, K) again describes and
figures correctly the ovaries apparently without knowing of Peter-
mann's publication; one of his drawings had been published already
two years before in Engler & Prantl's Natürliche Pflanzenfamilien (‘Teil
4, Abteil. 4, p. 167, fig. 57, E), but in the accompanying text Fritsch
describes the berries as completely connate. In 1903 I described and
figured the fruit in my Synopsis of the genus Lonicera (Rep. Missouri
Bot. Gard. XIV. 67, pl. 1, fig. 10-11). Maximowicz in his revision
of the Loniceras of Eastern Asia (Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. XXXI,
58. 1886) observed the true state of the fruit of Lonicera caerulea in a
Japanese form, but failed to recognize its identity with L. caerulea
which he describes in the usual way as having connate ovaries, and
published this Japanese form on account of its peculiar bracts as a new
species under the name of L. emphyllocalyx, the name apparently
referring to the large bractlets enclosing the ovaries up to the calyx.

The true character of the fruit is also disclosed by a variety named
by Regel L. caerulea var. angustifolia (Russkaya Dendr. 144. 1873)
which shows the tendency at least in the plant cultivated at the Arnold
Arboretum, to have the cupula more or less distinctly lobed and
sometimes shorter than the ovaries so as to expose partly the latter.
We have here again a case where a teratological aberration reveals the
true morphological character of parts whose morphological origin
seems doubtful.

Lonicera caerulea is the only species of the whole genus containing
about 165 species in which the cupula grows with the ovaries into a
collective fruit and becomes juicy and colored at maturity. It forms
thus a very distinct group by itself. In the allied section Chlamydo-
carpi the cupula and ovaries are in a young state exactly like those of
L. caerulea, but the cupula does not become fleshy and splits at maturity
disclosing the red berries. From this section the Vesicariae of Komarov
do not differ; they were supposed to have a cupula adnate to the base
of the calyx and growing with the ovaries into a rather dry collective
fruit. ‘This, however, is not the case, as good and complete material
which I had recently the opportunity to examine, has shown. Franchet
who first made the erroneous statement in regard to his L. Ferdinandi
and Komarov who made it in regard to his L. vesicaria were deceived
as well as myself by the fact that the top of the cupula adheres so

1909] Rehder,— The Fruit of Lonicera caerulea 211

firmly to the base of the calyx and the neck of the ovaries by means
of a dense matted villous tomentum with which the cupula and the
top of the ovary is clothed, that even in thin sections they can only be
separated by some force. Furthermore fully ripe fruits were not
known at the time of the description of these species and the half ripe
berries had the appearance of a perfectly closed rather dry fruit, while
material recently received showed that in both species the cupula splits
at maturity and discloses the red berries.

Among the American Loniceras there is no other species which ap-
proaches L. coerulea in the shape and behavior of the bractlets; the
nearest is L. involucrata, but in this species the bractlets though very
large and growing with the fruits do not form a real cupula, they are
only slightly connate and subtend, but do not enclose the berries.
Among the Old World species, however, all intermediate states can be
found from species with four small completely separate bractlets to
species with a perfect cupula tightly enclosing the ovaries. There is
even a species, L. Griffithit Hook. f. & Thoms., belonging to the sub-
genus Periclymenum in which all the bractlets of a whorl of six flowers
are connate into one common cupula.

A few words may be added here on the morphology of the inflo-
rescence in the genus Lonicera. 'The inflorescence is a simple three-
flowered cyme with the central flower suppressed in the subgenus
Chamaecerasus, while in the subgenus Periclymenum (Caprifolium)
all three flowers are developed and the flowers of the two opposite
sessile cymes form here six-flowered whorls. Each flower has two
prophylls. The prophylls of the central flower bearing in their axils
the two lateral flowers are called bracts; they are always present,
though in a few cases as in L. oblongifolia and L. conjugialis very
minute and caducous; in shape they vary from subulate to foliaceous.
The prophylls of the lateral flowers of which there are four in each
суше, two for each flower, are designated as bractlets; they are
generally roundish in outline and usually partly connate in various ways
and different degrees, less often perfectly separate and sometimes
entirely wanting or only recognizable as minute tubercles at the
base of the ovaries. In most species of the subgenus Periclymenum
and in a few other species the leaves subtending the cymes become
bractlike, but must not be confused with the real bracts and bractlets.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

212 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

A KEY TO THE SPECIES AND PRINCIPAL VARIETIES OF
CLADONIA OCCURRING IN NEW ENGLAND. -

LiNcoLN Ware RIDDLE.

ONE of the most urgent needs in the study of lichens at the present
time is a set of keys to the larger genera. So far as I am aware no key
to the New England species of Cladonia has ever been published. It
is to contribute toward filling this need that the following key is here
offered. It is based on the study of an extensive series of specimens,
and has been tested by several students, both inexperienced and ex-
perienced. Yet, in a genus where the species are as variable as in
Cladonia and where such puzzling transitional forms occur, it is not to
be expected that any key can be constructed that will serve for the
determination of all specimens. It is hoped, however, that with
material which is fairly typical, satisfactory results may be obtained.
For the authors and synonymy of the species given, reference may be
made to the check-list to be found on pages 215 and 216.

Sect. I. Primary thallus persistent and crustaceous. Podetia short (mostly
under 1 em.), club-shaped, simple or branched, apothecia pale brown,
poorly developed. . . papillaria

Sect. П. Primary thallus squamulose when present, often disappearing.

Sub-Sect. l. Squamules when present medium-sized to small, whitish on
under side. (For Sub-Sect. 2, see end of key).

Series 1. othecia red. (Rarely the species of this series may have
pale К<. эх brown apothecia, a condition known as var. ochro-
car

A. Podetia cylindrical, without cups.
B. Green to yellow, smooth to warty, never sorediate.
C. Simple below, sparingly Aoki cade above.
D. Podetia reduced, squamules of thallus sorediate
C. cristatella у. paludicola
DD. Podetia well-developed, thallus not sorediate.

E. Podetia with few squamules or none. ‚С. cristatella
EE. Podetia densely squamulose..... C. cristatella v. vestita
CC. Podetia branched throughout. ........ C. cristatella v. ramosa

BB. Grayish, powdery-sorediate.
C. Thallus scanty, podetia rarely squamulose.
D. Podetia stout, sparingly branched, KOH + ...С. macilenta

^ DD. Podetia slender, simple, KOH —.......... C. bacillaris
CC. "Thallus well- developed, podetia short, squamulose, decorti-
cate between the squamules.................. C. didyma

AA. Podetia eup-bearing.
B. Podetia medium-sized (mostly 2 em. or less).
Podetia white-powdery-sorediate, cup with incurved margins,
commonly proliferating. . . C. digitata
CC. Podetia warty or granulate-sorediate, cups ‘dilated, rarely
pronmrating........... eee lwp NP ERES c. coccifera

1909] Riddle,— Key to Cladonia in New England 213

BB. Podetia elongated (mostly 4 em. or over), yellowish.
C. Podetia sulphur-powdery, never squamulose. .. . .C. deformis
CC. Podetia smooth and densely squamulose. ..... C. bellidiflora
Series 2. Apothecia brown.
A. Podetia cylindrical, without cups.
B. Podetia simple or nearly so, primary thallus usually persistent.
C. Podetia absent or thickly squamulose.
D. Podetia absent or nearly so, squamules coarse
C. caespiticia
DD. Podetia evidently present, squamules fine, often sorediate.

E. Podetia short (1 em. or 1езз)............ .C. delicata
EE. Podetia taller (2 cm. or more). ........- ‚ С. decorticata

CC. Podetia present and with few squamules or none.
D. Corticate, without soredia or granules.
E. Cortex continuous or nearly so.

F. Podetia short (mostly less than 2 cm.).
G. Squamules fine, podetia slender in proportion to the
apothecia. у cse nn nnn mitrula

GG. Squamules coarse, podetia stouter.
Н. Typically simple, KOH + (red). ..C. subcariosa

HH. Branched above, KOH —. . .C. cariosa v. corticata

FF. Podetia elongated (over 3 em.)
G. Slender, little inflated. .. . .. . . C. gracilis v. chordalis
GG. Stout, much inflated. ........ C. gracilis v. elongata
EE. Cortex fissured, irregular and uneven........ . C. cariosa

DD. More or less decorticate, sorediate, or granulate.
E. Seurfy-granulate...... een n n n ‚С. pityrea
EE. Powdery-sorediate.

Е. Podetia perforate, ртау.................. C. glauca

FF. Podetia not perforate.
G. Podetia whitish throughout.
H. Simple, 2 em. high or less. . C. fimbriata у. coniocrea
HH. Sparingly branched, 3 em. high or more
C. fimbriata v. subulata
GG. Podetia brown below........ sees C. cornuta
BB. Podetia repeatedly branched and forming more or less intricate
masses, thallus mostly disappearing.
C. Podetia corticate, smooth, squamules when present coarse.
D. Yellowish-green, tips fastigiate, blunt....... C. uncialis
DD. Grayish or brownish-green, tips dichotomous, acute.
E. Cortex continuous, without soredia. 3
Е. With few squamules or none.
G. Podetia more or less erect, in loose masses.
Н. Podetia wholly ртау................ C. furcata
HH. Brown, especially above. . .C. furcata v. palamaea
GG. Podetia intricately intertangled in dense masses
C. rangiformis
FF. More or less covered with coarse squamules
C. furcata v. pinnata
EE. Cortex broken in places, and sorediate especially above
C. furcata v. scabriuscula
CC. Podetia decorticate, squamules when present fine.
D. Podetia without squamules.
E. Ultimate branches recurved, tips blunt. . .C. rangiferina
EE. Ultimate branches more erect, tips acute.
F. Loosely branched, in irregular masses. . . ‚С. sylvatica
FF. Intricately branched, in dense rounded tufts
C. alpestris

ПРИРО ТИМА РАИ г

214 Rhodora [NoveMBER

DD. Podetia covered with fine squamules
C. squamosa v. muricella
AA. Podetia cup-bearing, often proliferating (i. e. branching from the
margins of the cup).
B. Cups perforate.
C. Without soredia.
D. With scattered coarse squamules or none.
E. Podetia smooth.

F. Slightly inflated, cups narrow...........C. crispata

FF. Much inflated, cups spreading, often becoming leafy
C. turgida.
PNE PM pM, o... aeisi cea ED C. reticulata
DD. Covered with fine squamules................C. squamosa
CC. Gray powdery-sorediate........................ C. cenotea

Gray or brownish green.
E. Proliferations from margins of cups.

F. Cups regular, squamules few or none. ..... C. gracilis
(C. gracilis v. chordalis & elongata may also be sought
here)

FF. Cups irregular, podetia squamulose !
C. gracilis v. dilatata
EE. Proliferations from center of бар. (Э C. verticillata
DD. Yellowish-green. ..... enhn nsn n n О, Gmaurocrea

E. Cups regular and simple.................. C. fimbriata
EE. Cups irregular and proliferous. . . .C. fimbriata v. radiata

Р. ӨП Ө or'neériy ao. sessin, 23. Ыб, pyxidata
FF. Luxuriantly proliferous................ C. degenerans
EE. Scurfy-granulate, cups reduced............... C. pityrea

Sub-Sect. 2. Squamules always present, strikingly large, creamy-yellow
een n e n n nn n n nn nn nns. foliacea v. alcicornis
WELLESLEY COLLEGE.

1909! Riddle,— Lists of New England Plants,— XXIII. 215

PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS,—
XXIII. CLADONIACEAE.

Lincotn МАКЕ RIDDLE.

[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has been seen;
the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found.]

Е

Jal dalls
Baeomyces byssoides (L.) Schaer О WP NET T HEISE
T ericetorum (E) Wenige und ЕГЕ |
М placophyllus Ach. . . . . . =: . | E |
4 roseus Pers. . Bop uet c E le
Cladonia alpestris (L.) DEG ET S ea pe +|+\—|+
amaurocrea (Flke.) Schaer. A КЕН |
* bacillaris Nyl. . . 2... ++ [++ T3
i caespiticia (Pers.) Jt c EH
d cariosa (Ach.) Spreng. i 2... |+++++—|+
! i var. corticata Мато . | "T |
e carneola Fr. | +
if cenotea (Ach.) CMM +/+/+/+]—
" coccifera (L.) Willd. +++ +|+—|+
$ * var. ochrocarpla Flke. +| |+
ч ү var. pleurota (Flke.) Schaer. . * —
" cornuta (L.) Schaer. +16 1— 1—
E crispata (Ach.) Flot. 2... HEIDI
д cristatella Tuck. . . Eu + ++ +++
Ks Е var. ochrocarpia IBS Tp odMEÍE SA
E К var. paludicola Tuck. | |+
M Е var. ramosa Tuck. i +| |+
s is ОРЕ ШОК ОЕ. |t +/+ +
È decorticata (Flke.) Spreng. . . . . |
i deformis Hoffm. ERES UT 1+ 1+ 1+ +
E degenerans (Flke.) Spreng. . . . . . | I+ ++
ү; delicata (Ehrh.) Flke. TEE |
E digitata Schaer. cB |+
"i fimbriata ( [Er e IHI HH
* var. coniocrea (Flke. ) Wain. . I+ + IRR GRE
p i var. nemoxyne (Ach.) Coem. . +
M B var. radiata (Schreb.) Coem. . | Tt oH
5 ih var. subulata (L.) Wainio | |

1 Printed in RHODORA as supplementary matter.

216 Rhodora [NovEMBER

Me.
Ve.
B E.

Cladonia foliacea var. alcicornis (Lightf.) Sc haer .
T furcata (Huds.) Schrad.
T NES palamaea (Ach.) Nyl.
var. pinnata (Flke.) Wainio
var. scabriuscula (Del.) Coem.
glauca Flke. . х
z gracilis (L.) Wild. . .
A var. chordalis (F Ike.) Se haer.
i “ var. dilacerata Flke. . . .
var. elongata ys id F lke.
macilenta Hoffm.
mitrula Tuck. .
H рарШама (Ehrh.) Hoffm.
ds pityrea (Flke.) Fr.
ы pyxidata UJ) Rr.
var. chlorophaea (Sprer ng. ) Fike.
rangiferina (L. Web. . . ;
rangiformis Hoffm. 4
reticulata (Russell) Wainio .
squmosa (Scop.) Hoffam. pA AR
var. multibrachiata — (Flke.)
Wainio. А
var. muricella (Del. ) "Wainio |
var. phyllocoma Rabenh.

“ “

^ F
+++ | Com,

[21 [21

| ++++++ Mas.
[+ ++i

++ +++++ +++ + ++ +!

+++++++ CCUERRBRBREGA - ROG $$ $F F444" £4444 ЖЕШЕТ NB
+

++++ ++

“ “

+ +++ + +++

++ + ++++++
+ + + + +
+ + + ++

“ “

“ “

E
+
'" — subcariosa Nyl. = t| j=
“sylvatica Hoffm. . . ЖЕШЕТ i-i
“ — turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm. +
uncialis (L.) Web. t FECE
ы verticillata Hoffm. де э ш. ми кж...
Pilophorus Cereolus var. Fibula Tuck. -
Stereocaulon alpinum Laur. +
т condensatum Hoffm. -" 4
T coralloides Fr. . |t е
T denudatum Flke. . ^
T nanodes Tuck. .
5 paschale (L.) Ach.

+++

plestum Ach... . . ‚уф
tomentosum Fr. . ene MES |
Thamnolia vermicularis (Sw.) Schaer. Me hi Г

1990] Riddle,— List of New England Plants,— Petia РИ

NOTES UPON THE ABOVE List

The names adopted in the genus Cladonia are based on Wainio's
“Monographia Cladoniarum Universalis.” In cases where the no-
menclature of Tuckerman’s “Synopsis of North American Lichens”
differs from that of Wainio, the Tuckerman name is given in paren-
thesis, in these notes, following the Wainio name. On one point only
does the usage here followed depart from that of Wainio. In his
Monograph, he has distributed all the forms of polymorphie species
under varietal names, making, therefore, a compound conception of
the species. This is a practice not followed in other groups of plants
and apparently unnecessary. In this list the specific name is under-
stood to stand for the typical form of the species, and is equivalent to
the first variety given under each species by Wainio. This is liable
to lead to confusion only in the following species: Cladonia fimbriata,
furcata, and gracilis. For the synonymy, reference may be made to
the notes on these species given below.

Baeomyces ericetorum (L.) Wainio. (B. aeruginosus (Scop.) DEJ
There is considerable doubt as to the true relationships of this species,
but it has seemed best in this list to retain it in its traditional position,
using, however, the earlier name. (Compare Wainio: Notulae de
synonymia lichenum, in Medd. Soc. pro Fauna et Flora fennica, vol.
14, 1886.)

Cladonia alpestris (L.) Rabenh. (Cl. rangiferina var. alpestris
(L.) Schaer.)

Cladonia bacillaris Nyl. (Cl. macilenta (Ehrh.) Hoffm. in part.)

Cladonia cariosa var. corticata Wainio. (Cl. symphycarpa, in part,
of American authors, not Fries.) Compare Fink in Bryologist 9:23
(1906).

Cladonia coccifera (L.) Willd. (Cl. cornucopioides (L.) Fr)

Cladonia crispata (Ach.) Flot.. (Cl. furcata var. crispata Flke.)

Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. Under the specific name is included
material called “var. simplex” by Wainio, "var. tubae ormis Fr."
by Tuckerman, in part. ‘Tuckerman’s “var. tubaeformis” also in-
cluded what is here called “var. coniocrea (Flke.) Wain."; and his
“var. radiata Fr.” included the remaining three varieties of this list.

Cladonia foliacea var. aleicornis (Lightf.) Schaer. (Cl. alcicornis
(Lightf.) Еке.) The Maine record is based on Rand & Redfield’s

“Flora of Mt. Desert Island." Through the courtesy of Mr. E. L.

218 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Rand, I have had the opportunity of examining the lichens preserved
in his herbarium. The specimen upon which this record was appar-
ently based is very doubtful, and much better referable to Cl. cariosa
var. corticata Wainio. I have left the record in the list, however, as
Mr. Rand states that some of the records of lichens were based on
specimens in other herbaria than his own.

Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Schrad. Under the specific name is
included the “var. racemosa (Hoffm.) Flke." of Wainio's Monograph,
and also of ‘Tuckerman, in part. The “var. racemosa” of the latter
also included material placed by Wainio under “var. pinnata (Flke.)."
"Var. palamaea (Ach.) Nyl.” is equivalent to “var. subulata Flke."
but “var. scabriuscula (Del.) Coem." was not recognized by Tucker-
man, and appears not to be represented in his herbarium.

Cladonia glauca Fike. | (Cl. cenotea var. furcellata Fr.)

Cladonia gracilis (L.) Willd. The specific name is understood to
stand for the “var. dilatata" of Wainio, and the “var. hybrida" of
‘Tuckerman, in part, the latter also including material here referred to
"var. dilacerata Flk. “Var. chordalis (Flke.) Schaer." is the “var.
elongata f. chordalis Fr." of Tuckerman, and “var. elongata. (Jacq.)
Fike.” is the “var. elongata f. macroceras Fr."

Cladonia pityrea (Flke.) Fr. (Cl. fimbriata var. adspersa Tuck. in
part.)

Cladonia rangiformis Hoffm. (Cl. furcata var. pungens Fr.)

Cladonia reticulata (Russell) Wainio. (Cl. Boryi Tuck.)

Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm. The vars. multibrachiata and
phyllocoma of this list have been little studied by American workers,
and the records are, therefore, based on material determined by L.
Scriba of Frankfort, Germany. “Var. muricella (Del.) Wainio" is
equivalent to “f. attenuata Fr."

Cladonia subcariosa Nyl. (Cl. gracilis var. verticillata Ё. symphy-
carma Tuck., Cl. symphycarpa, in part, of American authors, not
Fries.) See note below under C7. alpicola var. Karelica Wainio.

Cladonia sylvatica (L.) Hoffm. (Cl. rangiferina var. sylvatica (L.)
Schaer.)

Cladonia verticillata Hoffm. | (CI. gracilis var. verticillata Fr.)

The following species recorded from New England have been omitted
from the list for the reasons stated below.

Cladonia bellidiflora (Ach.) Schaer. Recorded as collected in Wells,
Maine, by J. Blake in Harvey’s “Contributions to the Lichens of

1909} Riddle,— Lists of New England Plants,—XXIII. 219

Maine" (Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 21:389). Through the courtesy of
Prof. M. A. Chrysler, I have had an opportunity of examining the
specimens upon which this record was based. ‘The specimens are very
doubtfully Cl. bellidiflora, having a much stronger resemblance to
squamulose forms of Cl. eristatella 'Tuck. Similar specimens, col-
lected in the White Mts. by Tuckerman are in the latter's herbarium,
marked doubtful.

Cladonia didyma (Flke.) Wainio. (Cl. pulchella Schwein.) Re-
corded in Rand & Redfield's “Flora of Mt. Desert Island, Maine";
but no specimen is to be found in Mr. Rand's herbarium, and as the
species is distinctly southern in its distribution and is not otherwise
known from New England, the record was probably based on an
erroneous determination. | i

Cladonia flabelliformis (Flke.) Wainio. Recorded by Willey in his
«List of the Lichens of New Bedford, Mass.,” but not generally
recognized by American students as distinct from Cl. macilenta.

Cladonia lepidota Fr. Recorded by Willey (J. c.). This species is
considered by Wainio to be synonymous with Cl. cristatella var.
ochrocarpia Tuck. and the specimens are, therefore, listed under that
name.

Cladonia leptophylla Nyl. Recorded by Willey (l. ¢.), but included
under Cl. mitrula Tuck. by American students.

Cladonia pyxidata var. pocillum Ach. Recorded by Willey (l. c.).
This is an arctic variety not otherwise known from New England, and
this record must, therefore, be considered doubtful.

Cladonia alpicola var. Karelica Wainio. ‘This is stated by Wainio
to be synonymous with the true Cl. symphycarpa of Fries. It is
recorded from New England by G. K. Merrill in Bryologist 12:46
(1909), but no specimens examined appear to belong here, and it is,
therefore, omitted until better known. Mr. Merrill has also, within
the last year, segregated two new species, Cladonia multiformis (in
Bryol. 12:1) and Cl. polycarpia (in Bryol. 12:46). It has seemed
best, however, not to include these in the list until their status can be
determined by further study.

WELLESLEY COLLEGE.

220 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Scirpus SMITHI IN MassacauserTs.— When the Preliminary List
of New England Cyperaceae! was issued, Scirpus Smithii Gray was
unknown from two of the New England States, New Hampshire and
Massachusetts. Very quickly thereafter Mr. F. W. Batchelder?
recorded it from the shore of Lake Massabesic in southern New
Hampshire, and it is now gratifying to report it from eastern Massa-
chusetts. On September 18 last, the writer, attracted by the report of
an extensive station for Sparganium lucidum Fernald & Eames,
Cyperus aristatus Rottb., Hemicarpha micrantha (Vahl) Pax, Xan-
thium canadense Mill., and other species which are among the most
local of Middlesex County, joined Mr. A. J. Eames on a trip to Heard's
Pond, Wayland. ‘These plants were soon found in abundance, as
well as several which were before unknown from that station. Among
them is Scirpus Smithii which grew in a shaded mucky shore where it
was hidden by the taller grasses and sedges. It is interesting that S.
Smithii should be the only one of the Scirpus debilis group at Heard's
Pond, for in eastern Massachusetts the members of this group show
a remarkable tendency to restrict their development to very isolated
stations. Thus S. Hallii is known in New England only from the
shores of Winter Pond; 5. debilis, var. Williamsii has as yet a single
known station (in the world), the margin of Massapoag Lake in
Sharon, where it-abounds to the exclusion of other members of the
group; and now S. Smithii is found at its first Massachusetts station,
Heard’s Pond, where no other members of the group are known. S.
debilis (typical) is the only plant of the group as yet known from
more than a single pond-shore, but even that species is so local as to
be unknown to most of our New England botanists.— M. L.
FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

1 RHODORA, X. 135-144 (1908).
2 RHODORA, x. 205 (1908).

Vol. 11, no. 180, including pages 181 to 200, was issued 3 November, 1909.

Gray's New Manual of Botany — 7th Edition

An illustrated flora of the Northern United 3tates and Canada east of the 96th
meridian. By Asa Gray, LL.D., late Professor of Natural History, Harvard Uni-
vanor, Thoroughly revised and largely rewri.ten by BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBIN-
SON, Ph.D., Asa Gray Professor of Systematic Botany, and MERRITT LYNDON
FERNALD, B.B., Assistant Professor of Botany, Harvard University, assisted by
specialists in certain groups, With more than nine hundred text figures.

Regular Edition. Cloth, illustrated, 8vo 328 pages. Price, $2.50.
Tourist's Edition. Limp leather, 57} inches. Price, $3.00.
MERICAN botanists, who have been impatiently awaiting the
revision of this indispensable work, will be delighted to know that
a seventh, completely revised, and copiously illustrated edition, is now
ready. The revision has entailed years of work by skilled specialists.
‘No effort or expense has been spared to attain the highest degree of clear-
ness, terseness, and accuracy. The plant families have been rearranged in
a manner to show the latest view of their affinities, and hundreds of species
have been added to the flora. The nomenclature has been brought into
thorough accord with the important international rules recently established
— а feature of great significance. Indeed, the Manual is the only work of
its scope which in the matter of nomenclature is free from provincialism
and rests upon a cosmopolitan basis of international agreement. Nearly
a thousand figures have been added, and scores of brief and lucid keys have
been introduced in a manner which greatly simplifies the problem of plant
identification. The work has been extended to include Ontario, Quebec,
and the maritime provinces of Canada.

AMERICAN BOOH COMPANY

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

BIRDS OF MAINE

is the latest and most complete work on northeastern bird life. It
is an illustrated work of 693 pages and contains descriptions of
the plumage and full accounts of the nests, eggs, habits and gen-
eral home life of 327 species of birds. As a book for the amateur
or for the scientific student of bird life in northeastern America it
is unexcelled. Sent prepaid on receipt of price, $3.50. Address all
orders to

ORA WILLIS KNIGHT, 84 Forest Avenue, Bangor, Maine.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION.

Samples of Driers and Mounting Papers sent on request.
ASK FOR NEW CATALOG, NO. gr.

STANDARD MATERIAL, IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT,
Physiological Instruments. How do Plants Work?

родова

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD > Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \

WILLIAM PENN RICH [|

> Publication Committee.
-EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Í

Vol. п. December, 1909. Мо. 132.
CONTENTS:
Submarine Bog at Woods Hole. И. H. Bartlett . 4 е 221

Points in Nomenclature in Trientalis and Rubus.
W. H. Blanchard 236

Excretion of Sodium Chloride by Spartina. 4. B. Klugh К 237
Matricaria inodora, var. salina in Massachusetts. W. Deane 239
Errata . Р А А Я А 1 : А А А : 240
Index м : Я : : А : А А : A 241
Boston, Mass. | Providence, TR. T,

1052 Exchange Building, 11 Preston and Rounds Co,

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries including Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $2.00, Vol. 2, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, ex-
cept on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited
space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publica-
tion. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in
which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, ifordered in advance, will be
furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

` Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
: W. P. RICH, 3oo Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. GRAY and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetalae (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
апа Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

WASHINGTON'S FLORA.

A few complete sets and some incomplete ones of my Fascicle
XII of Washington Plants are still on hand; also specimens of many
species distributed in earlier fascicles. Send for lists.

W. №. Suxsporr - - Bingen, Wash., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for
collectors! memoranda and herbarium records. Published and
sold by the Gray Hersartum, Cambridge, Mass. Price post-
paid 20 cts. each. "Ten copies $1.50.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

"наї MOT Lv (‘SSvj_ “ATOF] $d00M) DOM STHVdAOSVKWYVH;) 4NIHVKHAS JO ANIT WHOHG

z8 amd торочу

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 11. December, 1909. No. 132.

ТНЕ SUBMARINE CHAMAECYPARIS BOG AT WOODS
HOLE, MASSACHUSETTS.!

HARLEY Harris BARTLETT.
(Plate 82.)

THE bog which is described in this paper is of unusual interest
from two stand-points,— to the botanist because it illustrates the
genesis of a typical salt-marsh from a fresh water bog, to the geologist
because it affords evidence of post-glacial subsidence in the Cape Cod
district. It is probable that the origin of salt-marshes through in-
vasion of fresh water bogs by the sea has not been infrequent on the
New England coast, but with the exception of a recent paper by Pen-
hallow, very little has been written on the subject. ‘The question of
post-glacial subsidence, on the other hand, has been much discussed.
It hardly comes within the scope of this paper more than to state that
geologists have shown that such a subsidence has taken place from
Nova Scotia to New Jersey, and that it is still in progress. Along
certain parts of the coast, however, evidence of subsidence has either
never been carefully studied, or has been considered inadquate. For
example, Penhallow ? quotes Mr. Fuller of the United States Geolog-
ical Survey as follows: — “Of the instances [of submerged stumps
and peat masses] mentioned by Shaler and others in Massachusetts,
those at Nantucket and Truro are perhaps the most prominent. ‘The
submerged stumps at Truro have, in part at least, reached their present
position by undermining. Ihave not examined the Nantucket locality.
There appears, however, on the whole, to be very little evidence of a
post-glacial subsidence in this region, although Dr. T. A. Jaggar a few

1 Published by permission of the Director of the U. S. Geological Survey.
2 Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 3d. Ser. vol. i, section iv (1907), p. 22.

221

222 Rhodora [DECEMBER

years ago concluded from observations on wharves at Boston, that
there had been a sinking of two feet during the past century.” In
view of this statement, the presentation of new evidence concerning
subsidence in the Cape Cod district seems to be justified.

Before discussing either the formation of salt-marshes or the question
of subsidence, it will be necessary to describe in brief the topography
of the region about Woods Hole, and, rather more in detail, certain
features in the historical development of the Chamaecyparis bogs which
are found there.

Woods Hole lies at the southern extremity of the basal lobe of Cape
Cod, on the Falmouth continuation of the Plymouth moraine. ‘The
glacial drift is for the most part very coarse, and readily permeable to
water. The water table is reached at slight depths. Northward
from the village the surface is characterized by a number of kettle
holes,— steep-walled depressions in the till supposed to have been
formed by the melting of isolated masses of buried or imbedded ice
after the recession of the ice sheet. These are occupied either by ponds
or by Chamaecyparis bogs, and are, of course, undrained. Their
vegetation was described several years ago by C. H. Shaw.! Although
his paper gives a good idea of the present flora of the bogs, it is inac-
curate in so far as it relates to their development.

The typical ice-block hole has steep sides, and, comparatively
speaking, а flat bottom. ‘The vegetation which occupies it belongs to
one of four types, which are determined by the relation of the water
table to the surface of the ground. 1) The water table is far enough
below the ground surface so that the mesophytic vegetation of hill-
sides and valleys becomes established. This condition is uncommon
about Woods Hole because the water table is very close to the surface.
2) The water table practically coincides with the floor of the depres-
sion, so that conditions favor a hydrophytic vegetation. In holes of
this type Chamaecyparis bogs have developed. 3) The water table
intersects the ground level on the gently sloping floor of the hole.
In this case there is a shallow pond at the center, with an annular
area around it, where, as in a hole of the last type, the water table
is near the surface of the ground and conditions are favorable for
Chamaecyparis. 4) The water table intersects the steep sides of the
depression. Here there is no habitat favorable for Chamaecyparis.

! The Development of Vegetation in the Morainal Depressions of the Vicinity of Woods
Hole. Bot. Gaz. xxxiii, (1902) p. 437.

1909] Bartlett, — Submarine Bog at Woods Hole 998

Moreover, since the usual kettle-hole pond has no outlet, great sea-
sonal fluctuation in water level prevents mat-forming plants from get-
ting a foothold. ‘The pond in a depression of this type remains open,
and usually has а gravelly beach.

Mr. Shaw's studies led him to believe that the Woods Hole Chamae-
cyparis bogs had been formed by the growth of Chamaecyparis on
floating mats after they had already become firm enough to be occupied
by а thicket of various shrubs. In accord with this idea, he termed
the shrubs which are found in the cedar bogs, Leucothoé, Kalmia
angustifolia, ete., relicts from a former thicket vegetation. In his
paper three individual bogs are described, designated as "x," “y”
and “z.” Bog “x” differs from bogs “у” and “z” chiefly in having
a pool at the center, which Mr. Shaw considers to have been a remnant
of open water at the center of the pond when Chamaecyparis took
possession of the mat. Soundings show the incorrectness of this
seem to have

“ td

conclusion. As a matter of fact, bogs “у” and "z'
developed in depressions of the second type defined in the preceding

“x” probably in a depression of the third type.

paragraph, and bog
In all three bogs, the peat contains Chamaecyparis stumps and roots
in situ from top to bottom. There 15 no trace of a mat. "Throughout
their history, the increase in thickness of peat in these bogs has been
accompanied by a corresponding rise of the water table, the mechanism
of which is easily explained.

Let us assume, for the sake of argument, the existence of a flat water
table beneath an uneven ground surface. Supposing that the capacity
for loss of water at the ground surface through evaporation and plant
transpiration were uniform over the whole area, then the amount of
water lifted by capillarity from the water table to the ground surface
and there lost by evaporation would vary inversely as the distance
between the two surfaces. The limiting condition which would be
approached through the operation of this one factor would be paral-
lelism of water table and ground surface. Rain, falling upon the
surface, would be, over a small area, evenly distributed. Ву far the
larger part would sink into a porous soil at once. Since its movement
would then be controlled only by gravitation, it would be added to the
water table in a layer of uniform thickness, and would not tend to
modify the parallelism of the water table and the ground surface.
Two factors would tend to have a flattening effect on the water table, —
the filling of its depressions by run-off water and the operation of

"TR RIS TM

224 Rhodora [DECEMBER

hydrostatic pressure. The latter would bring about final equilibrium.
High levels of the water table would sink, and low levels rise, until the
pressure gradient from high to low levels balanced the resistance
offered by the soil to the passage of water through it from points at the
high level to points at the low level. This would be the condition of
equilibrium.

Applying these considerations to kettle holes, we see: — 1) that
the water level in such a hole marks the lowest level in the water table
of its drainage area, 2) that by replacing the kettle hole by a high
hill, the same area might be made to coincide with the area of greatest
elevation of the water table, and 3) that between these two conditions
of the water table, any intermediate condition might be established by
gradually filling the depression with a porous medium, such as soil or
peat. The growth of a peat deposit in a kettle hole would continue
until the water table lagged too far behind the bog level to provide
sufficient moisture for preservation of peat from atmospheric oxidation.

We may now turn to the bog which it is the special object of this
paper to describe.

As one walks along the shore from Woods Hole to Quamquisset,
a salt-marsh is encountered which forms a prolongation of a slight lobe
of the harbor. Its greatest width is about four hundred and fifty feet;
its length perhaps twelve hundred feet. Seven hundred feet inland
there is a constriction where the width is only about forty feet. So
far as the vegetation is concerned, the seaward portion is a typical
salt-meadow. Otherwise, however, it presents two anomalous features,
in that it is neither penetrated by a tidal creek nor protected from the
sea by a barrier beach. ‘The explanation of this unusual topography
is disclosed at low tide, in a line of stumps and prone logs along the
water's edge,— the stumps in the position in which the trees grew.
These show that our salt marsh is a peat bog which the sea has invaded,
not a tidal flat built up through the usual agencies of salt-marsh forma-
tion. The stumps lie in the face of an escarpment only a foot or so
high, formed by undercutting of the peat in which they are imbedded.
At the surface the peat is protected from erosion by three or four
inches of tough Spartina turf. At high tide this turf is submerged;
at low tide a few feet of beach slopes gradually from the escarpment to
the water. On the beach the peat is covered by a few inches of
pebbles апа bowlders, thrown up by the waves. Plate 82 is from a
photograph of the shore, taken at low tide.

1909] Bartlett,— Submarine Bog at Woods Hole 225

Microscopical examination of wood from the stumps has shown
that the trees were Chamaecyparis thyoides. Some of them, between
three and four feet in diameter, were larger than any trees of this
species now found in the vicinity of Woods Hole. The wood is still
solid, and wonderfully preserved. When cut after the salt water has
dried out, it is as fragrant as though fresh. Besides wood, the peat
contains seeds of Chamaecyparis and countless little rod-like particles
of resin which appear to have been derived from the glands on its
scale-like leaves. Other identifiable remains are Sphagnum, seeds
of an alder, and achenes of sedges. ‘Throughout the entire marsh the
character of the peat is the same. Wood is found at all depths. ‘This
fact, taken in conjunction with the general topography of the depres-
sion, leaves no doubt but that our marsh is a kettle hole Chamaecyp-
aris bog drowned by the sea. This conclusion is borne out by a
study of the zonation of vegetation in the marsh, for in the extreme
landward part Chamaecyparis is still growing, and peat similar to that
which underlies the salt-marsh is still forming. Soundings in this
part of the bog show that its history as a Chamaecyparis bog has been
unbroken. It has never been submerged below sea level, for there is
no stratification of the peat which would indicate this. In recent
times, however, there have been no trees in this part of the bog as
large as those found at depths of three or four feet, which correspond
in age to those exposed in the peat at the edge of the salt-marsh.

No doubt most botanists are familiar with Shaler's papers ! in which
the zonation of salt-marshes and the plant succession concomitant
with their upward growth are described. Zostera and various sea
weeds, growing densely on shallow bottoms, retard the velocity of
tidal water so that it deposits among them part of the sediment which
it carries in suspension. When by this means a tidal flat has been
built up sufficiently, Spartina glabra establishes itself and collects
sediment even more efficiently than the eel-grass. Finally, when the
marsh has been built practically to high tide level, Spartina glabra is
for the most part replaced by Spartina patens and Juncus Gerardi.
A growing marsh shows these three zones, which are represented in a
vertical section of a mature marsh by three corresponding strata.

1 Sea-Coast Swamps of the Eastern United States. 6th Ann. Report U. S. Geol.
Surv. (1884-85) p. 359.
Beaches and Tidal Marshes of the Atlantic Coast. National Geographic Monographs,
і no. 4 (1895) p. 137.

226 Rhodora [DECEMBER

The history of the Quamquisset marsh has been almost the reverse of
this. ‘lhe fresh water flora of a Chamaecyparis bog, which was cut
into at one end by wave erosion, was killed back for a considerable
distance from the sea. In consequence, the deposition of peat in this
part of the bog was practically stopped, although it was not interrupted
further inland. Ultimately a sloping surface was established. When,
by subsidence of the whole area, the lowest part of this slope reached
the high tide level, Spartina patens and Juncus Gerardi occupied it.
After further subsidence, Spartina glabra replaced these two species,
which moved farther up the slope. In this case it will be noticed that
the order of the two zones from the sea landward is the same as in a
typical salt-marsh, but that the vertical arrangement of the strata is
just the reverse.

Under ordinary circumstances, the growth in thickness of Spartina
patens turf is very rapid, and easily keeps pace with the lowering of a
marsh surface by subsidence, but at Quamquisset Harbor very little
silt is brought in by the inflowing tides and still less is derived from the
surrounding slopes, so that the salt-marsh deposits consist of a densely
matted mass of root stocks at most a few inches thick. In more
typical salt-marshes the Spartina turf usually contains far more silt
than organic matter, and is therefore less compact.

Between the two zones of markedly halophilous plants and the fresh
bog vegetation above high tide level occur two zones the flora of which
consists of facultative halophytes. Among them are halophytes which
grow as well in a non-saline as in a saline situation (e. g. T'riglochin
maritima, Ptilimnium capillaceum, etc.) and, conversely, plants which
are typical of our upland fields and woodland (е. g. Aspidium Thely-
pteris, Rhus Toxicodendron). Athough these plants are subjected to
great extremes of salinity (their varying ability to withstand which
probably accounts for their zonation), the analytical data presented
below show that in at least the upper of the two zones, the salinity at
the height of the growing season is very slight indeed. In this connec-
tion the conclusions of Kearny ! and of Olsson-Seffer ? in regard to the
salinity of soil water on sea beaches have an important bearing. Briefly
summarized, they are as follows: — 1) that the salinity of the soil water
of the middle and upper beaches is in reality very slight, but, as in the
transition zones of the salt marsh, subject to great fluctuations; 2)

! Are Plants of Sea Beaches and Dunes true Halophytes? Bot. Gaz. xxxvii (1904),

p. 424.
2 Relation of Soil and Vegetation on Sandy Sea Shores. Bot. Gaz. xlvii (1909), p. 85. +

1909] Bartlett, — Submarine Bog at Woods Hole 227

that the plants of sea beaches are not generally halophytes, in the same
sense that the plants of inland saline situations are, but are for the
most part merely such plants of normally non-saline habitats as are
able to withstand a high salt concentration without injury. These
conclusions, considered in conjunction with the fact that a large pro-
portion of the species of the beach and transition zone floras, although
not necessarily always found within the limits of tide water, are,
nevertheless, seldom found more than a few miles from the ocean,
suggest that we may have to alter somewhat our conception of what
constitutes a halophyte. The broad geographic ranges of the plants
of these two transition zones (in part the same species as those which
occur at the head of tide water in the region of the Bay of Fundy !)
‘an not be correlated with their adaptability to growth in highly saline
situations. If, however, we consider not absolute salinity but the
ratio of saline constituents in the soil water, irrespective of absolute
concentration, the possibility of correlating geographic range with
physiological requirements becomes much greater. А moment's
inspection of an analysis of an average soil water (in which the concen-
tration of mineral salts is very slight), will show how comparatively
small an admixture of sea water would suffice to bring the ratio of
elements into approximate agreement with sea water. Further
addition of sea water would increase absolute salinity, but would
change ratios very slightly. May it not be a useful working hypothesis
that sea water, in whatever dilution, is physiologically normal with
regard to the plants of salt marshes and sea beaches, and that their
usual local distribution is due altogether to the operation of factors
other than chemical? ‘The writer hopes to carry out some experi-
mental work along the line of this suggestion. ‘The constitution of
soll water is influenced many miles inland by salt spray from the ocean.
“The normal chlorine, or maximum proportion of chlorine (present
as common salt or sodium chloride) which may exist in ап uncon-
taminated water, usually varies inversely as the distance from the sea,
the range for Massachusetts being from 2.42 parts per 100,000 at
Provincetown....to 0.06 parts in Berkshire County. ‘The normal
chlorine not only depends upon proximity to the coast, but it is high-
est on the salient and most exposed parts of the coast, where the surf
breaks heavily and the salt spray is wafted inland most freely." ?

1Ganong. The Vegetation of the Bay of Fundy Salt and Dyked Marshes; an Eco-
logical Study. Bot. Gaz. xxxvi (1903), pp. 161, 280, 349, and 429.

2 W. O. Crosby. U.S. Geol. Surv, Water Supply and Irrigation paper No. 114 (1905)
Deka.

228 Rhodora [DECEMBER

The non-halophilous vegetation of the fresh part of the bog may be
somewhat arbitrarily divided into two zones at the point where Chamae-
cyparis drops out of the flora. The zonation here appears to be due
to the increasing quantity of salt in the bog water as high tide level is
approached. ‘The flora of the landward zone is essentially of the
same composition as in those Chamaecyparis bogs of the region which
are not open to the direct influence of the sea. Since certain of its
species are more sensitive to the action of salt than others, they drop
out of the flora at varying distances seaward. ‘That portion of the
fresh part of the bog between the Chamaecyparis zone and the transi-
tion zone is composed of certain relicts from the flora of the Chamae-
cyparis bog, together with invaders from other fresh water habitats.

1

The sketch map shows the six zones, designated, in order from
the sea landward, A, B, C, D, E, and F. Plants which belong prop-
erly to none of these zones occur in standing water of the marginal
fosse, — a well marked topographical feature in the fresh part of the
bog, which is by no means obliterated in the upper part of the salt
marsh.

In the following lists it has been convenient to group the plants of
some of the zones according to manner of growth, as, for example,
those of zone F into trees, shrubs, herbs and mosses. Where this has

1909] Bartlett, — Submarine Bog at Woods Hole 229

been done, the species of each group are arranged as nearly as possible
in the order of their abundance and the groups are separated by lines.
A. Spartina glabra var. pilosa Merr.

Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton.

Spergularia canadensis (Pers.) Don.

Salicornia mucronata Bigel.

Salicornia europaea L.

Salicornia ambigua Michx.
At the edge of the marsh where the waves have thrown up a little
gravel occur also:

Spartina patens (Ait.) Muhl.

Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene.
B. Spartina patens (Ait.) Muhl.

Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene.

Juncus Gerardi Lois.

Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton.

Triglochin maritima L.

Gerardia maritima Raf.
Low muddy spots within this zone, from which tide water drains more
slowly than from the Spartina patens turf, contain part or all of the
following flora. 'They should perhaps be associated with zone A.

Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton.

Triglochin maritima L.

Plantago decipiens Barneoud.

Spergularia canadensis (Pers.) Don.

Gerardia maritima Raf.

Spartina glabra var. pilosa Merr.

Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene.

Scirpus campestris var. paludosus (A. Nels.) Fernald.
At the landward edges of this zone, the water becomes much less salt.
Here the Spartina patens and Juncus Gerardi grow much taller, and are
associated with Agrostis alba var. maritima (Lam.) G. F. W. Mey.

C Scirpus americanus Pers.
Triglochin maritima L.
Spartina patens (Ait.) Muhl.
Pluchea camphorata (L.) DC.
Ptilimnium capillaceum (Michx.) Raf.
Galium Claytoni Michx.

230 | Rhodora [DECEMBER

Cyperus Nuttallii Eddy.

Hypericum virginicum L.
Whitened wrack, left by the winter storms, is covered with Atriplex
patula var. hastata (L.) Gray. In unusually wet places, and near
the marginal ditch, occur the following species:

Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S.

Agrostis alba var. maritima (Lam.) G. F. W. Mey.

Cyperus Nuttallii Eddy.

Pluchea camphorata (L.) DC.

Juncus pelocarpus Mey.

Juncus acuminatus Michx.
Two mosses which grow in the landward part of this zone, but are
really characteristic of the next zone, are:

Sphagnum (near Sphagnum dasyphyllum Warnst.).

Amblystegium riparium (L.) Br. & Sch.

D. Spartina Michauxiana Hitchc.
Scirpus americanus Pers.
Cyperus Nuttallii Eddy.
Rhus Toxicodendron L.
Ptilimnium capillaceum (Mx.) Raf.
Agrostis alba var. maritima (Lain.) G. F. W. Mey.
Hypericum virginicum L.
Polygonum hydropiperoides Michx.
Aspidium Thelypteris (L.) Sw.
Decodon verticillatus (L.) Ell.
Vaccinium macrocarpon Ait.
Polygala cruciata L.
Juncus canadensis J. Gay.
Pluchea camphorata (L.) DC.
Apios tuberosa Moench.

Sphagnum (near Sph. dasyphyllum Warnst.).

Amblystegium riparium (L.) Br. & Sch.

Sphagnum (near Sph. obesum (Wils.) Warnst.).
Along this zone, the marginal ditch contains:

Typha latifolia L.

Agrostis alba var. maritima G. F. W. Mey.

Eleocharis palustris (L.) К. & 5.

1909] Bartlett, Submarine Bog at Woods Hole 231

E.

Clethra alnifolia L.

Myrica carolinensis Mill.

Rhus Toxicodendron L.

Vaccinium macrocarpon Ait.

Gaylussacia baccata (Wang.) K. Koch.
Gaylussacia frondosa (L.) T. & G.

Ribes oxyacanthoides L.

Pyrus arbutifolia var. atropurpurea (Britton) Rob.

Osmunda cinnamomea L.
Aspidium Thelypteris (L.) Sw.
Rhynchospora alba (L.) Vahl.
Eriophorum virginicum I..
Drosera rotundifolia L.
Lysimachia terrestis (L.) B. S. P.
Epilobium palustre L.

Sphagnum imbricatum var. cristatum f. fuscescens Warnst.

Sphagnum acutifolium var. rubrum Brid.

Sphagnum amblyphyllum var. parvifolium f. tenue sf. capitatum
Grav.

Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Web.

Cladonia alpestris (L.) Rabenh.

Along this zone the marginal ditch contains:

Sphagnum cymbifolium var. virescens Warnst.
Typha latifolia L.

Glyceria canadensis (Michx.) Trin.

Decodon verticillatus (L.) El.

Chamaecyparis thyoides (L.) B. S. P.

Acer rubrum L.

Betula alba var. cordifolia (Regel) Fernald.
Salix rostrata Richards.

Clethra alnifolia L.

Myrica carolinensis Mill.

Rhus Vernix L.

Hamamelis virginiana L.

Rhododendron viscosum (L.) Torr.

Ilex verticillata (L.) Gray.

232 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Пех laevigata (Pursh) Gray.

Ilex glabra (L.) Gray.

Pyrus arbutifolia var. atropurpurea (Britton) Rob.
Vaccinium corymbosum L.

Viburnum cassinoides L.

Rhus Toxicodendron L.

Kalmia angustifolia L.

Lyonia ligustrina (L.) DC.

Osmunda cinnamomea L.
Aspidium Thelypteris (L.) Sw.

Sphagnum medium var. purpurascens Warnst.
Sphagnum flavicomans (Card.) Warnst.
Sphagnum imbricatum var. cristatum f. fuscescens Warnst.
In the marginal fosse at the head of the bog grow:
Sphagnum imbricatum var. affine (R. & C.) Warnst.
Sphagnum pulchricomum v. pulcherrimum f. sphaerocephalum
Warnst.
Onoclea sensibilis L.

The chief interest of the foregoing lists will lie in the fact that the
chlorine content of the bog water was determined at the boundaries
of the zones, and at the point of each zone where its characteristic
flora was best developed. The few such data which have been pub-
lished regarding littoral floras refer, for the most part, not to marshes
or bogs but to the strand, where the conditions of plant growth are
very different. The amount of sea water which would have to be
mixed with pure water in order to bring the chlorine content of any
given sample up to the value found by analysis was calculated on the
basis of a chlorine content of 1.82% for sea water. ‘The samples were
collected along the longitudinal axis of the bog, from holes made by
pushing a post into the peat to the desired depth. After the water in
the holes had attained its level and had settled somewhat, a sample
was taken from each with a pipette. Chlorine was determined by
titration with tenth normal silver nitrate, using potassium chromate
as an indicator. An obscure end point of the reaction due to the
coffee color of the water was avoided by greatly diluting each sample
and by making titrations by artificial light. It was not even necessary
to filter the samples. In the following table of results, an asterisk

1909]

Bartlett, Submarine Bog at Woods Hole

288

indicates that a zone is more or less regularly inundated by sea water

at high tide.

Appropriate values for sea water are not filled in, how-

ever, because the fresh water table underlies the whole marsh, and

would, in fact, coincide with its surface if it were not for downward

displacement by sea water left on the marsh after high tide.

Even at

the line of stumps along the water's edge, peat from below low tide
level is appreciably less salty to the taste than that from higher up.
It may be that the salt concentration in the water from which deep
rooting species draw their supply is much less than in sea water.

Zone

gal al o) Poe fia

Cl. concentration

Sea-

ward |Center ren
limit
* ж ж
ж ж n
| 16
n n n
16 363 | 375
n necu um
375 217 | 158
n n n
158 214 2mm
n n | n
217 1000 | 1700

|

|

% sea water

Sea-
К: Center rna
x * *
x VEND 15 L4
ПНЕ 051 0.48
0.48 | 0.82 | 1.12
1.12} 0.84| 0.82
ОО OTI

AOsmotic pressure
in mm,
Sea-

Ж Inland
pier Center limit
* * *

* z 2110
2110 102 95
95 180 220
220 | 180 | 180
180 | 35 21

|

In explanation of this table little need be said.

The first three

columns give the amount of chlorine found on titration, the second

three columns the corresponding admixture with sea water, assuming
the normal chlorine of the ground water to be negligible, and the last
three columns give the approximate increase in osmotic pressure which

would correspond to such admixture.

Perhaps the most remarkable

fact shown is that in the transition zone, D, the salinity is less than in
the next zone landward. Of course this would not be true all the year
round. ‘That such a condition may sometimes obtain is due to the
fact that zone D marks the line of intersection of the fresh water table
Along this line there is constant upward

and the marsh surface.

seepage of fresh water, which washes away salt spray which is blown

upon the surface.

In zone E, on the other hand, the water table is

below the surface and all salt spray sinks in, to be removed only by
There is furthermore constant evaporation

downward displacement.

of capillary water from the surface in zone E, which results in an

accumulation of salts at the surface, during dry weather.

It is obvious

that from zone D landward the osmotic pressures are too slight to

influence the distribution of the flora.

234 Rhodora [DECEMBER

The evidence afforded by the Quamquisset bog in regard to coastal
subsidence remains to be considered. A line of soundings along the
longitudinal axis of the bog disclosed a brown Sphagnum peat contain-
ing so many stumps and prostrate logs of Chamaecyparis that it was
only with diffieulty that a spot could be found where the sampling
apparatus! could be pushed down to the sandy bottom without encoun-
tering wood. At the narrowest part of the bog, the center of zone D,
and from here all the way to the water's edge, where the stumps shown
in Plate 82? have been exposed by erosion, there are large stumps
and logs within a foot of the surface. In this part of the bog the
soundings showed depths from eight to fourteen feet, but in most of
the holes the peat sampler encountered not the bottom, but wood.
А bottom of moderately fine sand, like that found in the upper part of
the bog, was reached by a fourteen foot sounding made at the extreme
seaward edge of the marsh, at a point outside the escarpment, where
the surface is about two feet below extreme high tide level. ‘This
proves that there has been no undercutting of the peat by wave action.
By wading into the water a short distance, at low tide, the peat bottom
was found to be soft and yielding beneath the layer of gravel and
boulders which the waves have thrown upon it. From zone D land-
ward to the living Chamaecyparis trees the soundings varied from 7.5
to over 15 feet. Two or three feet of this depth is above high tide level.
In this part of the bog, also, difficulty was found in reaching bottom
on account of wood, which in several cases was encountered at a depth
of 15 feet.

If we accept as the greatest depth of the bog the fourteen feet found
at the very edge of the beach, and add to that depth two feet as the
maximum height of the tide above the surface at the point where the
sounding was made, we get sixteen feet as the depth to which peat
extends below high tide level. It has already been pointed out that in
Chamaecyparis bogs where the peat contains wood from bottom to
top, the water table originally coincided with the floor of the depression.
When peat commenced to form in the Quamquisset bog, the floor of
the depression must have been at least at high tide level, i. e., sixteen
feet higher than at present. We must admit, therefore, a subsidence

1 The peat sampler used was that devised by Davis, described in Report Mich. Geol.
Surv. for 1906, p. 317

2 This photograph is reproduced through the kindness of Mr. A. Н, Moore, who made
a special trip to Woods Hole in order to take it.

1909] Bartlett, Submarine Bog at Woods Hole 235

of at least sixteen feet, (probably more), since the first peat was laid
down. Only two other suppositions could possibly be made: 1) that
the Chamaecyparis grew in sixteen feet of water (!), or 2) that the
water table sloped away from high tide level and was sixteen feet below
it at a distance surely less than half a mile from the sea. The latter
proposition is almost as absurd as the former, since in the loose drift
deposits of the Cape Cod district the water table reaches the surface at
approximately high tide level, and its gradient is always toward the sea.

In Shaw’s paper (l. с.) bog “x” is described as a Chamaecyparis
forest on a floating mat, covering a pond, the center of which is still
open water. ‘That this is not correct has already been pointed out.
The condition of this bog is not that of youth, but of old age. Оп
account of the fact that it is not far above sea level, the surface of the
water table, approaching sea level as a limiting state, has remained
almost stationary, while the land has subsided. ‘The growth of peat
has not kept pace with the (relative) rise of the water, and the result
is that the bog is being drowned. ‘The pond at the center is increasing
in diameter and water stands two or three feet deep among the trees
during much of the year. "l'his bog is as truly a record of the subsi-
dence of the region as the Quamquisset bog.

From a study of the Quamquisset bog a very rough idea can be
gained of the rate at which subsidence has taken place. If we accept
Shaler’s estimate of a tenth of an inch a year as the rate of peat deposi-
tion (under varying conditions it may be much more or much less than
this), a period of approximately 2300 years would have been required
for the growth of sixteen feet of peat below high tide level (zones A-D)
and three feet above high tide level (zones D-F). If we assume that
during this time the subsidence has been the logical minimum, sixteen
feet (i. e., that the bottom of the bog when peat began to form was at
high tide level, — an improbable supposition) we obtain as the rate of
subsidence eight and a half inches per century. This estimate
accords with that reached by Prof. C. A. Davis, who has made in-
vestigations at other points on the New England Coast. А brief
statement of his views in regard to the botanical and geological history
of the New England salt-marshes has already appeared,’ but а more
complete account may be expected in an early number of Rhodora.

WasniNaTON, D. С.

1 Bull. U, S, Geol. Surv. 376 (1909) pp. 19-20.

236 Rhodora [DECEMBER

РА

SOME POINTS OF NOMENCLATURE IN "TRIENTALIS
AND RUBUS.

W. Н. BLANCHARD.

Boranists seem to have overlooked the name Trientalis borealis
given to the star-flower by Rafinesque in 1808 (Medical Repository
of New York, р. 354). They still use the varietal name of Persoon
made specific by Pursh in 1814, and the recent edition of Gray's
manual designates it Trientalis americana (Pers.) Pursh so as to do
justice to Persoon as well as to Pursh. Rafinesque did not describe
it but referred as did Persoon and Pursh to Michaux’s description.
Michaux called it T. ewropaea L. and decided that it did not differ
from the European plant sufficiently to be separated. He briefly
gave the variation of the American plant from the European and this
constituted his description. Persoon's description of his var. ameri-
cana "fol. angusto-lanceolatis" is verbatim Michaux's, and Pursh
simply added to Persoon's description “acuminatis obliquis. "

In accordance with Article 49 of the Vienna Rules the name Tri-
entalis borealis Raf. is the one which should be used for our American
star-flower, since it was the earliest given to the plant in its now gen-
erally accepted specific rank.

The American red raspberry was first named as a variety of Rubus
idaeus L. by Richardson in the Appendix to Franklin's Journey, 1st ed.,
1823, p. 739. He called it var. canadensis and referred to Willdenow
and Pursh, and in the second edition of Franklin's Journey, p. 747 he
accepted Michaux's disposition of it as A. strigosus and wrote a full
description of it making it certain just what plant he meant. ‘This
second edition was published in the same year as the first and differs
from it only in the botanical appendix which is slightly changed and
considerably enlarged, his description of Rubus triflorus and of several
other new species appearing in it. Var. canadensis Rich. should
therefore be substituted for the later var. aculeatissimus [C. A. Mey.]
Regel & Tiling in the New Manual.

Rafinesque was again first in the field with a specific name for the
running raspberry, Rubus triflorus Richardson (R. americanus (Pers.)
Britton). In 1811, in the Medical Repository of New York, p. 333,
he proposed R. pubescens as a name for the plant described by Michaux

1909] Klugh,— Excretion of Sodium Chloride by Spartina 237

as R. saxatilis, var. canadensis. R. pubescens Raf., being the earliest
specific name for the plant in question, should, according to the above
cited article of the Vienna Rules, stand as the valid designation of the
species.

WESTMINSTER, VERMONT.

:XCRETION OF SODIUM CHLORIDE BY SPARTINA
GLABRA ALTERNIFLORA.

А. B. KrvcnH.

WHILE at the Atlantic Coast Marine Biological Station at St.
Andrews, New Brunswick, this summer (1909), I noticed that the
leaves of Spartina glabra alterniflora (Loisel.) Merr., growing in a brack-
ish marsh, had an abundance of crystals upon them. Upon scraping
off some of these crystals and tasting them I found that they had the
characteristic taste of Sodium chloride, and examination with a lens
showed that they were cubes.

Although it struck me that the salt had been excreted by the leaves,
I thought that (as it was at the time low tide, and the tide there rises
from twenty-three to twenty-eight feet) possibly the plants were sub-
merged at high-tide, and that the salt was deposited upon the leaves
while they were submerged. So I returned to the marsh at high tide
and found that the state ofethe tide made practically no difference in
the level of the water in the marsh. І examined all the other species
in the marsh carefully but failed to find any crystals upon them.

I then took some of the leaves to the Laboratory, cleaned them
thoroughly, and placed the cut end of one in fresh-water and of the
other in sea water over night. In the morning both had a large num-
ber of crystals upon them, there being however more upon the one
placed in sea water than upon the other. ‘That they formed at all
upon the leaf placed in fresh water showed that there must have been
a remarkable concentration of salt in the tissues of the leaf. I no-
ticed that the great majority of the crystals were in the grooves of
the leaves, there being however some upon the carinae.

I removed the leaf from the sea-water, cleaned it carefully, watched

238 Rhodora [DEcEMBER

it closely through a lens and soon observed minute droplets of solution
appearing at intervals along the grooves. I held a portion of the leaf,
upon which were several droplets, tightly upon my finger and noticed
that the heat of my finger caused a little water to evaporate and that a
cubical crystal formed, which was nearly as large as the droplet had
been. I repeated this operation some twenty times, and found out
how it was that some of the crystals were upon the carinae, for when
a large drop evaporated it did not form a single large crystal, but
formed four small ones, two of which were deposited upon the top of
each ridge which bordered upon the groove.

Next I brought three entire plants to the Laboratory, cleaned one
thoroughly of all crystals, and placed their roots in sea water. ‘The
next three days were foggy and the droplets excreted by the specimen
which I had cleaned off remained as such, while the crystals on the
other two specimens deliquesced. But on the fourth day the weather
was dry and crystals appeared abundantly on all three plants.

I again cleaned off a leaf of the plant from which I had previously
removed the crystals, and placing it over my finger watched the droplets
emerge and the crystals form.

I then tested some of the juice of the leaf with AgNO, and got a
heavy white precipitate which was insoluble in HNO,, thus showing
an abundance of chlorides. ‘The solution excreted by the leaf gave an
even heavier precipitate. Further than this very rough analysis I was
unable, on account of lack of reagents, to carry my chemical investiga-
tions.

Some portions of leaves I fixed in chromo-acetic solution, brought
them to our Botanical Laboratory, imbedded in paraffin and made
sections in three planes to see if water-pores were present. I found
that they were not, but that stomata were abundant and had very large
intercellular spaces beneath them. ‘The stomata are situated mostly
near the bottom of the grooves. ‘The grooves are very deep and have
numerous small epidermal projections upon their walls.

BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT,
Queen's University, Kingston, Canada.

ee ee oes eee ЛҮҮ у, ГР С ЖОК T.

1909] Deane,— Matricaria inodora, var. salina 239

MATRICARIA INODORA, VAR. SALINA IN MASSACHU-
SETTS.

WALTER DEANE.

On October 4, 1909, in company with Mr. C. F. Batchelder, I made
a botanical trip to the extensive stretch of made land in South Boston,
familiarly known as the “South Boston Flats." This large area is
bordered by railroad tracks and grain elevators and is bounded on one
side by the harbor. It is therefore a famous spot for introduced
plants and has been a favorite mecca for botanists. Among other
interesting plants which we found was a Matricaria which has been
growing there for a number of years and is extremely abundant. Mr.
C. E. Perkins collected it as early as 1882. It has been known as
Matricaria inodora L. by the various collectors.

I later submitted specimens of this plant to Prof. M. L. Fernald
who noticed that it differed from typical Matricaria inodora and, on
comparison, found it to be M. inodora L., var. salina (Wallr.) DC.
This variety was first described by Wallroth in Schedulae Criticae de
Plantis Florae Halensis selectis, in 1822, page 485, as “Pyrethrum
inodorum В. salinum W. pinnis foliolorum linearibus confertissimis
brevibus mucronatis subtus parce pilosis," etc. De Candolle in the
Prodromus, VI, 1837, page 52, refers to the plant as a variety of
Matricaria inodora L. with the following description, “‘caule rubente,
foliorum lobis brevioribus crassiusculis confertis." "The short, crowded,
thick lobes of the leaves readily distinguish it from the typical M.
inodora which has much longer, less crowded, and thinner lobes of
the leaves. Measurements of the ultimate lobes of typical leaves of
European specimens show the average length to be 9.4 mm. for M.
inodora and 3.3 mm. for M. znodora, var. salina. The variety, like
true M. inodora, is an annual and is now generally distinguished by
European authors from M. maritima L., a perennial species with which
M. inodora, var. salina was formerly confused.

Matricaria inodora L., var. salina (Wallr.) DC. inhabits the saline
regions of Europe and is now reported apparently for the first time from
America. It is interesting to note that plants occurring in the halo-
phytic regions of Europe are adapting themselves to similar conditions
in this country, as is illustrated by the plant under consideration and

240 Rhodora [DECEMBER

also by Bassia hirsuta (L.) Aschers, growing abundantly on the South
Boston Flats and recorded in Кнорока, xi. 120. 1909, by Mr. C. H.
Knowlton.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

ERRATA.

Page 11, line 26; before sericea insert S.
* Q7, " 15; for 45 read 46.
“ A4, “ 9; ©“ E.articulata read E. articulatum.
* 45, “ 19; " E. sativum read E. SATIVA,
“ 46, “ 30; “ Parnassia grandiflora read Parnassia grandi-
folia.
* 50, ‘© 13; * Ілмоїреѕ R. read Linotpes Roth.
* 52, “ 6; TE GRACÍLIOR read GRACÍLIUS.
"795 " 2M; "7 40 40045.

^ *- 92; " 51 read 50.
* Di, * 22; “ Benth read Bieb.
* 590, " 26; ' A. depaup. read A. parviceps.

“ 61, “ 14; ©“ tennesseensis READ vimineus.

LT «4 "a5 " Vel If теда Vi. МЫ

"w 07, “ 25; " V. Охүсоссов read V. Oxycoccos.
* 101, * 5; “ FRAGILE read FRAGILIS.

“131, “ 7; “ Sisyrhinchium read Sisyrinchium.

* 136, “ 8; “ vulgaris read rivularis.

a. A C Ha Tee

" 162, “ 38; “ G. E. Dinsmore read J. E. Dinsmore.
" 163, “ 13; “ Q. E. Dinsmore read J. E. Dinsmore.
“ 176, “ 39; “© cinnamonea read cinnamomea.

* 197, “ 10; “ Ravenellit read Ravenelii.

Vol. 11, no. 131, including pages 201 to 220, was issued 3 December, 1909.

1909]

Index

241

INDEX TO VOLUME 11.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Abies, 168; balsamea, 201-203, A new
Variety of, 201, var. phanerolepis,
203; Fraseri, 203.

Abietineae, 167, 169-172.

Acacia angustissima, var. hirta, 49.

Account of certain noteworthy Fea-
tures in the Habitat of Rhodora, 173.

Acer rubrum, 231.

Aceraceae,' 50.

Actaea alba, 94;
neglecta, 94.

Addition to the Flora of New Jersey,
An interesting, 121.

Additional Notes on Plants of Chester-
ville, Maine, 30.

Adenarium, 112; marina, 113; mari-
timum, 112, 115; peploides, 112, 113.

Aegagropila, 18, 149, 150.

Aegagropiles marines, 149, 150.

Agathis, 170.

Agrimonia striata, 95.

Agropyron, 27, 38; pungens, 39, 131.

Agrostis, 27; alba, var. maritima, 88,
229, 230; borealis, 88, var. ma-
crantha, 88; hiemalis, 88.

Albizzia, 49.

Alder, 176.

Alfalfa, 28.

Alga, Green, 196; Red, 17.

Algae, 61—63, 128, 132, 150, 151, 196.

Algal or boghead Coals, On the Nature
of so called, 61.

Algological Prophecy fulfilled, 196.

Alopecurus geniculatus, 88.

Alsine peploides, 113, subsp. oblongi-
folia, 114.

Amanita caesarea, 124; muscaria, 129.

Amaranthus blitoides, 179; graecizans,
130; retroflexus, 130.

Amarantus, 44.

Amaryllidaceae, 75.

Amblystegium riparium, 230.

Ambrosia psilostachya, 30.

Amelanchier, 27, 131; canadensis, 94,
var. Botryapium, 47, var. tomentula,
47; oblongifolia, var. micropetala,
131; oligocarpa, 94.

America, Representatives of Potentilla
anserina in eastern, 1; The Varia-
tions of Arenaria peploides in, 109.

rubra, 94, forma

American Crataegi in the Species
Plantarum of Linnaeus, 181.

Ames, O., Recent nomenclatorial
Changes in the Genus Corallorrhiza,
102. .

Ammadenia major, 114;
109, 113, var. major, 114.

Ammodenia. See Ammadenia.

Ammophila, 131; arenaria, 88, 127.

Amphicarpaea, 50.

Amphicarpon, 37.

Amphicarpum, 37.

Anacampseros tryphylla, 46.

Anagallis, 127.

Anaphalis margaritacea, var. occiden-
talis, 99.

Andraea petrophila, 117.

Andreaeales, 16.

Andrews, A. L., Bryophytes of the Mt.
Greylock Region,— IV, 116.
Andromeda glaucophylla, 97,

polifolia, 159.

Anemone, 130; parviflora, 93.

Angelica atropurpurea, 96.

Annonaceae, 44.

Annual Field Meeting of the Vermont
Botanical and Bird Clubs, 124.

Anonaceae, 44.

Another Mushroom Book, 121.

Anserina, 48; argentea, 48; concolor,
48; grandis, 48; litoralis, 48; pa-
сібса, 48.

Antennaria, 130; plantaginifolia, 130.

Anthemis Cotula, 130.

Anthoceros punctatus, 195.

Anthocerotales, 16.

Apios tuberosa, 129, 230.

Apocynum medium, 83.

Apolozia, 16.

Apple, 32.

Aquilegia, 130.

Arabis Drummondi, 14.

Aralia hispida, 96; nudicaulis, 96.

Araucaria, 170.

Araucarian Wood, Paracedroxylon, a
new Type of, 165.

Araucarineae, 166, 168-171.

Araucariopitys, 169, 170.

Araucarioxylon, 168, 170.

Arctium, 130, minus, 60.

peploides,

159;

242

Arctostaphylos alpina, 97; Uva-ursi,
97, 125.

Arenaria, 109, 112, 113, 184; diffusa,
114; groenlandica, 184; lateriflora,
93; littoralis, 113; maritima, 113;

ploides, 109-114, in America,

he Variations of, 109, var. diffusa,
110, 112, 114, var. major, 111, 112,
114, var. maxima, 113, var. robusta,
114; portulacea, 113; sitchensis,
114; stricta, 184, in New Hamp-
shire, The Status of, 184.

Arethusa, 30, 76; bulbosa, 30, 76, 92.

Argentina, 1, 2; Anserina, 3-5, 8, var.
concolor, 8, var. grandis, 9; argentea
3-5, 8; Babcockiana, 3, 6; Egedii,
3, 6, 9; litoralis, 3, 6, 9; occidentalis,
3, 6; pacifica, 3, 6, 7, 9; subarctica,
3 8,9; vulgaris, 8.

Arnica unilaschcensis, 141.

Arnoseris minima, 61.

Aronia, 47.

Artemisia caudata, 130; ludoviciana,
30; procera, 60; Stelleriana, 130.
Asclepias amplexicaulis, 129; incar-
nata, var. pulchra, 129; syriaca,

130; tuberosa, 129.

Ascyrum, 52.

Asparagus officinalis, 131.

Asperula galioides, 57; glauca, 57.

Aspidium, 27, 86; acrostichoides, 36,
var. incisum, 35, 36; Filix-mas, 86;
fragrans, 13, 14; marginale, var.
Davenportii, 36; Schweinitzii, 36;
simulatum, 36; spinulosum, var.
dem 36;' Thelypteris, 226, 230—

2.

Asplenium Filix-foemina, 86.

Aster, 31, 131; depauperatus, 57, 59,
240, var. parviceps, 58, 59, var.
pusillus, 59; dumosus, 31, A pubes-
cent Variety of, 31, var. Dodgei, 31,
58, 60, var.strictior, 31; ericoides,
59, var. depauperatus, 59, var.
parviceps, 59, var. pusillus, 59; hir-
suticaulis, 61; ianthinus, 61; multi-
florus, 61; multiformis, 61; nemoralis,
58, 61, 86, 99; nobilis, 61; panicula-
tus, var. cinerascens, 31; parviceps,
57-59, 240, var. pusillus, 59; puni-
ceus, var. oligocephalus, 99; radula,
99, var. strictus, 99; spectabilis,
57-59; вигешоѕиѕ, 58, 59, 131;
umbellatus, 99; violaris, 61.

Astragalus tennesseensis, 61.

Atriplex patula, var. hastata, 121, 230.

Atropa physalodes, 56.

Hhodora

[DECEMBER

Baeomyces aeruginosus, 217; byssoides,

215; ericetorum, 215, 217; placo-
hyllus, 215; roseus, 215.

Baldwinia, 60.

Balls of vegetable Matter from sandy
Shores, 149.

Balm of Gilead, 127.

Balsam Fir, 201.

Baneberries, 27.

Barbarea, 134, 138, The North Ameri-

can Species of, 134; americana,
134-137, 140; arcuata, 134, 135,
138; Barbarea, 139, var. stricta,

140; bracteosa, 138; gracilis, 136,
137, 140; hirsuta, 139, lyrata, 138,
139; orthoceras, 137, 138, 140, 141,
var. dolichocarpa, 140; parviflora,
135; planisiliqua, 138, 141; planta-
ginea, 139; praecox, 134-136, 140;
stricta, 134—137, 139, 140; taurica,
138; verna, 134-136, 139, 179;
vulgaris, 134-139, var. arcuata, 138,
141, var. brachycarpa, 136, 139, var.
bracteata, subvar. hirsuta, 139,
var. gracilis, 137, 140, var. hirsuta,
139, var. longisiliquosa, 136, 137,
139, subsp. rivularis, var. longisili-
quosa, 139, var. stricta, 139, 140,
subsp. vulgaris, var. longisiliquosa,
136, 240.

Barbula gracilis, 117; rigidula, 117.

Bartlett, H. H., The geographic
Ranges of certain Junci Poiophylli,
155; Nolina in the south Atlantic
States, 80; Note on Oxalis stricta,
var. viridiflora, 118; Rupture of the
Exoperidium in Calostoma Raven-
elii, 197; The submarine Chamae-
«рии Bog at Woods Hole, Massa-
chusetts, 221.

Bartonia, 74; iodandra, 87, 97.

Bartram, E. B.. An interesting Addi-
tion to the Flora of New Jersey, 121; A
Teucrium new to Massachusetts, 148.

Bassia hirsuta, 120, 121, 239.

Basswood, 28.

Batchelder, F. W., Scirpus lineatus in
New Hampshire, 200.

Beach Plum, 127, 132.

Bearberry, 128.

Beckmannia, 38.

Belle Isle Cress, 140.

Bellincinia, 16.

Berberis, 130.

Betula alba, 13, var. cordifolia, 231;
microphylla, 93; папа, var. Mich-
auxii, 93.

1909]

Biatoria globifera, 100.

Bidens connata, var. petiolata, 60.

Black Spruce. 175, 201.

Blackberry, 128, 130, 132.

Blanchard, W. H., Some Points of
Nomenclature in Trientalis and
Rubus, 236.

Bog at Woods Hole, Massachusetts,
The submarine Chamaecyparis, 221.

Boghead Coals, On the Nature of so
called Algal, or, 61.

Bogs, Cedar, 223; Chamaecyparis, 222,
223, 225, 226, 228.

Boletus, 129, alveolatus, 123; edulis,
123, var. clavipes, 123; Frostii, 123.

Boston District, Reports on the Flora
of the, — IV, 75, V, 204.

Botanical Club, Annual Field Meeting
of the Vermont, 124; Club, The
winter Meeting of the Vermont, 27;
Society, Meeting of the Josselyn, 179.

Botrychium ternatum, var. rutae-
folium, 13.

Brachyoxylon, 169-171.

Brachyphyllum, 169, 171.

Brachythecium rutabulum, 117.

Brainerd, E., Another Hybrid between
a white and a blue Violet, 115.

Brake, 128.

Brassica, 44;
130.

Brewster, W., Occurrence of the Skunk
Cabbage in an unusual place, 63;
Viola Brittoniana at Concord, Massa-
chusetts, 107.

Bromus inermis, 83, 121;
130.

Bryales, 16.

Bryophytes of Connecticut, 15; of the
Mt. Greylock Region,— IV, 116.

Buckwheat, 28.

Buxbaumiaceae, 16.

arvensis, 130; juncea,

tectorum,

Cabbage, Skunk, 63, 64.

Calamagrostis canadensis,
acuminata, $88; hyperborea,
Pickeringii, 88.

Callicarpa, 55.

Callirhoé Bushii, 51; Papaver, 51.

Calopogon, 76; pulchellus, 76, 92.

Caltha palustris, 94.

Calostoma, 197; Ravenelii, 197, 198,
Rupture of the Exoperidium in, 197.

Calypogeia, 16; fissa, 194; integristi-
pula, 194; Neesiana, 193, 194;
tenuis, 195; Trichomanis, 194, var.
Neesiana, 193.

Camelina microcarpa, 22.

88, var.
88;

Index

243

Campe Barbarea, 139, 140; stricta, 139.

Canada Thistle, 130.

Cape Cod, Notes on the Flora of Lower,
125.

Caraway, 178.

Carex, 131; arctata, 91; aurea, 90;
brunnescens, 90; castanea, 90;
Crawfordii, var. vigens, 14; crinita,
var. gynandra, 179, var. minor, 179;
deflexa, 90; exilis, 90; flacca, 40;
glauca, 40; gracillima, 90, var.
humilis, 90; hormathodes, var.
invisa, 90, var. Richii, 83; lenticu-
laris, 90; leporina, 90; leptalea, 90;
limosa, 90; Michauxiana, 91, 179;
muricata, 179; norvegica, 164; pau-
ciflora, 90; paupercula, 90, var.
irrigua, 90; polygama, 90; rariflora,
90; retrorsa, var. Robinsonii, 13;
rigida, 90, var. Bigelovii, 90; salina,
var. cuspidata, 90, 179; saxatilis,
var. miliaris, 91, var. rhomalea, 91;
scirpoidea, 90; seorsa, 83; squar-
rosa, 40; stellulata, 200; stipitata,
200; trisperma, 90, var. Billingsii,
83; typhina, 40; typhinoides, 40;
vaginata, 90.

Carrot, Wild, 128.

Carum Carvi. 178. A color Form of, 178,
var. atrorubens, 178, forma rhodo-
chranthum, 178.

Cassandra, 174.

Cassiope hypnoides, 97.

Castalia odorata, 129.

Castilleia, 56.

Castilleja pallida, var. septentrionalis,
98

Catnip, 127.

Cedar Bogs, 223; White, 175.

Cedroxylon, 168, 169, 171; transiens,
169.

Cedrus, 168.

Celastraceae, 50.

Centaurea nigra, 99, var. radiata, 99.

Cephalozia, 16; bicuspidata, 117;
divaricata, 193; elachista, 191;
erosa, 192; pleniceps, 195.

Cephaloziella, 185, 192; bifida, 192;
byssacea, 192; divaricata, 192, 193;
elachista, 191, 193; erosa, 192;
Hampeana, 192, 193; myriantha,
195; trivialis, 192, 193.

Certain railroad Weeds of northern
New Hampshire, 30.

Cetraria nivalis, 100.

Chaerophyllum procumbens, 52, 53;
Tainturieri, 52, 53; texanum, 52, 53.

Chaetomorpha, 196, 197; Chelonum,

244

196; herbipolensis, 196;
ium, 25.

Chain Fern, 28.

Chamaecyparis, 222, 223, 225, 228, 234,
285; Bogs, 222, 223, 225, 226, 228,
at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, The
submarine, 221; thyoides, 225, 231.

Chamaedaphne calyculata, 97.

Chamaenirium, 144.

Chamberlain, E. B., Meeting of the
Josselyn Botanical Society, 179.

Characium, 65, cylindricum, 66, 69, 70,
72-74; ensiforme, 66, 67; gracilipes,

Melagon-

65-67, 69, 70, 73, 74; Two new
Species of, 65.

Chelone glabra, 98.

Chenopodiaceae, 120.

Chenopodium album, 121; glaueum,

30; leptophyllum, 179.

Chesterville, Maine, Additional Notes
on the Plants of, 30.

Chiloscyphus pallescens, 195.

Chiogenes hispidula, 97.

Chorda, 151.

Chordaria, 151.

Chrysopsis faleata, 128.

Cincinnulus Trichomanis, var. Neesiana,
193.

Cirsium arvense, 130; discolor, 130;
lanceolatum, 130; muticum, 99, var.
subpinnatifidum, 99; pumilum, 130.

Cissus incisa, 51.

Cistaceae, 131, 132.

Cladonia, 128, 212, 217; alcicornis,
217; alpestris, 213, 215, 217, 231;
alpicola, var. Karelica, 218, 219;
amaurocrea, 214, 215; bacillaris,
212, 215, 217; bellidiflora, 213, 218,
219; Boryi, 218; caespiticia, 213,
215; cariosa, 213, 215, var. corticata,
213, 215, 217, 218; carneola, 215;
cenotea, 214, 215, var. furcellata,
218; coccifera, 212, 215, 217, var.
ochroearpia, 215, var. pleurota, 215;
cornucopioides, 217; cornuta, 213,
215; crispata, 214, 215, 217; cris-
tatella, 212, 215, 219, var. ochro-
carpia, 215, 219, var. paludicola, 212,
215, var. ramosa, 212, 215, var.
vestita, 212, 215; decorticata, 213,
215; deformis, 100, 213, 215;
degenerans, 214, 215; delicata, 213,
215; didyma, 212, 219; digitata,
212, 215; fimbriata, 214, 215, 217,
var. adspersa, 218, var. coniocrea,
213, 215, 217, var. nemoxyne, 215,
var. radiata, 214, 215, 217, var.
simplex, 217, var. subulata, 213, 215,
var. tubaeformis, 217; flabelliformis,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

219; foliacea, var. alcicornis, 214,
216, 217; furcata, 213, 216-218, var.
crispata, 217, var. palamaea, 213,
216, 218, var. pinnata, 213, 216, 218,
var. pungens, 218, var. racemosa,
218, var. scabriuscula, 213, 216, 218,
var. subulata, 218; glauca, 213, 216,
218; gracilis, 214, 216-218, var. chor-
dalis, 100, 213, 216, 218, var. dilace-
rata, 216, 218, var. dilatata, 214, 218,
var. elongata, 213, 216, 218, forma
chordalis, 218, forma macroceras,
218, var. hybrida, 218, var. verti-
cillata, 218, forma symphycarpia,
218; lepidota, 219; leptophylla,
219; macilenta, 212, 216, 217, 219;
mitrula, 213, 216, 219; multiformis,
219; occurring in New England,
Key to the Species and principal
Varieties of, 212; papillaria, 212,
216; pityrea, 213, 214, 216, 218;
polycarpia, 219; pulchella, 219;
pyxidata, 214, 216, var. poet ms
216, var. pocillum, 219; rangi erina,

213, 216, 231, var. alpestris, 217,
var. sylvatica, 218; rangiformis,
213, 216, 218; reticulata, 214,
216, 218; squamosa, 214, 216,

218, var. multibrachiata, 216, 218,
var. muricella, 214, 216, 218, var.
phyllocoma, 216, 218; subcariosa,
213, 216, 218; sylvatica, 213, 216,
218; symphyearpa, 217, 218, 219;
turgida, 100, 214, 216; uncialis,
213, 216; verticillata, 214, 216, 218.

Cladoniaceae, Preliminary Lists of
New England Plants,— XXIII, 215.

Cladophora, 18, 19; cartilaginea, 19;
constricta, 19, 20; gracilis, 20;
graminea, 19, 20; Howei, 18, 20;
microcladioides, 17, 20; New Spe-
cies of, 17; pellucida, 19; rupestris,
20.

Cladorhiza. 103; maculata, 103.

Cleome, 45.

Clethra, 53; alnifolia, 231.

Clintonia borealis, 91.

Closterium rostratum, 67.

Clover, Hop, 199.

Club, The annual Field Meeting of the
Vermont Botanical and Bird, 124;
The winter Meeting of the Vermont
Botanical, 27.

Coals, On the Nature of so called algal
or boghead, 61.

Cochlearia officinalis, 94.

Collema plicatile, 101, 102; pulposum,
102.

Collins, F. S., An algological Prophecy

1909]

fulfilled, 196; New Species of
Cladophora, 17; Notes on the Flora
of lower Cape Cod, 125; Notes on
Monostroma, 23.

Collins, J. F., The Bryophytes of
Connecticut (Review), 15; The
Weight of ice-covered Twigs, 32.

Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae, 195.

Color Form of Carum Carvi,
Form of Potentilla pumila, 152.

Comandra livida, 93, 164.

Coneord, Massachusetts, Viola Brit-
toniana at, 107.

Conferva cartilaginea, 19.

Conifers, 170.

Conioselinum chinense, 96.

Connecticut, The Bryophytes of, 15.

Conringia, 45.

Coptis trifolia, 94.

Corallorrhiza, 76, 104, 106; Corallor-
rhiza, 106; innata, 106; maculata,
76, 102-106; multiflora, 102-106;
odontorhiza, 76, 104; Recent nomen-
clatorial Changes in the Genus,
102; striata, 104; trifida, 77, 104,
106; Wisteriana, 102-106.

Coralorhiza, 103; maculata, 103.

Cordiates, 170.

Corema Conradii, 128.

Coreopsis rosea, 120. '

Cornaceae, 130, 132.

Cornus canadensis, 175, 176;
fera, 96.

Coronopus didymus, 83, 179.

Cortinarius violaceus, 124.

Corylus americana, 107, Recognition
of, 107; rostrata, 107, Recognition
of, 107.

Couringia, 45.

Cranberry, 129; Mountain, 177.

Crateagi in the Species Plantarum of
Linnaeus, American, 181.

Crataegus, 130, 181; arborescens, 181;
coccinea, 182, 183, var. rotundifolia,
183; cordata, 183; Crus-galli, 181,
182; modesta, 183; monogyna, 47;
Oxyacantha, 47; rotundifolia, 183,
var. pubera, 183; tomentosa, 182;
viridis, 181.

Cress, Belle Isle, 140; Early winter,
140.

Cristatella, 45, 46; Jamesii, 46.

Crowfoot, 130.

Cryptogramma Stelleri, 64, in New
Hampshire, 64.

Cryptogramme, 35.

Cupressineae, 168.

Cupressinoxylon, 168, 169.

178;

stoloni-

Index

Cupressoxylon, 168.

Cuscuta, 54; compacta, 83. :

Cushman, J. A., Reports on the Flora of
the Boston District, — IV, 75, V, 204;
Some interesting Maine Plants, 12.

Cymbidium, 103; corallorhizon, 103;
odontorhizon, 103.

Cynosurus cristatus, 89.

Cyperaceae, 84.

Cyperus, 20, 131; aristatus, 39, 220;
esculentus, 121; filiculmis, 83; Nut-
tallii, 230.

Cypripedium, 77; acaule, 77, 92;
arietinum, 7; hirsutum, 77; parvi-
florum, 77, var. pubescens, 77.

Cystopteris fragilis, 86.

Dactylococcus De Baryanus, 72, 73;
Hookeri, 72.

Danthonia spicata, 89.

Dasystoma pectinata, 56.

Daucus Carota, 128, forma rosea, 178;
pusillus, 53.

Deane, W., Matricaria inodora, var.
salina in Massachusetts, 239; Notes
from Shelburne, New Hampshire,
21; Reports on the Flora of the
Boston District,— IV, 75, V, 204.

Decodon verticillatus, 230, 231.

Dendroidaceae, 16.

Dermatophyton, 196; radians, 196.

Deschampsia flexuosa, 88.

Desmarestia, 151.

Desmodium, 130.

Dianthera, 56.

Dianthus plumarius, 131.

Diapedium, 57.

Diapensia lapponica, 97.

Dicliptera, 56; brachiata, 57.

Dictyosiphon, 151.

Didymodon rigidulus, 117.

Diervilla, 176; Lonicera, 175.

Diplophylleia taxifolia, 118.

Diplotaxis, 44, 45.

Distichlis, 38; spicata, 229.

Dolicholus, 50.

Draba arabisans, 14.

Drosera linearis, 14; longifolia, 94;
rotundifolia, 200, 231.

Dysodia, 60.

Eames, E. H., Notes upon the Flora of
Newfoundland, 85.

Early winter Cress, 140.

Eaton, L. O., Additional Notes on the
Plants of Chesterville, Maine, 30.

Ectocarpus, 151.

Elatinoides, 56.

246

Eleocharis, 29; Engelmanni, 83; inter-
media, 84; interstincta, 29, 83,
Tubers on the Roots of, 29; palus-
tris, 230, var. major, 39, var. vigens,
39; pygmaea, 84; quadrangulata,

29, 83, Tubers on the Roots of, 29;
tenuis, 200.
Elm, 32.

Elodium, 16.

Elymus arenarius, 164.

Emendations of the seventh Edition
of Gray’s Manual,— I, 33.

торенин nigrum, 164, var. andinum,
9

English Hawthorn, 47.

Enteromorpha, 23; Grevillei, 23; Linza,
24.

Epigaea repens, 97.

Epilobium, 143; adenocaulon, 96, 129;
alpinum, 141-147, Status of, 141,
var. fontanum, 146, 147, var. Horne-
manni, 145, forma lactiflorum, 147,
var. majus, 146, 147, var. nutans,
146, 147; alsinaefolium, 144, 146;
anagallidifolium, 144—146; angusti-
folium, 129; coloratum, 129; Horne-
manni, 96, 141—143, 145-147, Status
of, 141; khasianum, 142; lacti-
florum 141-144, 146, 147; nutans,
146, 147; origanifolium, var. inter-
medium, 146, 147; palustre, 96,
231, var. monticola, 96; panicula-
tum, 52.

Epipaetis, 77; pubescens, 77; repens,
var. ophioides, 92; tesselata, 77.
Equisetum fluviatile, forma limosum,

87; sylvaticum, 87.

Erigeron hyssopifolius, 99; salsugi-
nosus, var. unalaschceensis, 141.

Eriocaulaceae, 40.

Eriocaulon articulatum, 40, 41, 240;
decangulare, 41; septangulare, 40,
41, 91, 129.

Eriophorum angustifolium, 89, var.
majus, 90; callitrix, 89, var. eru-
bescens, 89; opacum, 13, 164;
tenellum, 89; virginicum, 90, 231.

Errata, 240.

Eruca, 44, 45; sativa, 28, 45, 240.

Erysimum, 139; Barbarea, 138, 139;
cheiranthoides, 22; lyratum, 138,
139; praecox, 140; vernum, 140.

Euonymus, 50.
Eupatorium hyssopifolium, 129; per-
foliatum, 129; purpureum, var.

maculatum, 98.
Euphorbia Cyparissias, 131; exigua,
50; Helioscopia, 30; hirsuta, 30.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Euphrasia americana, 13; Randii,
13, 98, var. Farlowii, 98.

Evans, A. W., Notes on New England
Hepaticae, — VII, 185.

Evening Primrose, 199.

Excretion of Sodium chloride by
Spartina glabra alterniflora, 237.

Federation of Natural History Socie-
ties, New England, 148.

Fern, Chain, 28.

Fernald, M. L., Emendations of the
seventh Edition of Gray's Manual,
— 1, 33; Fimbristylis Frankii, var.
brachyactis, n. var., 180; An inland
Variety of Proserpinaca palustris,
120; Juncus articulatus, var. nigri-
tellus in Maine, 164; A new Variet
of Abies balsamea, 201; The Nort
American Species of Barbarea, 134;
Note on the Report of Scirpus
nanus from Vermont, 84; A pubes-
cent Variety of Aster dumosus, 31;
The Representatives of Potentilla
Anserina in eastern America, 1;
Salix pedicellaris and its Variations,
157; Scirpus Smithii in Massachu-
setts, 220; The Status of Arenaria
stricta in New Hampshire, 184;
The Variations of Arenaria peploides
in America, 109.

Ferns, 27, 28, 128, 132, 176.

Festuca rubra, var. prolifera, 89, var.
subvillosa, 89, forma vivipara, 89.
Filipendula Ulmaria, 94, var. denudata,

48

Fimbristylis, 39; Frankii, 180, var.
brachyactis, 180; Vahlii, 180.

Fir, 175, 201, 202; Balsam, 201.

Fissidens minutulus, 117.

Flora of lower Cape Cod, Notes on the,
125; of Newfoundland, Notes upon
the, 85; of New Jersey, An inter-
esting addition to the, 121; of the
Boston District, Reports on the,—
IV, 75, V, 204.

Flynn, N. F., Plants new to Vermont,
198; The winter Meeting of the
Vermont Botanical Club, 27.

Forbes, F. F., A new hybrid Violet,
14; Salix subsericea a distinct
Species, 9.

Fumariaceae, 44.

Fungus, 28.

Fungi, 129, 132.

Galax, 54.
Galeopsis Tetrahit, 98.

NE УЫ с ьа ee ЧИРК d

1909]

Galinsoga parviflora, 84.

Galium asprellum, 98; Claytoni, 229;
glaucum, 57; kamtschaticum, 13,
98; labradoricum, 98; triflorum, 98.

Ganong, W. F., On Balls of vegetable
Matter from sandy Shores, 149.

Gaspé Peninsula, Notes on some Li-
chens from the, 100.

Gaylussacia baccata, 97, 231; dumosa,
97; frondosa, 231.

Gentiana Amarella, var. acuta, 7, 97;
procera, 54.

Geocalyx, 16.

Georgiaceae, 16.

Geographie Ranges of certain Junci
Poiophylli, 155.

Geranium, 130.

Gerardia maritima, 229; paupercula,
130; pedicularia, var. pectinata, 56.

Geum rivale, 94; strictum, 7.

Glaux maritima, var. obtusifolia, 7.

Gleditschia, 49.

Glyceria borealis, 89; canadensis, 231;
grandis, 89; pallida, var. Fernaldii,

Gnaphalium sylvatieum, 30, 99.

Gomphrena, 44.

Grass, Scurvy, 140.

Grasses, 27, 132, 177.

Gratiola aurea, 129, 152, forma hel-
veola, 152.

Gray's Manual, Emendations of the
seventh Edition of,— I, 33.

Green Alga, 196.

Gypsophila muralis, 199.

Habenaria, 77; Andrewsii, 31; blepha-

riglottis, 77, 92, var holopetala, 92; ,

bracteata, 7, 30; ciliaris, 78; clavel-
lata, 78, 92; dilatata, 92, 179, 180,
An omitted Record, 179; fimbriata,
78; flava, 78; Hookeri, 78; hyper-
borea, 92; lacera, 78; obtusata, 92;
orbiculata, 78, 92; psycodes, 78, 92.

Hairy-fruited Variations of Rhus Toxi-
codendron, 162.

Halenia deflexa, 14, var. Brentoniana,
97.

Halianthus peploides, 113, var. dif-
fusa, 114, var. oblongifolia, 114.

Hamamelis virginiana, 231.

Hard, M. E., [Notice of Work], 121.

Harpanthus scutatus, 118.

Harrison, A. K., Reports on the Flora
of the Boston District,— IV, 75, V,
204.

Hawthorn, English, 47.

Hedysarum boreale, 14.

Index

247

Heleineae, 57.

Helenieae, 57.

Heleocharis palustris, var. major, 39.

Heleochloa, 37.

Heleochloé, 37.

Helianthemum canadense, 131; majus,
131.

Heliotropium, 54.

Hemicarpha micrantha, 40, 220.

Hepatieae, 117; Notes on New Eng-
land,— VII, 185.

Hibiseus Moscheutos, 131.

Hieracium, 130; Gronovii, 130; mari-
anum, 84, 130; triste, 141; venosum,
130.

Hills of Snow, 46.

Holcus lanatus, 88.

Holosteum, 112; succulentum, 112,
114, 115.

Homalia Jamesii, 117.

Honckenya, 113; oblongifolia, 111,

114; peploides, var. diffusa, 114.

Honkeneja peploides, var. latifolia,
113, var. oblongifolia, 114.

Honkenya peploides, 113, 115.

Hop Clover, 199.

Hudsonia, 128; ericoides,
tomentosa, 128, 131.

Hybrid between a white and a blue
Violet, Another, 115.

Hydrangea arborescens, var. sterilis, 46.

Hydrocotyle umbellata, 129.

Hygropharis pratensis, 124.

Hyoscyamus niger, 179.

Hyoseris minima, 61.

Hypericum boreale, 96;
96, 230.

Hypnaceae, 16.

Hypnum montanum, 117; stellatum,
LI

Hypoxys, 75; hirsuta, 75.

128, 131;

virginicum,

Ice-covered Twigs, The Weight of, 32.

Ilex glabra, 232; laevigata, 232;
verticillata, 231.

Indian Pipe, 153.

Inland Variety of Proserpinaca palus-
tris, 120.

Interesting Addition to the Flora of
New Jersey, 121.

Ipomoea, 54.

Iridaceae, 75, 131.

Iris, 75; prismatica, 75; pseudacorus,
75; setosa, var. canadensis, 164,
forma zonalis, 91; versicolor, 75,

131, 176.
Isoétes, 87; echinospora, var. Braunii,
87. ў

248

Jeffrey, E. C., On the Nature of so
called algal or boghead Coals, 61.
Josselyn Botanical Society, Meeting of
the, 179.

Juncaginaceae, 208.

Junci, 164; Poiophylli, The geographic
Ranges of certain, 155.

Juncus, 131; acuminatus, 230; al-
pinus, 164; articulatus, 91, 164, var.
nigritellus, 164, in Maine, 164;

bufonius, var. halophilus, 91; bra-
chyphyllus, 155, 156; canadensis,
230; communis, var. montana, 87;
compressus, 41; Dudleyi, 155; fili-
formis, 200; Gerardi, 41, 225, 226,
229; interior, 155; lampocarpus, 164,
var. nigritellus, 164; longistylis, 41,
42, 01; new to New England, 31;
nigritellus, 164; pelocarpus, 91, 230;
stygius, var. americanus, 86, 91;
subtilis, 42; tenuis, 155, 156, var.

Williamsii, 14; trifidus, 31, var.
monanthos, 31; Vaseyi, 155.
Jungermannia, 16; calycina, 189;

divaricata, 193; elachista, 191, 192;
endiviaefolia, 190; furcata, 185;
glaucocephala, 194; Hampeana, 192.

Jungermanniales, 16.

Juniper, 22.

Juniperus communis, var. depressa, 22;
horizontalis, 87.

Kallstroemia, 50.

Kalmia, 199, 200; angustifolia, 97,
175, 223, 232; latifolia, A remarkable
Form of, 199; polifolia, 97.

Kantia, 16; Neesiana, 194; Tricho-
manis, var. Neesiana, 193.

Key to the Species and principal
Varieties of Cladonia occurring in
New England, 212.

Kickxia, 56.

Klugh, A. B., Excretion of Sodium
chloride by Spartina glabra alterni-
flora, 237.

Knowlton, C. H., Reports on the Flora
of the Boston District,— IV, 75,
V, 204; Two introduced Plants, 120.

Krummholz, 163.

Labiatae, 132.

Lactuca Morssii, 131.

Lady's Slipper, Showy, 28.

Lambert, F. D., Two new Species of
Characium, 65.

Lamium hybridum, 55.

Larix, 37; Johnseni, 169.

Lathyrus, 49; maritimus, 95, var.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

glaber, 95; myrtifolius, var. ma-
cranthus, 108; palustris, var. pilosus,
95, 108.

Lechea Leggettii, 83; maritima, 131.

Lecidea coeruleonigricans, 100; vesi-
cularis, 100.

Leguminosae, 132.

Lejeunea cavifolia, 118.

Leontodon autumnalis, 99, var. pra-
tensis, 99.

Leonurus Cardiaca, 127.

Lepidozia, sylvatica, 195.

Leskea nervosa, 117.

Leucothoé, 223.

Lichens, 100, 128, 132; from the
Gaspé Peninsula, Notes on some, 100.

Lilac, 32, 127.

Liliaceae, 131.

Lilium philadelphieum, 131.

Limonium, 54; carolinianum, 229.

Linaria, 56; vulgaris, 130.

Linum striatum, 83.

Liparis, 78; liliifolia, 78; Loeselii, 78,
200.

Listera, 78; convallarioides, 92; cor-
data, 78, 92.

Lists of New England Plants, Pre-
liminary,—— XXIII. Cladoniaceae,
215.

Lobelia Dortmanna, 98, 129.

Locust, 128.

Loiseleuria procumbens, 97.

Lonicera, 211; caerulea, 209-211, Note
on the Morphology of the Fruit of,

209, var. angustifolia, 210, var.
villosa, 98; conjugialis, 211; emphyl-
localyx, 210; Ferdinandi, 210;
Griffithii, 211; involucrata, 211;

oblongifolia, 211; vesicaria, 210.

Lonicera, § Chlamydocarpi, 210; § Vesi-
cariae, 210.

Lonicera, subgen. Chamaecerasus, 211;
subgen. Perichymenum, 211.

Lophozia confertifolia, 195; longiflora,
195; marchica, 118.

Ludwigia, 52.

Lupine, 128.

Luzula campestris, var. frigida, 91.

Lychnis Coronaria, 44.

Lycopersicon, 56.

Lycopersicum, 56.

Lycopodium annotinum, var. pungens,
13, 87; inundatum, 200; obscurum,
var. dendroideum, 87; Selago, var.
appressum, 87; sitchense, 87.

Lycopus uniflorus, 98.

Lyonia ligustrina, 232.

Lysimachia terrestris, 231.

1909)

Lythrum Salicaria, var. gracilius, 52,
240.

Maianthemum canadense, 91.

Maine, Additional Notes on the Plants
of Chesterville, 30; Juncus articu-
latus, var. nigritellus in, 164; Plants,
Some interesting, 12.

Malva moschata, 96; rotundifolia, 127.

Manual, Emendations of the seventh
Edition of Gray's,— I, 33.

Marasmius, 123; cohaerens, 123.

Marchantiales, 16.

Marrubium vulgare, 127.

Massachusetts, Lathyrus palustris, var.
pilosus (Cham.) Ledeb. in, 108;
Matricaria inodora, var. salina in,
239; Scirpus Smithii in, 220; Some
rare Plants from the Vicinity of
Wellesley, S2; The submarine Cham-
aecyparis Bog at Woods Hole, 221;

A Teucrium new to, 148; Viola
Brittoniana at Concord, 107.
Matricaria, 239; inodora, 239, var.

salina, 239, in Massachusetts, 239;
maritima, 239.

Meadow Rue, 199.

Meeting of the Josselyn Botanical
Society, 179; of the Vermont
Botanical Club, The winter, 27.

Melampyrum lineare, 97, 98.

Melilotus, 49.

Mentha arvensis, var. glabrata, 14.

Menyanthes trifoliata, 98.

Merckia peploides, 113.

Metzgeria, 188; conjugata, 186-189;
crassipilis, 188, 189; dichotoma,
189; furcata, 185-189, subsp. M. cras-
sipilis, 188; glabra, 185; hamata,
186; myriopoda, 186; pubescens, 185.

Microcladia borealis, 17.

Microstylis, 78; unifolia, 78, 83, 92.

Millegrana, 50; Radiola, 50.

Mimulus moschatus, 98.

Mitella nuda, 94.

Mitremyces, 197, 198; lutescens, 197;
Ravenelii, 197.

Mnium spinulosum, 117.

Mollugo, 127.

Monostroma, 23-25; arctium, 24, 25,
var. intestiniformis, 24; fuscum, 24,
25; Grevillei, 23-25, var. Vahlii, 24;
Lactuca, 23-25; latissimum, 26;
Notes on, 23; orbieulatum, 25, 26,
forma varians, 26; pulchrum, 25;
undulatum, 25.

Monotropa Hypopitys, 96, 154; uni-
flora, 96.

Monotropoideae, 153.

Index.

249

Monotropsis, 154; odorata, 153, Notes
on, 153.

Montia fontana, 164.

Moore, A. H., A color Form of Carum
Carvi, 178; Hairy-fruited Variations
of Rhus Toxicodendron, 162; Status
of Epilobium alpinum and Epilo-
bium Hornemanni, 141.

Morphology of the Fruit of Lonicera
caerulea, Note on the, 209.

Mosses, 176, 177.

Mount Greylock Region, Bryophytes
of the, — IV, 116.

Mountain Cranberry, 177.

Musei, 117.

Mushroom Book, Another, 121.

Myosotis scorpioides, 98.

Myrica carolinensis, 231; Gale, 93.

Myriophyllum tenellum, 129.

Naias, 37.

Najadaceae, 205.

Najas, 37, 205; flexilis, 205,
robusta, 205; gracillima, 205.

Nardia hyalina, 118.

Nasmythia articulata, 41.

Nemopanthes, 50.

Nemopanthus mucronata, 96.

Neottia, 106.

Nephroma arcticum, 100.

Neslia paniculata, 179.

New England Federation of Natural
History Societies, 148; Hepaticae,
Notes on,— VII, 185; A Juncus
new to, 31; Key to the Species and
principal Varieties of Cladonia oc-
curring in, 212; Plants, Preliminary

var.

Lists of,— XXIII. Cladoniaceae,
215.

New Hampshire, Certain railroad
Weeds of northern, 30; Crypto-

gramma Stelleri in, 64; Notes from
Shelburne, 21; Scirpus lineatus in,
200; The Status of Arenaria stricta
in, 184.

New Jersey, An interesting Addition
to the Flora of, 121.

Newfoundland, Notes upon the Flora
of, 85.

Nicandra physalodes, 56.

Nolina, 80, 81; atopocarpa, 81, 82;
Brittoniana, 81, 82; georgiana 80—
82; in the south Atlantic States, 80.

Nomenclatorial Changes in the Genus
Corallorrhiza, Recent, 102.

Nomenclature in Trientalis and Rubus,
Some Points of, 236.

North American Species of Barbarea,
134.

250

Note on Oxalis stricta, var. viridiflora,
118; on the Morphology of the
Fruit of Lonicera caerulea, 209;
on the Report of Scirpus nanus
from Vermont, 84.

Notes from Shelburne, New Hamp-
shire, 21; on Monostroma, 23; on
Monotropsis odorata, 153; on New
England Hepatieae,— VII, 185; on
Plants of Chesterville, Maine, Addi-
tional, 30; on some Lichens from
the Gaspé Peninsula, 100; on the
Flora of lower vee Cod, 125; upon
the Flora of Newfoundland, 85.

Nowellia, 16.

Nymphaea advena, var. variegata, 93.

Nymphoides lacunosum, 129.

Occurrence of the Skunk Cabbage in
an unusual Place, 63.

Octodiceras, 16.

Oenothera, 130; muricata, 130; serru-
lata, 199.

On the Nature of so called algal or
boghead Coals, 61.

Onoclea sensibilis, 7, 176, 232; Stru-
thiopteris, 86.

Onopordon, 60.

Ophrys corallorrhiza, 106.

Opuntia, 52.

Orchidaceae, 76, 102, 105, 179.

Orchids, 28.

Orchis, 79; spectabilis, 79.

Orobanche uniflora, 98.

Oryzopsis asperifolia, 88.

Osmorrhiza, 53.

Osmunda cinnamomea, 28, 87,
231, 232, var. incisa, 28.

Osmundaceae, 36.

Oxalis; 119, 131; Brittonae, 50;
Brittoniae, 50; corniculata, 131;
filipes, 119; stricta, 118, 119, 131,
179, var. viridiflora, 118, 119, Note
on, 118.

Oxycoccos, 61.

Oxycoccus, 61.

176,

Panicum, 27; meridionale, 82; Wer-
neri, 179.

Paracedroxylon, 172, A new Type of
— Wood, 165; scituatense,
Lit.

Parnassia grandiflora, 46, 240; grandi-
folia, 240; parviflora, 94.

Pastinaca sativa, 127.

Pease, A. S., Certain railroad Weeds of
northern New Hampshire, 30; Cryp-
togramma Stelleri in New Hamp-

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

shire, 64; А Juneus new to New
England, 31.

Pellaea atropurpurea, var. Bushii, 35;
glabella, 35.

Pellia, 190, 191; calycina, 189; en-
diviaefolia, 190; epiphylla, 190, 191,
forma Neesiana, 190; Fabroniana,
189-191; Neesiana, 190, 191.

Pelotes marines, 149.

Penhallow, D. P., An Account of
certain noteworthy Features in the
Habitat of Rhodora, 173.

Pentstemon laevigatus, 22.

Perilla frutescens, var. crispa, 55, var.
nankinensis, 55.

Perkins, L. R., Viola pallens with pure
white Petals, 164.

Phacelia, 54; bipinnatifida, var. brevi-
stylis, 54; brevistylis, 54.

Phalangium virgatum, 80.

Phegopteris Dryopteris, 86;

teris, 35; polypodioides, 86.

Phleum, 38.

Phryma Leptostachya, 7.

Phyllanthus, 50.

Physcia ciliaris,
leucomela, 101.

Physostegia, 55.

Picea balsamea, 203; canadensis, 201;
mariana, 201.

Pila, 63.

Pilophorus Cereolus, var. Fibula, 216.

Pimpinella Saxifraga, 53; Saxifragra,

3

53.

Pine, Pitch, 21, 22; Red, 21; White, 21.

PS vulgaris, 98.

Pink, 131.

Pinus, 170; Banksiana, 13; resinosa,
21; rigida, 21; Strobus, 21, 87;
sylvestris, 163.

Pisum maritimum, 95, var. glabrum,
95.

Pitch Pine, 21, 22.

Pityoxylon, 168.

Placodium elegans, var. granulosa, 101,
var. trachyphyllum, 101.

Plantago aristata, var. Nuttallii, 57,
131; decipiens, 229; media, 83.

Plants from the Vicinity of Wellesley,
Massachusetts, Some rare, 82; new
to Vermont, 198; of Chesterville,
Maine, Additional Notes on, 30;
Preliminary Lists of New England,—
XXIII. Cladoniaceae, 215; some
interesting Maine, 12; Two intro-
duced, 120.

Plitt, C. C., Notes on Monotropsis
odorata, 153.

Phego-

var. crinalis, 101;

1909]

Pluchea camphorata, 229.
Plum, Beach, 127, 132.
Poa alpina, 89; eminens, 7; trivialis,

89.

Podophyllum, 44.

Podostemon, 46.

Pogonatum, 16.

Pogonia, 79; ophioglossoides, 79, 92;
verticillata, 79.

Polanisia, 45.

Polygala eruciata, 230.

Polygonella articulata, 30.

Polygonum arifolium, 7; exsertum,
121; Fowleri, 13; hydropiperoides,
230; Roberti, 93; sagittatum, 7;
scandens, 7; viviparum, 93.

Polystichum acrostichoides, var. in-
cisum, 35, 36, var. Schweinitzii,
35, 36; Braunii, 86.

Polytrichaceae, 16.

Polytrichum, 16.

Pontederia cordata, 129.

Porella, 16.

Portulaca, 44.

Posidonia, 150; Caulini, 150.

Potamogeton, 129, 206; americanus,
206; amplifolius, 206; angustifolius,
206; bupleuroides, 88, 206; crispus,
206; dimorphus, 206; epihydrus,
206; foliosus, 206; gemmiparus, 206;
heterophyllus, 206, forma gramini-
folius, 206, forma longipedunculatus,
14, forma maximus, 14, 206, forma
myriophyllus, 206; hybridus, 207;
lateralis, 207; lucens. 207; mysti-
eus, 207; natans, 207; X nitens, 207;
Nuttali, 37; Nuttalli, 37; Oakesi-
anus, 207; obtusifolius, 207; pecti-
natus, 88; perfoliatus, 14; prae-
longus, 207; pulcher, 207; pusillus,
207, var. polyphyllus, 207, var.
Sturrockii, 207, var. tenuissimus,
208; Robbinsii, 208; X spathae-
formis, 208; strictifolius, 208;
Vaseyi, 208; zosterifolius, 208.

Potentilla, 1, 127, 152, 153; Anserina,
1—8, 5, 6, 8, 47, 48, var. anserinoides,
5, var. argentea, 8, var. concolor,
5, 8, 9, 48, var. discolor, 8, var.
Egedii, 2, 6, 9, var. grandis, 2, 7, 9,
48, var. groenlandica, 2, 7, 8, var.
hirsuta, 2, 5, var. holosericea, 8, in
eastern America, Representatives
of, 1, var. maoria, 2, 5, var. nuda,
2, 5, var. sericea, 2, 5, 8, 48, var.
unicolor, 8, var. vulgaris, 2, 3, 5, 8;
anserinoides, 5; Argentina, 8; cana-
densis, 153; canescens, 47; concolor,

Index. 251

8; Egedii, 6, 9; inclinata, 47;
litoralis, 7; Nuttallii, 47; pacifica,
7, 8, A7, 48; palustris, var. villosa,
48; pumila, 152, 153, A color Form
of, 152, forma leucantha, 152, forma
ochroleuca, 153; recta, 179; sericea,
8; verna, 153.

Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants,— XXIII. Cladoniaceae, 215.

Prenanthes nana, 99; trifoliolata, 99.

Prepinus, 170.

Primrose, Evening, 199.

Primula farinosa, var. macropoda, 97;
mistassinica, 97.

Proserpinaca palustris, 120, var. am-
blyogona, 120, An inland variety
of, 120.

Prunus Gravesii, 49;
maritima, 127.

Ptilimnium capillaceum, 226, 229.

Pubescent Variety of Aster dumosus, 31.

Pyrethrum inodorum, var. salinum,
239.

Pyrola americana, 96; chlorantha, 96;
minor, 13, 96; secunda, var. ob-
tusata, 96.

Pyrus americana, 94; arbutifolia, 47,
var. atropurpurea, 94, 231, 232;
melanocarpa, 94; sitchensis, 94.

Mahaleb, 49;

Racomitrium, 16.

Radiola, 50; Linoides, 50.

Radula, 16.

Ranunculaceae, 130, 132.

Ranunculus repens, 93, 130.

Raphanus, 45.

Raspberry, 28, 236.

Recent nomenclatorial Changes in the
Genus Corallorrhiza, 102.

Recognition of Corylus rostrata and
Corylus americana, 107.

Red Alga, 17; Pine, 21.

Rehder, A., Note on the Morphology
of Lonicera caerulea, 209.

Reinschia, 63.

Remarkable Form of Kalmia latifolia,
199.

Reports on the Flora of the Boston
District,— IV, 75, V, 204.

Representatives of Potentilla Anserina
in eastern America, 1.

Rhamnus alnifolia, 96.

Rhododendreae, 53.

Rhododendron canadense, 96; lapponi-
cum, 97; viscosum, 231.

Rhodora, 173-177, Account of certain
ariet т Features in the Habitat
of, 173.

252

Rhus, 163; Toxicodendron, 162, 163,
226, 230-232, Hairy-fruited Varia-
tions of, 162, forma malacotricho-
carpum, 163; vernix, 231.

Rhynchosia reniformis, 50.

Rhynchospora. See Rynchospora.

Ribes americanum, 46; aureum, 46,
47; floridum, 46, 47; lacustre, 94;
odoratum, 46, 47; oxyacanthoides,
94, 130, 231; prostratum, 94; triste,
94

Riccardia sinuata, 118.

Ricciella, 16.

Riddle, L. W., Key to the Species and
principal Varieties of Cladonia oc-
curring in New England, 212; Notes
on some Lichens from the Gaspé
Peninsula, 100; Preliminary Lists
of New England Plants,— XXIII.
Cladoniaceae, 215.

Robinia Pseudo-Acacia, 128.

Robinson, B. L., Bartonia, 74; Emenda-
tions of the seventh Edition of
Gray's Manual,— I, 33.

Rosa acicularis, var. Bourgeauiana, 14;
virginiana, 95.

Rotala ramosior, 83.

Rubus, 27; alleghaniensis, var. calyco-
sus, 179; americanus, 236; Chamae-
morus, 94, 164; idaeus, 179, 236,
var. aculeatissimus, 236, var. cana-
densis, 236; occidentalis, forma
pallidus, 48, var. pallidus, 48;
pubescens, 236, 237; saxatilis, var.
canadensis, 237; Some Points of No-
menclature in, 236; strigosus, 236;
triflorus, 236; villosus, var. humi-
fusus, 130.

Rudbeckia, 130.

Rue, Meadow, 199.

Rumex mexicanus, 179; occidentalis,
164; pallidus, 13.

Ruppia, 208; maritima, 208.

Rupture of the Exoperidium in Calo-
stoma Ravenelii, 197.

Rushes, 132.

Rynchospora, 40; alba, 90, 231.

Sabatia, 54; dodecandra, 129.

Saccogyna, 16.

Sagina nodosa, 13, 93, var. glandulosa,
13; procumbens, 93.

Sagittaria, 37; subulata, var. gracil-
lima, 82.

Salicornia ambigua, 127, 229; europaea,
127, 229, var. prostrata, 93; mucro-
nata, 127, 229.

Salix, 158; cordata, 9, 10; fuscescens,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER
159; myrtilloides, 157-159, 161,
var. pedicellaris, 158, 160—162,
subsp. S. pedicellaris, 161; pedi-

cellaris, 157-162, and its Variations,

157, var. hypoglauca, 161, var.
tenuescens, 162; pellita, 14; pen-
sylvanica, 160; petiolaris, 10, 11,

var. sericea, 11, var. subsericea, 11,
12; rostrata, 231; sericea, 9-11,
var. subsericea, 11, 12; sericea X
petiolaris, 11, 12; subsericea, 11, 12,
43, a distinct Species, 9; Uva-ursi,
93; vestita, 92.

Salsola Kali, 93, 121, var. tenuifolia,
30.

Sambucus racemosa, 98.

Saponaria officinalis, 127.

Sapotaceae, 54.

Sargent, C. S5., American Crataegi in
the Species Plantarum of Linnaeus,
181.

Saxifraga aizoides, 94.

Saxifragaceae, 130, 132.

Scandix, 53.

Scapania apiculata, 194; lauco-
cephala, 194; gracilis, 195; Peckii,
194.

Scheuchzeria, 208; palustris, 82, 208.

Schizaea pusilla, 86.

Schmaltzia, 163. i

Scirpus, 200; americanus, 229, 230;
atrocinctus, 89, var. brachypodus,
89; campestris, var. paludosus, 229;
debilis, 220, var. Williamsii, 220;
Hallii, 220; hudsonianus, 89; linea-
tus, 200, in New Hampshire, 200;
nanus, 84, 89, from Vermont, Note
on the Report of, 84; occidentalis,
89; Olneyi, var. contortus, 39; rubro-
tinctus, 89; rufus, 89; Smithii, 220,
in Massachusetts, 220; subtermi-
nalis, 89.

Scrophularia nodosa, 98.

Scurvy Grass, 140.

Scutellaria galericulata, 98; lateriflora,
98

Sedges, 132.

Sedum Fabaria, 46; purpureum, 46;
roseum, 13; telephioides, 199; Tele-
phium, 46, var. purpureum, 46;
triphyllum, 46.

Selaginella selaginoides, 87.

Senecio aureus, 99; Balsamitae, 99,
var. pauperculus, 99; vulgaris, 99.

Shad Bushes, 27.

Shelburne, New Hampshire, Notes
from, 21.

Shepherdia canadensis, 96.

1909]

Silverweeds, 1, 48.

Sinnott, E. W., Paracedroxylon, a new
Type of Araucarian Wood, 165.

Sisymbrium altissimum, 22, 130; Bar-
barea, 138; officinale, var. leiocar-
pum, 131.

Sisyrinchium, 76; angustifolium, 76,
92, 131; atlanticum, 76, 131; gra-
mineum, 76, 179.

Skunk Cabbage, 63, 64, in an unusual
Place, Occurrence of the, 63.

Smilacina stellata, 91, 131; trifolia, 91.

Smilax Bona-nox, 42; rotundifolia,
131, var. quadrangularis, 43.

Societies, The New England Federa-
tion of Natural History, 148. '

Society, Meeting of the Josselyn Botan-
ical, 179.

Sodium chloride by Spartina glabra
alterniflora, Excretion of, 237.

Solidago, 130; altissima, var. procera,
57; hispida, 98; macrophylla, 98,
var. thyrsoidea, 99; nemoralis, 130;
odora, 130; sempervirens, 127, 130;
tenuifolia, 130; uliginosa, 99; ulmi-
folia, 130; uniligulata, 99.

Solorina crocea, 101.

Sparganiaceae, 204. 1

Sparganium, 204; americanum, 204,
var. androcladum, 204; angusti-
folium, 88, 204; diversifolium, 205,
var. acaule, 205; eurycarpum, 205;
fluctuans, 205; hyperboreum, 88;
lucidum, 205, 220; minimum, 205;
simplex, 13, 88.

Spartina glabra, 225, 226, var. alterni-
flora, 89, 237, Excretion of Sodium
chloride by, 237, var. pilosa, 229;
Miehauxiana, 89, 230; patens, 225,
226, 229.

Species and principal Varieties of
Cladonia occurring in New England,
Key to the, 212; of Cladophora,
New, 17.

Spergula, 132; arvensis, 93.

Spergularia canadensis, 229; rubra, 93.

Spermatophyta, 82.

Sphaerophorus fragile, 101.

Sphagnales, 16. ;

Sphagnum, 225, 230, 234; acutifolium,
var. rubrum, 231; amblyphyllum,
var. parvifolium, forma tenue, sub-
forma capitatum, 231; eymbifolium,

var. virescens, 231; dasyphyllum,
230; flavicomans, 232; imbricatum,
var. affine, 232, var. cristatum,

forma fuscescens, 231, 232; medium,
var. purpurascens, 232; obesum,

Index.

253

230; pulchricomum, var. pulcher-
rimum, forma sphaerocephalum,
232

Sphenolobus, 16; exsectus, 118; Hel-
lerianus, 195; Michauxii, 118, 195;
Peckii, 195.

Sphenopholis nitida, 83.

Spiraea latifolia, 129, 175, 176; tomen-
tosa, 129.

Spiranthes, 79; Beckii, 79; cernua, 79,
200, var. ochroleuca, 79; gracilis,
79; graminea, var. Walteri, 80;
intermedia, 79; lucida, 79; Roman-
zoffiana, 92; vernalis, 80

Spondiaceae, 163.

Spongomorpha, 19.

Spruce, Black, 175, 201; White, 201.

Stachys ambigua, 83.

Star-flower, 236.

Status of Arenaria stricta in New
Hampshire, 184; of Epilobium al-
pinum and Epilobium Hornemanni,
141.

Stellaria borealis, 93; humifusa, 13,

Ser Owe ба е media DI van.
ргосега, 44.

Stephanina, 16.

Stereocaulon alpinum, 216; conden-

satum, 216; coralloides, 216; den-
udatum, 216; nanodes, 216; pas-
chale, 216; pileatum, 216; tomento-
sum, 216.

Stone, G. E., A remarkable Form of
Kalmia latifolia, 199.

Streptopus amplexifolius, 91; roseus,
J1.

Stuartia, 51.

Suaeda, 120, 121.

Submarine Chamaecyparis Bog at
Woods Hole. Massachusetts, 221.

Symphytum, 55.

Tanacetum vulgare, 127, var. erispum,
1927.

Tansy, 127.

Taxodineae, 168.

Taxoxylon, 168.

Taxus, 168; canadensis, 87.

Teucrium, 148; Botrys, 55; new to
Massachusetts, 148; occidentale, var.
boreale, 148.

Thalictrum, 130; confine, 199; poly-
gamum, var. hebecarpum, 93, 179.

Thamnolia vermicularis, 216.

Thistle, Canada, 130.

Thuya, 37.

Thylax, 63.

Tofieldia glutinosa, 91; palustris, 91.

254

Tragopogon pratensis, 179.

Trientalis americana, 97, 236; borealis,
236; Europaea, 236, var. americana,
236; Some Points of Nomenclature
in, 236.

Trifolium dubium, 131; pratense, 49;
procumbens, 199.

Triglochin, 209; maritima, 209, 226,
229.

Tsuga, 167, 168.

Tubers on the Roots of Eleocharis
interstincta and E. quadrangulata,
29.

Twigs, The Weight of ice-covered, 32.

Two introduced Plants, 120; new
Species of Characium, 65.

Typha, 204; angustifolia, 179, 204;
latifolia, 175, 204, 230.

Typhaceae, 204.

Ulva, 23; fasciata, 24; Grevillei, 23;
Lactuca, 23.

Ulvaceae, 23, 25.

Utrieularia cornuta, 98; intermedia,
98; vulgaris, var. americana, 98.

Vaccinium, 157; corymbosum, 232;
macrocarpon, 97, 230, 231; ovali-
folium, 97; Oxycoccos, 97, 240, var.
intermedium, 54, var. ovalifolium,
54; pennsylvanicum, 97, var. angus-
tifolium, 97, var. myrtilloides, 54;
uliginosum, 97, 157; Vitis-idaea,
var. minus, 177.

Valoniaceae, 20.

Variations of Arenaria peploides in
America, 109.

Varieties of Cladonia occurring in New
England, Key to the Species and
principal, 212.

Variety of Abies balsamea, A new, 201;
of Aster dumosus, A pubescent, 31.

Vegetable Matter from sandy Shores,

n Balls of, 149.

Verbena hastata, 130.

Vermont Botanical and Bird Clubs,
Annual Field Meeting, 124; Botani-
cal Club, The winter Meeting of the,
27; Note on the Report of Scirpus
nanus from, 84; Plants new to, 198.

Viburnum cassinoides, 98, 232; pauci-
florum, 98.

Vicia angustifolia, 49; Cracca, 95, 178.

Viola Brittoniana, 14, 15, 107, 116, at
Concord, Massachusetts, 107; Brit-
toniana X lanceolata, 15, 115; cucul-
lata, 96, 115; cucullata X primuli-

ШЇЇ
3 1753 00341 33

Rhodora

22

[DECEMBER

folia, 115; emarginata, 115; fim-
briatula, 131; incognita, 96; labra-
dorica, 14, 96; lanceolata, 14, 15,
116; lavandulacea, 115, 116, novae-
angliae, 14; pallens, 96, 164; with
pure white Petals, 164, forma alba,

164; palmata, 107; primulifolia,
115, 116; Selkirkii, 96.
Violet, 14, 131; Another Hybrid

between a white and a blue, 115;
A new hybrid, 14.
Vitis, 51; labrusca, 129.

Weatherby, ©. A., A color Form of
Potentilla pumila, 152.

Weberaceae, 16.

Webster, H., Another Mushroom Book,
121.

Weed-balls, Water-rolled, 151.

Weeds of northern New Hampshire,
Certain railroad, 30.

Weight of ice-covered Twigs, 32.

Wellesley, Massachusetts, Some rare
Plants from the Vicinity of, 82.

White Cedar, 175; Pine, 21; Spruce,
201.

Wiegand, K. M., Lathyrus palustris,
var. pilosus (Cham.) Ledeb. in
Massachusetts, 108; Recognition
of Corylus rostrata and Corylus
americana, 107; Some rare Plants
from the Vicinity of Wellesley,
Massachusetts, 82; Tubers on the
Roots of Eleocharis interstincta
and E. quadrangulata, 29.

Wild Carrot, 128.

Willow, 9; Herb, 141.

Winter Cress, Early, 140; Meeting
of the Vermont Botanical Club, 27.

Wisteria, 49.

Woods Hole, Massachusetts, The sub-
marine Chamaecyparis Bog at, 221.

Woodsia obtusa, 86.

Woodwardia virginica, 28, 128.

Xanthium canadense, 220.

Xanthoxalis, 119.

Xyris caroliniana, 129; montana, 86,
91.

Zanichellia, 208; palustris, 208, var.
pedunculata, 208.

Zigadenus, 42.

Zostera, 150, 208, 225; marina, 121,
208.

Zygadenus, 42.